Academy

Special Issue Editors:

Jiatao Li (The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, mnjtli@ust.hk)

Gongming Qian (The Chinese University of Hong Kong, qian@baf.cuhk.edu.hk)

Kevin Zhou (The University of Hong Kong, kevinz@ hku.hk)

Jane Lu (CEIBS, janelu@ceibs.edu)

 

Submission deadline:  September 1, 2019

First author notification:  October 1, 2019

Special issue workshop:  December 18-19, 2019

Tentative publication date:      2020

Introduction

In recent years, the world economy has witnessed repeated trials of strength between globalization and de-globalization (e.g., Cuervo-Cazurra, Mudambi & Pedersen, 2017; Prashantham, Eranova & Couper, 2018). On the one hand, the Trump administration launched the United States on a protectionist course by stating that “Protection will lead to great prosperity and strength.” On the other hand, China leader Xi Jinping called for globalization; he declared: “Pursuing protectionism is like locking oneself in a dark room. While wind and rain may be kept outside, that dark room will also block light and air” (World Economic Forum, 2017). Ironically, China has long been known as a protectionist and isolationist economy even after it joined WTO in early 2000s while the US as a free and open one following its victory in the Second World War. It seems the US and China, the two largest economies in the world, changed their position on global economic order. Actually, China launched its new national policy on economic globalization known as the “Belt and Road Initiative” (BRI) in 2013, which is different from the “go out” policy adopted in China by the end of 1990s. Although this initiative has a short history, it has provided fertile soil for observing how it facilitates and promotes the new wave of globalization (Li, Liu & Qian, 2019).

Trials of Strength between Globalization and De-globalization

Globalization can be both a description and a prescription (Chehade, 2016). As a description, “globalization” refers to the widening and deepening of the international flows of technology, capital, trade and information within a single integrated global market. As a prescription, “globalization” entails the liberalization of national and international markets in the belief that the free flow of goods, capital and information will lead to economic growth and increased human welfare. Trump has argued for protectionism and asserted that decades of free-trade policies were responsible for the collapse of the American manufacturing industry by, for example, bringing cheap consumer goods into the country, costing domestic jobs and depressing wages (Allen, 2016). Similarly, support for Brexit came in large part from those worried about their jobs and the entry of immigrants. To roll back economic globalization, Trump signed an executive order to withdraw from Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP), a U.S.-led free trade pact. He also signed an executive order to renegotiate, or even scrap, the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). Other global trade deals are also now very much in doubt, notably the agreement being negotiated between the US and Europe, known as the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) (Allen, 2016). Further, the Trump administration threatened to slap taxes on U.S. companies (MNEs) investing overseas, raise tariffs to discourage companies from offshoring production and jobs, and introduce border taxes that penalize imports relative to exports, or both (Smith, 2017).

With a parallel development, the Trump administration’s withdrawal from the TPP gives China the opportunity to strengthen its position in the region (Smith, 2017). Beijing has been positively pushing its own regional free-trade pacts which include both the Free Trade Area of the Asia Pacific (FTAAP) and the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP), which some observers see as competitors to the TPP. At the same time, China has been advocating its development strategy and framework known as “BRI” which focuses on connectivity and cooperation among countries primarily between itself and the rest of Eurasia (Li, Liu & Qian, 2019). The BRI has already attracted over 100 countries and international organizations to join, and enjoyed wider support from Beijing-led Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB).

These changes derived in this new international business environment will affect many parameters of strategy, institution, new venture creation, and supporting business activities such as resource allocation and investment selection. The new environment challenges how businesses are organized and governed. Academic research, however, has yet to explain how firms can navigate the new international business environment. MNEs and entrepreneurs alike must account for these developments in terms of their plans and strategies in the coming years.

The APJM Special Issue seeks to provide an assessment of new challenges under rapidly changing international environments, and firm’s strategic responses toward the coexistence of globalization (e.g., BRI) and de-globalization (e.g., protectionism). We want to generate new insights on the change in the new business landscape and what new theory and evidence are needed to better elucidate this new environment. New theoretical perspectives, empirical evidences, and novel case studies can help identify the driving and inhibiting forces behind strategic responses in the new business landscape, and how firms and industries can adapt to and benefit from this dynamic environment.

We welcome both theoretical and empirical contributions, and papers that address the FDI and international strategy issues relating to the new global business landscape. We offer a few questions below to provide a sense of what the SI seeks to address. These questions are illustrative at best and not intended to set boundaries in terms of the key themes of interest.

Sample Topics

1. How do national strategies, for example, the Belt and Road Initiative of China, help their firms open up new avenues and adapt to rapidly changing international environments?
2. How could Asian firms utilize institutional or government-specific factors (at the country level) to deal with the coexistence of globalization and de-globalization challenges?
3. What strategic options are available for Asian firms to maintain sustainable development within the highly dynamic institutional environment?
4. In a new environment of world-wide protectionism, both domestic firms and MNEs will be confronted with fierce industrial competition and/or even “industrial wars”. How could firms address such challenges? 
5. How could developed economy MNEs manage their operations in Asia? How would such strategic moves or decisions (e.g., harvesting and divestment) affect their competitive advantage in the host countries? What strategies can help them sustain the scale and scope in Asia?
6. How could Asian MNEs deal with the institutional pressure from the Trump administration? Should they move directly into the U.S. market to create new demand and increase sales? For firms that already operate there, should they continue their investment (reinvestment) even though it may not produce profits?
7. How could Asian firms use M&A and/or strategic alliances to collaborate with Chinese counterparts in jointly developing their business operations along the “Belt and Road” routes?

______________________________________________________________________________

Submission Process and Deadlines

* All manuscripts will be reviewed as a cohort for this special issue. Manuscripts must be submitted by September 1, 2019.

* For informal inquires related to the Special Issue, proposed topics and potential fit with the Special Issue objectives, please contact the guest editors.

* For those authors who have submitted the papers to the normal manuscript issues, one option is to remove your prior submission and then submit the paper again selecting the Special Issue on the author system. If you do not want to do so, please send a message to the editor office to indicate your intention for this SI.

APJM Special Issue Workshop

All authors who are invited to revise and resubmit their manuscripts are expected to present their papers at an APJM Special Issue workshop to be held at Xiamen University, China, in December 18-19, 2019. The special issue editors and APJM editorial board members will provide developmental feedback to paper presentations during the workshop to enhance the quality and contribution of papers in order to maximize the impact of the SI. But presentation at the workshop does not guarantee acceptance of a paper for publication in APJM and attending the workshop is not a precondition for acceptance into the Special Issue.

References

Allen, K. 2016. Trump’s economic policies: protectionism, low taxes and coal mines https://www.theguardian.com/.../trumps-economic-policies-protectionism-low-taxes-and-coal-mines

Chehade, G. (2016). Could Trump be the end of economic globalization? Asian Times, (November 18, 2016). www.atimes.com/trump-end-economic-globalization/

Cuervo-Cazurra, A., Mudambi, R., & Pedersen, T. 2017. Globalization: Rising skepticism. Global Strategy Journal, 7: 155-158.

Li, J., Liu, B., & Qian, G. 2019. The belt and road initiative, cultural friction and ethnicity: Their effects on the export performance of SMEs in China. Journal of World Business, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jwb.2019.04.004.

Prashantham, S., Eranova, M., & Couper, C. 2018. Globalization, entrepreneurship and paradox thinking. Asia Pacific Journal of Management, 35(1): 1-9.

Smith, D. 2017. Trump withdraws from Trans-Pacific partnership amid flurry of orders. The Guardian.

World Economic Forum. (2017). President Xi’s speech to Davos in full. Global Agenda, China, Economy. Retrieved from https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2017/01/full-text-of-xi-jinping-keynote-at-the-world-economic-forum.

Special Issue Editors:

Jiatao Li

Prof. Li is the Lee Quo Wei Professor of Business, and Chair Professor of Management, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology. He is an elected Fellow of the Academy of International Business (AIB). Prof. Li is a leading expert on global business strategy. His current research interests are in the area of organizational learning, strategic alliances, corporate governance, innovation, and entrepreneurship, with a focus on issues related to global firms and those from emerging economies. His work has appeared in leading academic journals such as Academy of Management Journal, Academy of Management Review, Organization Science, Strategic Management Journal, Journal of Management, and Journal of International Business Studies. He has served as an Associate Editor of the Strategic Management Journal from 2009 to 2016. He currently serves as Editor of the Journal of International Business Studies for 2016-2022, responsible for research related to strategy and policy in emerging economies. He is also on the editorial boards of the Academy of Management Journal, Strategic Management Journal, Global Strategy Journal, Journal of Management, and Long Range Planning. He served as Program Chair of the 2018 Academy of International Business annual conference in the US. 

Gongming Qian

(The Chinese University of Hong Kong, qian@baf.cuhk.edu.hk)

Prof. Qian is full professor and department chair, Southern University of Science and Technology, and former Chair of the Department of Management at The Chinese University of Hong Kong. He received his Ph.D. in International Business/Management from Lancaster University, England. His research interests include the financial economics of multinational enterprises and foreign direct investment, international strategy, and entrepreneurship. He has published widely in peer reviewed academic journals including Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, Journal of Business Venturing, Journal of International Business Studies, and Strategic Management Journal. He has co-edited and is co-editing a Journal of International Business Studies special issue, a Journal of Management Studies special issue, an Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice special issue, and a Journal of International Business Policy special issue published and to be published in 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. He serves on the editorial board of Journal of International Business Studies.

Kevin Zhou

(The University of Hong Kong, kevinz@hku.hk)

Prof. Kevin Zhou is Chang-Jiang Scholar Chair Professor, Chair Professor of Strategy/International Business at Faculty of Business and Economics, University of Hong Kong. Prof. Zhou’s research interests include capabilities and innovation, trust and relational ties, and strategic issues in emerging economies. Prof. Zhou has published numerous papers in prestigious journals such as Administrative Science Quarterly, Academy of Management Journal, Strategic Management Journal, Journal of Marketing, Journal of International Business Studies, Organization Science, and among others. His work is highly influential and well cited: He has been the World’s Top 1% cited scholars based on ISI's Essential Science Indicators (ESI) since 2011 and has been the World’s Highly Cited Scientific Researchers since 2016.

Jane Lu

(China Europe International Business School, janelu@ceibs.edu)

Prof. Jane Lu is Parkland Chair Professor of Strategy at China Europe International Business School, while on leave from her role as James Riady Chair in Asian Business and Economics in the Department of Management and Marketing, the University of Melbourne. She is currently the Editor-in-Chief of Asia Pacific Journal of Management. Jane’s research centers on international strategy such as internationalization, entry mode choice and alliance partner selection. Her recent research continues this line of research but with a focus on emerging market firms and their internationalization. Jane Lu has published in leading academic journals such as Administrative Science Quarterly, Academy of Management Journal, Strategic Management Journal, Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of Management and Journal of Business Venturing, among other journals.

Chinese culture has profoundly influenced the way a firm does business in contemporary China. With China’s growing economic power and international status, multinational corporations have been increasing their presence in China. Yet, it is truly challenging for practitioners and researchers to fully grasp the unique aspects and diversity of regional business cultures throughout China. Moreover, rapid globalization and development of information technology have enabled increasing numbers of Chinese companies to go international. Understanding foreign business cultural environments is an essential element in ensuring their successful entry into a foreign market.

The main purpose of the 2011 China Business Culture Research Conference, which will be held from 21 Oct. to 24 Oct. 2011 in Jinan, Shangdong, China, is to promote the development of business culture research and practice. The conference will provide a high-level academic exchange platform for scholars in business culture to facilitate their communication and discussion of the latest research output.

Organizer:
Shandong University
The Journal of China Business Culture Research
Jinan Management Science Institution

Sponsors:
MAG Scholar
Asian Journal of Business Research

Conference topics:
The conference will include, but not be limited to, discussion of the following research topics:

• The Domain of Chinese business culture;
• International and Chinese business culture development and progress;
• International business cultural diversity;
• Comparisons between Chinese business culture and other business cultures;
• Confucian entrepreneurial culture;
• Business group culture;
• Entrepreneurial culture;
• Regional business culture;
• Commodity culture;
• Brand culture;
• Business etiquette;
• Guanxi in business;
• Advertising culture;
• Corporate culture;
• Consumer culture;
• Currency culture;
• Bazaar culture;
• Business luck culture;
• Tourism and culture;
• Corporate culture;
• China business culture innovation;
• Business culture and Chinese management style;
• Business culture and economic development;
• Business culture and social development.

Authors are encouraged to submit their full papers via internet to the conference email address: sywh2011@163.com.

A paper review committee, formed by distinguished scholars, will review the submitted papers, and the results will be announced before 15 September 2011.

The conference accepts normative, empirical and practical papers. Selected papers will be published in academic journals such as China Business Culture Research, Journal of China Business Culture Research, and Asian Journal of Business Research.

Conference schedule:
21 Oct. Registration
22 Oct., 2011, Morning, – Conference opening ceremony and keynote speech
22 Oct., 2011, Afternoon – Panel discussion
23 Oct 2011, Panel discussion
24 Oc. 2011, Tour to Qufu, Mount Tai or Ancient Capital Qi (cultures of Qi and Lu)

Important days:
22 Aug 2011 – Deadline of call for papers
22 Sep 2011 – Notification of paper acceptance
22-23 Oct 2011 – China Business Culture Research Conference

Conference Organization:
Organizing Committee:
Chairmen:         Professor Xingyuan Wang (Shandong University)
Professor Zhilin Yang (City University of Hong Kong)
Committee members:
Professor Guoqun Fu (Peking University)
Professor Jiang Wei (Zhejiang University)
Professor Congdong Li (Jinan University)
Professor Dongjin Li (Nankai University)
Professor Jing Huang (Wuhan University)
Professor Xudong Gao (Tsinghua University)
Professor Yuhuang Zheng (Tsinghua University)
Professor Mingli Zhang (Beihang University)
Professor Zhaohua Wang (Beijing Institute of Technology)
Professor Yunqi Zhang (Central University of Finance and Economics)
Professor Ya Sheng (Zhejiang Gongshang University)
Professor Youjin Liu (Xiangtan University)
Professor Yonggui Wang (University of International Business and Economics)
Professor Tao Wang (Wuhan University)
Professor Haizhong Wang (Sun Yat-Sen University)
Professor Fasheng Zhao (Confucianism Research Centre, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences)
Professor Zhiying Liu (University of Science and Technology of China)
Professor Jinlan Liu (Tianjin University)
Professor Hongwei Liu (Shandong University)
Professor Zhijun Chen (Shandong University)
Professor Zuohao Hu (Tsinghua University)
Professor Yongqiang Li (Southwest University of Finance & Economics)
Professor Zhou Meihua (China University of Mining & Technology)
Professor Lu Yudong (Dalian University of Technology)
Professor Chenting Su (City University of Hong Kong)
Professor Alan Cai (Carletin University, Canada)
Professor Kim-Shyan Fam (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand）
Professor Michael R. Hyman (New Mexico State University. USA)
Professor Thomas Madden (South Carolina University. USA)
Professor Chenglu Wang (New Heaven University, USA)
Professor Florian Wangenheim (Technical University of Munich, Germany)

Committee Secretariat:
sywh2011@163.com
 

2013 INFORMS/Organization Science Dissertation Proposal Competition Call for Submissions

Submission Deadline: July 1, 2013

We invite you to submit your dissertation proposal to the INFORMS/Organization Science Dissertation Proposal Competition. Now in its 21st year, this competition is one of the most prestigious available to doctoral students studying organizations. Eight finalists will be chosen, based on reviews by experienced referees. Finalists will present their dissertation proposals in a workshop on Saturday, October 5, 2013 at the fall INFORMS Conference held in Minneapolis, MN. During the workshop finalists will receive detailed feedback from a panel of respected organizational scholars who act as final judges for the competition. The all-day workshop also provides a wonderful opportunity to interact with a small group of future colleagues.

At the workshop, the judges will select a winner and a runner up. In order for their dissertation proposals to be considered for this competition, students must meet the following eligibility criteria:

1. Students must have defended their dissertation proposal between August 1, 2012, and August 1, 2013, but not yet defended their dissertation.

2. The expected completion date for students’ dissertations should be on or before July 1, 2014.

3. No part of the dissertation or dissertation proposal may be accepted for publication, provisionally or otherwise, at an academic journal prior to submission for this competition.

We encourage all eligible doctoral students who are studying topics related to organization science to submit summaries of their dissertation proposals. Dissertation proposals addressing issues related to any aspect of organization theory, organizational behavior, strategy, business ethics, or entrepreneurship are welcome.

Submissions should meet the following formatting criteria:

1. Proposal summaries must be no longer than 15 double-spaced pages in 12-point Times font with 1-inch margins. Up to 7 additional pages containing references and exhibits may be included.

2. Because this is a dissertation proposal competition, empirical results should not appear in the dissertation proposal summary or appendices.

Dissertation proposals will be judged based on soundness of theory, methodological rigor, and contribution to the field of organization science. In keeping with the mission of the INFORMS College on Organization Science, boldness and innovation of the dissertation will be important criteria in the judging process. The competition is being coordinated this year by Emily Block of the University of Notre Dame’s Mendoza College of Business.

We are fortunate to again be using Organization Science's ScholarOne Manuscripts submission system to manage dissertation proposal submissions and reviews. The web address for submissions is http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/orgsci. If you do not already have an account you will have to create one. This is a quick and easy process. Applications must be received by July 1, 2013. Dissertation proposal summaries that do not meet the formatting criteria will be returned to students without review. In addition to the proposal summary, each application must include a nomination letter from the applicant’s adviser certifying that the student is likely to complete the dissertation by July 1, 2014 and the date when the student advanced to candidacy – there is no need for a detailed recommendation letter. Please follow Organization Science's instructions for submitting your proposal.

A couple of important things to note:

• In step 1, select the manuscript type "Proposal."
• In step 2, Attributes, please select a few key words to aid in assigning reviewers.
• In step 4, Reviewers and Editors, do not recommend any reviewers. However, you should indicate Emily Block as your preferred SENIOR EDITOR.
• In step 5, Details and Comments, paste your cover letter into the window and use the browse attachment function to attach your COVER PAGE as well as YOUR ADVISER'S NOMINATION LETTER.
• In step 6, Upload Files, upload a copy of your proposal WITHOUT ITS COVER PAGE OR OTHER IDENTIFYING INFORMATION. The first page should include only your dissertation title and abstract.

Please direct any inquiries to: Emily Block, eblock1@nd.edu

Mapping Internationalization on U.S. Campuses examines internationalization efforts at U.S. colleges and universities. As a collaboration between the Ford Foundation and the American Council on Education, it looks at undergraduate attitudes, the practices and policies in place to help internationalize, and the effect on graduating students. The report is available for download in PDF.

The 2019 International Conference of Marketing and International Business (ICMIB) And Special Issue Workshop of Management International Review (SSCI)

 The Chongqing Technology and Business University (CTBU) is delighted to host the 2019 International Conference of Marketing and International Business. This conference includes the Management International Review (MIR) Special Issue Paper Development Workshop. MIR is a prestigious SSCI journal, ranked on ABS 3* list. The conference organizers and Management International Review Special Issue guest editors welcome studies that include data from both frontier/emerging and developed economies. The conference will be held on August 20-21, 2019 in Chongqing, China. The conference registration will open starting Monday evening on August 19, 2019.

Keynote speakers

 Ajai S. Gaur, Rutgers Business School (USA)

Joachim Wolf, The Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel (Germany)

Timothy M. Devinney, Leeds University Business School (UK)

Alfredo Jiménez, Kedge Business School (France)

Jeoung Yul Lee, Hongik Univ. (South Korea) / Leeds Univ. Business School (UK)

 

Conference Theme: “Marketing, networking and learning of domestic and multinational corporations”

 Topics include (but are not limited to):

• International Business Strategy and Organization
• Economic Geography
• Global Value Chains
• International Business, Innovation and Knowledge Flows
• SMEs and International Entrepreneurship
• Internationalization from and to Emerging Markets/Transition Economies
• Finance and Corporate Governance
• Political Risk and International Business-Government relationships
• International Business, CSR and Sustainable Development
• International Human Resource Management and Cross-cultural Issues
• Research Methods
• International Marketing
• Marketing Research, Methods, and Analysis
• Consumer Research with Experimental, Quantitative and Mixed Methods
• Digital and Social Media Marketing
• Ethics and Socially Responsible Marketing
• Marketing Strategy
• Selling and Sales Management in Business and Consumer Markets
• Managing Customer Experience and Value
• Consumer Well-Being
• Advertising, Promotions, and Integrated Approaches
• Society and Culture in Marketing
• New Frontiers in Retail and Brand Management       

Guest Editors:

Timothy M. Devinney (University of Leeds, UK), T.Devinney@leeds.ac.uk

Jeoung Yul Lee (Hongik U., South Korea / Leeds U. Business School, UK), jeoungyul@hongik.ac.kr

Alfredo Jimenez (KEDGE Business School, France), alfredo.jimenez@kedgebs.com

Submission

 The deadline for submission of abstracts, extended abstract, or papers is July 19, 2019. Please submit your work via email: MIR2019Conference@qq.com . An abstract should be more than 150-200 words, and an extended abstract should be more than 1,000 words at least. The submission document should be MS Word or pdf format. Font should be Times New Roman, and font size should be 12 with single spaced. There is no fee for submission.

As a part of this international conference, Management International Review (MIR) Special Issue Paper Development Workshop will be held in the same venue of the conference on August 20, 2019. The title of the Special Issue is “INTERNATIONAL NETWORKING AND SUCCESS- VS. FAILURE-BASED LEARNING OF SMES.”

Founded in 1960, MIR published its 59th volume in 2019. As of 2017, MIR's 2017 Impact Factor was 2.279, and 5-year Impact Factor (2017) was 2.752. MIR is also ranked on the ABS 3* list.

Please visit the Management International Review website at https://www.springer.com/business+%26+management/journal/11575 to learn more about the journal.  

During the conference, guest editors for the MIR Special Issue and the MIR editorial board members will provide constructive feedback to abstracts or paper presentations to improve the quality of their abstracts or papers to enlarge the effect of the learning how to improve their research.

Expected acceptance notification date for the Special Issue Conference: July 29, 2019

Conference Information

Conference organization sponsoring institution:

Chongqing Technology and Business University

Conference registration fee: 1,000 RMB or 150 USD

Organization committee:

 Ajai S. Gaur (Editor-in-Chief, Journal of World Business)

Joachim Wolf (Co-Editor-in-Chief, Management International Review)

Timothy M. Devinney (Consulting Editor, Journal of International Business Studies)

Jeoung Yul Lee (Associate Editor, Asian Business & Management)

Alfredo Jiménez

Qun Bai

Qingjun Zeng

Yu Shen

Jiafu Su

Lin Cui

Tingyong Zhong

Charles Chen

Conference Venue

Hua Shang Hotel

No.33 Xuefu Ave.

Nan'an District

Chongqing,PRC

Contact Email

For further information regarding the Special Issue Workshop, please contact the Handling Guest Editor Dr. Jeoung Yul Lee (jeoungyul@hongik.ac.kr). For any other information, you may contact the organization committee chair or Dr. Jiafu Su (jiafu.su@hotmail.com).

Information about Keynote Speakers

 Prof. Ajai S. Gaur is an Associate Professor of Strategic Management and International Business and Vice Chair in the Department of Management and Global Business at Rutgers Business School, Rutgers University (USA). In June 2017, He has been re-elected to serve a second two-year term as the President of the Asia Academy of Management. He is serving as the Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of World Business and a consulting editor at the Journal of International Business Studies. In January 2019, he has been awarded Rutgers Business School Dean’s Research Professor award for three years.

Prof. Joachim Wolf holds the Chair of Organization Theory and Organization Design at the Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel, Germany. Professor Wolf has published over 50 scholary articles and 15 books, most of them dealing with the management and organization of national and multinational firms. Since January 2006, Professor Wolf has been one of the Management International Review’s (MIR’s) Co-Editors-in-Chief.

Prof. Timothy M. Devinney holds the Leadership Chair at the University of Leeds (Leeds, UK). He is a Consulting Editor of Journal of International Business Studies, and has worked long time on the Editorial Boards of Strategic Management Journal, Journal of International Business Studies, Global Strategy Journal, Long Range Planning, etc. Until recently, he worked as a former Co-Editor of Academy of Management Perspectives, Associate Editor of Management Science, Co-Editor of the Advances in International Management book series (Emerald), co-editor of Annals in Social Responsibility, and Director and Editor of the Social Science Research Network (SSRN). He received a BSc (Psychology and Applied Mathematics) from Carnegie Mellon University and MA, MBA, and PhD (Economics) degrees from the University of Chicago.

Prof. Alfredo Jiménez is Associate Professor at Kedge Business School in Bordeaux. Kedge Business School is one of the top 10 business schools in France. He has published several papers in prestigious SSCI journals including the Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of World Business, Management International Review, International Business Review and Journal of Business Research. At present, he serves in as a Senior Editor of the European Journal of International Management and he was recently the Lead Guest Editor of a Special Issue on Global Virtual Teams at the Journal of International Management and a Co-Guest Editor of a Special Issue on Success- vs. Failure-Based Learning of SMEs at the Management International Review. He has also been a visiting scholar in different institutions in Norway, Germany, Australia, Singapore, Italy, Ecuador and Mexico, as well as participating in the X-Culture Project as a member of its Advisory Board and instructor. He is project reviewer for the Spanish Ministry of Economy and Competitiveness and for the Government of Ecuador and Poland.

Prof. Jeoung Yul Lee is Associate Professor at Hongik University School of Business Management (Sejong, South Korea), Distinguished Professor at Chongqing Technology and Business University (Chongqing, China), and Visiting Associate Professor at Leeds University Business School (Leeds, UK). At present, he serves as Associate Editor of Asian Business & Management, on the Editorial Advisory Board of the International Business Review, and on the Editorial Review Boards of the Management International Review, Management and Organization Review, and Asia Pacific Journal of Management as well as on the Editorial Advisory Board of Cambridge Scholars Publishing (England, UK). He holds as a Handling Guest Editor of Special Issue on Success- vs. Failure-Based Learning of SMEs at the Management International Review, as well as the Lead Guest Editor of Special Issue on MNCs’ Evolution versus Decline at the Management Decision. He was a postdoctoral fellow at the Sol C. Snider Entrepreneurial Research Center of the Wharton School, and he published two papers with Professor Ian C. MacMillan (Founding Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Business Venturing) there as well as other 23 more papers in SSCI journals, such as the Journal of International Business Studies, Human Resource Management, Long Range Planning, Management International Review, International Business Review, Journal of International Management, Journal of Business Research, and International Journal of Human Resource Management. Among them a majority of papers are on the ABS 3* or 4* list.

The 2019 Nationwide Benchmarking Report on International Business Education at Community Colleges uses an IBEX (International Business Education Index) score to provide benchmarks for community colleges. The IBEX score consists of five “pillars” that are important to strategically implement international business education programs and activities at community colleges. Comparisons to previous years are also available. The benchmarking report also provides a look at international entrepreneurship education at community colleges across the nation. The study was conducted in cooperation with our partner organizations, Community Colleges for International Development (CCID) and the National Association for Community College Entrepreneurship (NACCE).

Guest Editors

 Omrane Guedhami

University of South Carolina

 Sofia Johan

College of Business, Florida Atlantic University

Tilburg Law and Economics Center (TILEC)

 Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes

SKEMA Business School

National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER)

 Siri Terjesen

Kogod School of Business, American University & Norwegian School of Economics

  

Keynote Speaker

Sanjai Bhagat (University of Colorado at Boulder)

 

Submission deadline: December 1, 2019

 

Background of the Special Issue

Corporate governance is in a state of flux.  Changes are brimming in both developed and developing economies around the world.  There are considerable regulatory adjustments at national levels as well as transformations in internal governance at the firm level. 

            The sources of internal governance changes are wide and varied.  Structural changes to the economy have changed the nature of entrepreneurial firm formation, where the boundaries of the firm are evolving, maybe even disappearing, in many industries.  Many functions that used to be within firms are now outsourced.  Managing these outsourced relations has become more complex, giving rise to new governance problems. 

            Modes of finance have likewise evolved, giving rise to more complex governance solutions. Donations, rewards, and equity crowdfunding, as well as marketplace lending, also known as alternative finance, have become much more common in recent years.  These new modes of alternative finance give rise to new challenges in securing other forms of more traditional finance for scaling up, and failure to establish proper governance suitable to the context can give rise to success or failure.  At the IPO stage, many firms now seek dual class listing structures, which puts pressure on regulators to facilitate such structure or risk losing business, such as the case of Alibaba listing in New York instead of Hong Kong.

            International integration of firms, business, and trade along with evolving cultural norms in different regions around the world create different needs for governance solutions.  
Corporate policies, including risk-taking, are increasingly recognized to be significantly affected by political systems, religion, culture, gender, race, and legal conditions, among other factors.  Governance solutions vary widely depending on the legal, ethical, and cultural conditions in different regions around the world.  Changes that have been widespread at the national level, including but not limited to changes in political environments, bankruptcy laws, regulations governing diversity on boards, and labor laws should therefore logically take into account these factors.

            This special issue seeks papers that investigate the causes and ensuing consequences of these changes.  A key interest here is for new work that examines the risks associated with these governance changes.  Also, we seek papers that investigate skewness effects of these governance changes, or ‘tipping points’, giving rise to success versus failure.  New corporate governance research is needed to address these questions.  To this end, new research papers could be developed around the following themes:

1.      What is the societal role of the modern corporation and the role of corporate governance in facilitating it?

2.      Do dual-class shares add or create value, and what is the role of founders and ownership type in corporate governance?

3.      Should corporate governance be tied to sustainability, and if so, how?  How should governance solutions balance between the different ESG elements?

4.      What are the new agency problems and governance solutions associated with evolving new economy firms and outsourced functions?

5.      How are corporate polices, risk taking, and ethics affected by evolving political climates, and how does this interaction depend on culture, religion, legal institutions, gender, and race? 

6.      What are the governance implications associated with the new innovations in fintech?

7.      How do legal changes such as quotas for diversity on boards, bankruptcy laws, and labor laws affect entrepreneurial risk taking and skewness in entrepreneurial outcomes?

Papers addressing other related current governance questions are of course welcome.

Submissions and Review Process

A paper development workshop will be held at Florida Atlantic University (Boca Raton, Florida), on February 28, 2020.  Attendance is encouraged but optional. Keynote speaker will be Sanjai Bhagat, Provost Professor of Finance, University of Colorado at Boulder.  The guest editors will be available at this conference to assist in the development of research.  Another workshop held with the Journal of Corporate Finance on Corporate Governance Failures will follow on the subsequent day February 29, 2020, whereby authors are also encouraged, but not required to attend.

The deadline for submission of full papers to the workshop is December 1, 2019.  Submissions have to follow the CGIR style guide to authors and should be sent to Sofia Johan (sjohan@fau.edu) and Siri Terjesen (terjesen@american.edu) with the subject line “CGIR Special Issue Conference”.  Notifications about acceptance to the workshop will be sent by December 31, 2019.

Fully developed manuscripts should be submitted to CGIR by June 15, 2020 through the CGIR Manuscript Central website http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/CGIR. Contributors should follow the CGIR Author Guidelines (which can be found at www.cgir.org).

Final decisions on papers for the CGIR Special Issue will be made later in 2020 following the journal’s standard procedures. Please note that acceptance to the workshop does not necessarily guarantee acceptance to the CGIR Special Issue. Similarly, acceptance to the workshop is not a condition for submission to the CGIR Special Issue.

Contacts

Omrane Guedhami, University of South Carolina, omrane.guedhami@moore.sc.edu

Sofia Johan, College of Business, Florida Atlantic University and TILEC, sjohan@fau.edu

Florencio Lopez de Silanes, SKEMA Business School and NBER, florencio.lopezdesilanes@skema.edu,

Siri Terjesen, Kogod School of Business, American University, and Norwegian School of Economics, terjesen@american.edu

Special Issue Co-Editors:

Suma Athreye Professor of Technology Strategy Essex Business School Southend Campus University of Essex Email: suma.athreye@essex.ac.uk

Lucia Piscitello Professor of International Business, DIG-Politecnico di Milano Milan and University of Reading, UK Email: lucia.piscitello@polimi.it

Ken Shadlen Professor in Development Studies Department of International Development London School of Economics Email: k.shadlen@lse.ac.uk

 

Special Issue Description

Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs) have become ubiquitous in current debates about trade and globalization, and have emerged as a key issue of contention in global trade and investment negotiations. The 'Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights' (TRIPS), signed in 1994 as a founding element of the World Trade Organization, represents the most important attempt to establish a global harmonization of Intellectual Property protection, creating international standards for the protection of patents, copyrights, trademarks and designs. As part of the World Trade Organization, it also is subject to that organization’s dispute settlement system, and thus, unlike previous international agreements on IPRs, includes enforcement procedures at the intergovernmental level.

Protecting IPRs of course means different things for firms, who most profit from them, and for governments, who bear the burden of creating the infrastructure for the enforcement of IPRs (and, in some areas, are among the major consumers of goods protected by IPRs). The processes of IP legislation and enforcement can thus be difficult and controversial.  In designing IP polices governments need to mindful of balancing the reward for innovative activity with the incentives for diffusion of that innovation.  Put differently, the interests of the producers must be arrayed against the interests of the consumer. Even within a national economy, this may be difficult as producers are much better organized to lobby policy than are consumers (Olsen 1962).  In an international context this can be almost impossible to achieve without some supra-national intervention. Thus the adoption of TRIPS at the multilateral level and its implementation at national levels has been fraught with conflicts, as many political scientists (e.g. May and Sell, 2006; Ryan, 1998; Sell, 2003; Matthews 2002; Deere 2008) and economists (e.g., Archibugi and Filippetti, 2010; Maskus, 2000; Maskus and Reichman, 2005) have shown.

Nearly two and a half decades after TRIPS came into effect, much has changed in the global innovation landscape.  Technology trade has flourished and more technology has been transferred to emerging market subsidiaries by MNEs. China has emerged as a major power making huge strides in patenting in both domestic, European and US jurisdictions (Hu et al 2017; Li 2012).  Indian public research institutes like CSIR have found patenting has helped them become more self-reliant for funds.  New institutional forms of Intellectual Property which pool patents have also emerged in response to the global challenges.  Examples include the Medicines Patent Pool (MPP) to tackle AIDS (WIPO 2011), the GAVI alliance to improve childhood immunization (Kremer and Grennerster, 2004) and the EcoPatent Commons, GreenXchange and Canada’s Oil Sands Alliance (COSIA) to control carbon emissions (Awad, 2015).   

Although IB theories emphasize the role of innovation and technological change in originating and strengthening the competitive advantages of the MNE, IB scholarship has focused mostly on  considering IPR regulations as a location advantage/disadvantage (e.g. Ivus, Park, Saggi, 2017), or an institutional factor (e.g., Peng, Ahlstrom, Carraher, Shi, 2017a, b; Peng, 2013) interacting with MNE  strategies.  This is a narrow view and one that does not address the emerging new institutional developments around intellectual property policy and the effects of these on trade, investment and multinational behavior.

TRIPS also generated new political configurations between governments and business (and other social actors) and, importantly, the use of non-market strategies to influence IPR policy. Understanding these new patterns of organization and political mobilization, traditionally the domain of political economy, is exceedingly important in the context of emerging markets where implementing TRIPS implied substantial changes to national laws and policies. The most studied sector in this regard has been pharmaceuticals, as TRIPS required countries to allow drugs to be patented when many countries previously did not do so. National debates are no longer about whether drug firms should get patents, but how strong the associated rights should be, and how long these rights of exclusion should last for. Shadlen (2017) shows that national approaches to both introducing pharmaceutical patent systems and reforming these new patent systems have been driven by constellations of interests in society (rather than, for example, the ideology of incumbent presidents or the nature of political institutions). These issues, namely how the focal points of debate have changed and the search for drivers of cross-national and within-country variation, are common to a range of global challenges, beyond pharmaceuticals, such as clean technologies and global warming.

As regional trading blocs run into political problems it may be worth reassessing the TRIPS experience once again to highlight what has worked well and what has not. The proposed special issue aims at stimulating a wider discussion on the international patenting landscape, its use by emerging markets and the influence on trade and MNE strategies.  This is a two-way interaction where firm behaviors can help/influence the design of better IP policies, but whose successful implementation in turn requires cooperation from firms (Lundan, 2018). This special issue is aimed at an inter-disciplinary audience in a genuine effort to bring together research that wants to understand the experience of TRIPS and what it offers in terms of IPR policy as the world heads towards de-globalisation.  Related contributions have gradually begun to appear in the IB literature (Journal of World Business, Transnational Corporations and Journal of International Business Policy).  Relevant research has also appeared in other disciplines such as Journal of Law and Economics, Journal of Development Studies and Journal of Development Economics. They provide some stepping stones and research agendas for this special issue.

The Journal of International Business Policy (JIBP) aims to be a leader in publishing high quality research analyzing emerging public policy trends and their impact on international firms.  Through this Special Issue call, JIBP aims specifically to champion research analyzing the contribution of IP harmonization to processes of technology transfer, policy making, capability building and challenges to governance.  This special issue is intended to be a first – but certainly not last - focal point triggering IB scholarly attention to this area. For that reason, this special issue will also be accompanied by a Paper Development Workshop in December 2019.

The following is an indicative (but not exhaustive) list of topics to guide potential authors:

1. The effect of IPR  policies on technology-related trade and investment

• Home- and host-country IPR policy effects on technology trade and choice of partners, before and after TRIPS
• How the spread of global value chains (GVCs) and countries’ and firms’ integration into GVCs affects national IP strategy
• How TRIPS has affected the internationalization and “off-shoring” of research and development

2.            Domestic and foreign firms and the political economy of IPR policies

• MNE influence on regional and/or global IP harmonization.
• MNE lobbying strategies to change IPR policies in host and home countries.
• The internationalization of trademarks
• Case studies of national politics around joining the Patent Cooperation Treaty

3.            IPR policies: Trends and effects at the country level

• Home- and host-country IPR regulatory effects on domestic technological capability and economic development
• Home- and host-country IPR policy effects on inward and outward FDI
• IPR and patenting patterns in home- and host-countries
• The emergence of competition and antitrust institutions as important actors in countries and sectors where patenting is new
• Understanding the changing demands for stronger IP rules by local actors in industries where imitation and reverse-engineering are difficult

4.            IP implementation and its effect on economic outcomes

• Understanding the differences between de jure and de facto levels of IP protection and the effect of divergence on technology investment and trade
• How TRIPS has affected the role of technology transfer offices in public (and private) universities and research institutions
• IP infringement and its effect on MNE investment and domestic inventiveness
• Effectiveness of new IPR regimes (patent pooling) for solving the technology needs of global challenges
• New forms of property right protection (in the digital age); open models for patents

We welcome extended proposals from research in all relevant scientific fields (researchers in IB, economics, political science, sociology, law, geography, innovation, development studies, public policy, and international relations) and especially welcome proposals bridging various scientific disciplines. A paper can be aimed at theory development, but can also be empirical (aimed at collecting and interpreting larger data samples or specific case studies).  To give us a wider choice of papers, our call is for extended proposals which should be submitted to the Editors by 15 December 2018.  Selected proposals will be expected to submit full papers by 15 July 2019.

Special Issue Proposals

Proposals should be written in English and not exceed a total of seven (7) pages and 4000 words – five (5) pages for the body which can include charts, graphs, diagrams, and up to two (2) pages of references. The 4000-word count includes all text in the charts, graphs, diagrams, and references.

Only electronic submissions of proposal(s) will be accepted, submitted via the Manuscript Central portal for JIBP: https://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/jibp. A maximum of two (2) proposals, either as an author or a co-author, may be submitted.

We seek original, unpublished work to move the scholarly conversation on TRIPS forward. Proposals may be rooted in or derived from prior work, but the submitted proposal must reflect significant development. Any proposal submitted that is judged to be identical or substantially similar to work already published, presented or under review for another conference or publication, will not be considered for invitation to develop a full manuscript.

Proposals are easiest to handle if submitted in PDF format. MS Word (or equivalent) will also be accepted. The title should be listed in the header of each page. Please use single spacing and 10-point font or larger. All proposals received by the deadline date (December 15, 2018) are deemed as original and final.

Proposals are reviewed by the special issue editors, so they are not anonymous. Proposals should include name and institutional affiliation of all authors. Authors who submit full manuscripts can expect a standard double-blind peer review process after submission.

Timeline from Proposal to Publication

• December 15, 2018: Deadline for submission of extended proposals
• January 20, 2019:  Notification of acceptance or rejection of proposals for development as full manuscripts for submission
• June 24-27, 2019 (AIB 2019 Copenhagen): Editors participate in a panel that highlights the current JIBP special issues
• July 15, 2019: Deadline for submission of full papers via Manuscript Central portal for JIBP (https://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/jibp)
• September 15, 2019: First round of double-blind peer review of submitted papers concluded
• December 2019: Revised papers to be presented at a Paper Development Workshop
• Jan 15, 2020: Editorial notification of conditional acceptance or rejection for inclusion in the JIBP special issue
• March 1, 2020: Final manuscripts submitted for the special issue
• June 2020:  Special issue publication

Selected bibliography

Archibugi D., Filippetti A. (2010), The Globalisation of Intellectual Property Rights: Four Learned Lessons and Four Theses, Global Policy, 1(2): 137- 149. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/j.1758-5899.2010.00019.x

Awad, B. (2015), Global Patent Pledges A Collaborative Mechanism For Climate Change Technology, CIGI  papers #81, Canada.  [ last accessed 04/08/2018 from https://www.cigionline.org/sites/default/files/no.81.pdf]

Albert G.Z. Hu, Peng Zhang , Lijing Zhao (2017) China as number one? Evidence from China's most recent patenting surge, Journal of Development Economics, 124,  107–119.

Deere, C. (2008) The Implementation Game: The TRIPS Agreement and the Global Politics of Intellectual Property Reform in Developing Countries. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ivus, O., Park, W.G. & Saggi, K. (2017), Patent protection and the composition of multinational activity: Evidence from US multinational firms, Journal of International Business Studies, 48(7): 808-836.

Kremer, M., & Glennerster, R. (2004). Strong Medicine - Creating incentives for pharmaceutical research on neglected diseases. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Li, Xibao  (2012).  Behind the recent surge of Chinese patenting: An institutional view, Research Policy 41 236–249.

Maskus, K. E. (2000) Intellectual Property Rights in the Global Economy. Washington, DC: Institute for International Economics.

Maskus, K. E. and Reichman, J. H. (2005) International Public Goods and Transfer of Technology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Matthews, D (2002) Globalising Intellectual Property Rights: The TRIPS Agreement. Routledge.

May, C. and Sell, S. (2006) Intellectual Property Rights: A Critical History. London: Lynne Rienner.

Peng, M. W. (2013). An institution-based view of IPR protection. Business Horizons, 56: 135–139.

Peng, M. W., Ahlstrom, D., Carraher, S. M., & Shi, W. (2017a). History and the debate over intellectual property. Management and Organization Review, 13(1): 15-38.

Peng, M. W., Ahlstrom, D., Carraher, S. M., & Shi, W. (2017b). An institution-based view of global IPR history, Journal of International Business Studies, 48(7): 893-907.

Ryan, M. R. (1998) Knowledge Diplomacy: Global Competition and the Politics of Intellectual Property. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press.

Sell, S. K. (2003) Private Power, Public Law: The Globalization of Intellectual Property Rights. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Shadlen, K.C (2017) Coalitions and Compliance: The Political Economy of Pharmaceutical Patents in Latin America. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

WIPO (2011) Medicines Patent Pool: Facilitating Access to HIV Treatment.  Wipo magazine ( last accessed 04/08/18 from http://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2011/03/article_0005.html

Conference Goals:

•  Offer a forum for scholars and graduate students to harness advanced interdisciplinary knowledge on the past, current, and future of the globalization of business in Asia
•  Offer paper development opportunities especially for young scholars and graduate students for possible publication
•  Provide opportunities for networking and further research collaboration

Conference Theme:

The conference allows scholars and doctoral students to explore broad topics of the past, current, and future of the globalization of business in Asia from a wide spectrum of academic disciplines. The globalization of business has been around for quite some time. Already at the end of the 1980s, Kenichi Ohmae (1989) published an article titled “Managing in a Borderless World” in Harvard Business Review, arguing that national borders became obsolete for business. Once in the 21st century, Thomas Friedman (2005) published a book titled “The World Is Flat,” which became an instant bestseller.

Asia has been considered one of the best beneficiaries of the globalization of business. Starting with Japan (K. Akamatsu, 1961; C. Johnson, 1982), followed by Korea and Taiwan (B. Cumings, 1984; A. Amsden, 1992) and soon China and ASEAN economies (World Bank, 1993; S. Lall, 1996), East and Southeast Asia have been integrated into global markets through export-oriented industrialization and FDI-intensive global production network.

Along the process, the transfer of technologies by firms of developed economies has helped Asian firms acquire not only advanced technologies but also organizational capabilities (S. Yusuf, M. A. Altaf, and K. Nabeshima, 2004; H. W. Yeung, 2009). The results are their deep integration into global production networks, contributing to their sustained growth and development.

Until recently, the globalization of business was considered irreversible. Asia’s continued success was considered a sure bet. However, just in the past few years, new developments have started challenging this understanding and casting doubts on the linear prediction of the continued rise of Asia. The “Occupy Wall Street” movement in 2011 that spread across the world was one of earlier developments to highlight growing public discontent with globalization (M. Hardt and A. Negri, 2011). China becomes more confident and assertive, raising a host of challenges and questions to governments and firms in the United States and across the world (T. Christensen, 2015). The multilateral trade system, one of the pillars of the globalization of business, has become strained. The WTO Doha Round negotiation was stalled, uncovering the sheer difficulty of sustaining and updating multilateral rules while regional trade blocks have emerged (A. Capling and R. Higgott, 2009). More firms support their governments overtly or covertly pursuing nationalist economic policies (A. D’Costa, 2012). Unilateral actions of major economies, including the United States, become rampant and undermine the integrity of the multilateral system. Then comes the Covid-19 pandemic.

How have Asian firms been acquiring and building capabilities and developing competitiveness under globalization? How have Asian governments been assisting them? Have Asian firms been fairing well under the latest round of new developments to globalization? Are they pursuing business as usual, or anticipating major changes and preparing themselves to cope with them? Is a globally dispersed production network sustainable? Are these developments constraining the rapid growth and development of Asian economies? Finally, are Asian governments addressing these challenges through public policies? The conference invites papers that explore the past, the present, and the future of Asia’s global business by examining these and other related/surrounding questions from broad perspectives.

Submission Guideline:

• Paper submission due by December 31, 2020
• Acceptance notification by January 31, 2021

We consider all academic papers that are applied, empirical, and policy-relevant and related to Vietnam, Japan, and other Asian economies. Theory papers that are relevant to the theme of the conference and can develop applied research will also be considered. Possible paper topics may include, but not limited to, the following:

•   Business Administration, Strategy, and Business Economics
•   Management of Organization, HR, Knowledge, and Technology
•   Marketing
•   Accounting and Finance
•   International Economics
•   Industrial Organization
•   Economic Development, Innovation, Technological Change, and Growth
•   Other Miscellaneous Categories

Manuscripts must be written in English, single-spaced, font size 11 or 12, with a margin of 2.5cm (1 inch) on all sides. Please submit your manuscript electronically as a PDF or Word file to ozakit@rikkyo.ac.jp by December 31, 2020. All the submissions will go through the double-blind review process. The result will be notified to the authors by the end of January 2021.

Publication: We aim to publish a select few papers in a special section of a journal and/or an edited volume.

Cost: There will be no fee to participate in the conference. However, the participants must cover the cost of their travel to the venue if the conference is held on the campus of Rikkyo Unversity, Tokyo, Japan.

Venue: Currently, we plan to hold the conference on the campus of Rikkyo University, which is conveniently located in the center of Tokyo, Japan. However, depending on the Covid-19 situation, we may hold the conference virtually by using Zoom.

Organizing Committee and Contact:

Dr. Nguyen Thi Hien, Director, VJCC Institute, Foreign Trade University, Hanoi, Vietnam

Dr. Mitsuhiko Kataoka, Professor, Graduate School of Public Management and Administration, Rikkyo University, Tokyo, Japan

Dr. Tomohiro Machikita, Associate Professor, Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan

Dr. Toshiya Ozaki, Professor, College of Business, Rikkyo University, Tokyo, Japan

For further information, please contact the organizer (c/o Prof. Toshiya Ozaki, College of Business, Rikkyo University, email: ozakit@rikkyo.ac.jp).

 

References:

Akamatsu, Kaname (1961), “A Historical Pattern of Economic Growth in Developing Countries,” The Developing Economies, Vol.1(1).

Amsden, Alice (1992), Asia’s Next Giant: South Korea and Late Industrialization, Oxford University Press.

Capling, Ann and Richard Higgott (2009), “Introduction: The Future of the Multilateral Trade System – What Role for the World Trade Organization?” Global Governance, Vol.15.

Christensen, Thomas (2015), The China Challenge: Shaping the Choices of a Rising Power, W. W. Norton.

Cumings, Bruce (1984), “The Origins and Development of the Northeast Asian Political Economy: Industrial Sectors, Product Cycles, and Political Consequences,” International Organization, Vol.38, No. 1.

D’Costa, Anthony (2011), Globalization and Economic Nationalism in Asia, Oxford University Press.

Friedman, Thomas (2005), The World Is Flat: A Brief History of the Twenty-first Century, Farrar, Straus and Giroux.

Hardt, Michael and Antonio Negri (2011), “The Fight for ‘Real Democracy’ at the Heart of Occupy Wall Street,” Foreign Affairs, October 11, 2011.

Johnson, Chalmers (1982), MITI and the Japanese Miracle: The Growth of Industrial Policy, 1925-1975, Stanford University Press.

Lall, Sanjaya (1996), Learning from the Asian Tigers: Studies in Technology and Industrial Policy, MacMillan.

Ohmae, Kenichi (1989), “Managing in a Borderless World,” Harvard Business Review, May–June 1989 Issue.

Yeung, Henry Wai-chung (2009), “Regional Development and the Competitive Dynamics of Global Production Networks: An East Asian Perspective,” Regional Studies, Vol.43(3).

Yusuf, Shahid, M Anjum Altaf and Kaoru Nabeshima (2004), Global Production Networking and Technological Change in East Asia, World Bank.

World Bank (1993), The East Asian Miracle: Economic Growth and Public Policy, Oxford University Press.

The 31st Annual Conference of the American Society for Competitiveness will be held on October 21-23, 2021 in Washington, DC area. The Theme of the Conference is “International Competitiveness in a Turbulent World.” This event is an excellent opportunity to interact with scholars, business leaders, and government officials from all over the world.

The conference this year will focus on many issues related to competitiveness, including economic nationalism, globalization in retreat, Intellectual and income inequalities, global unemployment, and how hegemonic powers have become obstacles to international trade and global integration.

Please mail your submission (full paper, abstract, proposal, etc.) to the American Society for Competitiveness, 304 Eberly, IUP, 664 Pratt Drive, Indiana, PA 15705. 

The submission deadline is June 30, 2021. You can e-mail your submission to:

Email: office.asc2@gmail.com or rgsoni@iup.edu

 

 

The era of new industrial revolution and its impact on international business: Implications for Euro-Asia business relations

Hankuk University of Foreign Studies, South Korea

7-10 November, 2018

Surrounded by technologies that are effacing techno-human boundaries such as artificial intelligence (AI), big data, robotics, virtual/augmented reality (AR/VR), drones, 3D printing, the Internet of Things (IoT), and autonomous vehicles; we are witnessing an unprecedented surge of technical, industrial, and social innovations. This surge is neatly named in some countries as the Fourth Industrial Revolution (4IR) or Industry 4.0. With threats to human identity, social stability, and economic security, these 4IR technologies and various changes induced by them cast doubt on the adaptive capacity of individuals and institutions and challenge the current business models. When machines replace not only repetitive labor but advanced intellectual work, what is left for humans? Nevertheless, the new technologies may present possibilities for many firms and industries with unprecedented new business opportunities. The question becomes: How can European and Asian entrepreneurs, companies, and scholars take advantage of and prepare for this new era?

This year’s conference invites academic communities to rethink the roles of firms, industries, and universities in the era of the 4IR within the context of Euro-Asia business relations. We welcome papers addressing—but not limited to— the following topics:

• Current technological advancements in Europe and Asia and how firms in each region adopt them to capture business opportunities and to cope with challenges,
• Policies and programs for 4IR technology development and management and the reactions of businesses
• Modes of solutions or alternative approaches to innovation in the face of blurring techno-human interfaces (such as design thinking)
• The impacts of the new technologies on functional level management practices in Europe and Asia such as manufacturing, supply chain, HRM etc.
• The impacts of 4IR on current economic and business relationships between Europe and Asia with particular reference to trade and investment flows
• Practices and measurement of 4IR-driven entrepreneurship
• How this dramatic industrial transition may affect the future Euro-Asian business relations
• Theoretical perspectives: how 4IR challenges affect existing theories in international and comparative business,
• Spatial perspectives: Regional growth models and cross-regional cooperative relations in Europe and Asia attempting to capture the potential of 4IR and the future of job and the industrial structure in developing countries.

SUBMISSION PROCEDURE AND DEADLINES

There are three tracks for individual paper submissions. Please select the most appropriate type of session format from the following:

• Competitive Papers: The most polished and complete papers should be submitted for inclusion in competitive sessions (max. 8,000 words inclusive of all materials, including appendices and references).
• Workshop/Interactive Papers: Papers in progress should be submitted for workshop sessions (max. 6,000 words inclusive of all materials, including appendices and references).
• PhD Track: PhD candidates and other young scholars are invited to present their work, at various stages of progress (from the proposal stage to post-fieldwork analysis, but max. 6,000 words in length).

For all submissions the evaluation will be based on analytical rigor, methods applied, originality, and significance of conclusions.

Full papers—not just abstracts—for all three tracks (competitive, workshop/interactive, and PhD) are due by 21 July 2018 Friday. This deadline will not be extended.

Address any questions regarding this call for papers to the organizers directly by e-mail at eamsa2018@hufs.ac.kr

The 3rd Thought Leaders’ Conference of Marketing Science and Innovation and Special Issue of Journal of International MarketingCall for Papers

Global Marketing and International Customer Behavior: The Case of China

Co-organized by University of International Business and Economics and Journal of International Marketing

International marketing operations constitute an integral part of life and long-term viability for many organizations due in part to the globalization of markets and intensifying competition across countries worldwide. This is particularly the case for companies originating from emerging markets and growth economies, which nowadays play a particularly important role in global world trade. The 3rd Thought Leaders’ Conference on Global Marketing will be co-organized by the University of International Business and Economics in Beijing, China, and the Journal of International Marketing, published by the American Marketing Association, on March 16-17, 2019. It aims to enrich understanding of advances and contemporary developments in global marketing theory and management practice within the specific context of China. China has been one of the leading countries in the world whose companies are engaged in international market operations of various forms. The international engagement of Chinese firms exhibits unique characteristics and business relationship development patterns and often is marked by innovative international marketing strategies that are conducive to the achievement of competitive advantage and strong performance in foreign market operations. For instance, factors leading to Chinese firms’ establishment, development, and maintenance of successful foreign customer relationships is an interesting issue for the Conference and the Special Issue. Similarly, drivers of international marketing and exporting strategies that, in turn, facilitate the achievement of enhanced performance outcomes are also of particular interest.

Broadly, marketers must understand customer behavior patterns in different world markets to effectively serve the special needs of different international customer groups. Thus, successful international engagement for Chinese firms is based on their understanding of and response to the particular requirements of individual foreign markets and consumers, which should drive the development of effective marketing strategies in those overseas markets targeted by these firms. Likewise, foreign firms operating in China need to take account of the particular characteristics and idiosyncrasies of Chinese customers. Broadly, despite considerable research efforts, it is not clear whether globalization of markets leads to the homogenization of consumer behavior or consumer behavior becomes more heterogeneous due to differences across nations, countries, regions or cultures. This issue, which is more important now than ever before, is not well understood and clearly requires further study to allow the development of effective international marketing strategies.

The aim of the Conference, and the Special Issue of Journal of International Marketing that is linked to it, is to generate insights on: global marketing and exporting, which add to existing theoretical knowledge and management practices of Chinese firms’ international market operations; and international customer behavior with the view to informing international marketing strategies, decisions, and actions of Chinese organizations operating in foreign markets. Manuscripts that draw on and integrate multiple perspectives (e.g., strategy, industrial economics, psychology, sociology, and/or consumption economics) are especially encouraged. The research approach can be qualitative, quantitative or mixed. Conceptual papers that focus on the strategic possibilities of global or export marketing strategies, and their impact on performance, and international consumer insights are also welcome. All manuscripts should have clear relevance to the international marketing field, share a focus on marketing strategy, competitive advantage and its drivers, or customers and translate customer insights into a strategy discussion.

The purpose is to summarize, draw from, and/or develop new theories and frameworks from the practices of Chinese firms and to provide a platform for scholars and practitioners in global marketing and related areas to share original ideas and discuss valuable insights. We welcome submissions of original academic papers addressing issues concerning global marketing theory- and practice-related topics in general, and international marketing and customer-based strategy and behavior issues in emerging economies (for example, China) in particular. In the Conference, we also encourage submissions of research in progress that provide new thinking and state-of-the-art insights to scholars and business practitioners.

Possible topics include, but are not limited to:

• Drivers and performance outcomes of export marketing strategies
• The role of resources and capabilities in driving international marketing strategies and performance
• Building successful trusting relationships in international market operations
• Dark-side relational aspects of cross-border exchange relationships and their impact on performance
• Developing effective international services marketing strategies
• Competitive strategies, positional advantages, and performance outcomes in international market operations
• Competitive strategies, marketing strategies, and performance in export product-market ventures
• International relationship marketing
• Developing effective digital marketing strategies for international operations
• Country of origin effects
• Developing effective global retail marketing management strategies
• Consumption experiences and consumer-brand relationships for local and global brands
• Consumer ethnocentrism, animosity, national identity, and cosmopolitanism
• Customer satisfaction and complaining behavior across cultures
• Consumer adoption and diffusion of innovations across cultures
• Social media, content, and online marketing across cultures
• Customers’ perceptions of CSR across countries

Submission to the Conference

All the submissions should be original work. Both full articles and high-quality abstracts would be evaluated and handled by the conference.

Conference submissions should be sent to: JIM2019@uibe.edu.cn

Important Dates

Deadline for paper submission to the Conference: December 10, 2018

Notification of acceptance: January 25, 2019

Conference Co-Chairs

Prof. Robert W. Palmatier, Co-Editor, Journal of Marketing, University of Washington, U.S.A.

Prof. Constantine S. Katsikeas, Editor-in-Chief, Journal of International Marketing, University of Leeds, U.K.

Prof. Yonggui Wang, Dean, University of International Business and Economics, China

Keynote Speakers

• Journal of Marketing Co-Editor, Prof. Robert Palmatier
• Journal of International Marketing Editor-in-Chief, Prof. Costas Katsikeas
• Journal of Academy of Marketing Science Editor-in-Chief, Prof. John Hulland
• Journal of Retailing Co-Editor, Prof. Anne Roggeveen
• Immediate-Past Journal of Marketing Co-Editor, Prof. Neil Morgan
• Journal of Service Research Editor-in-Chief, Prof. Mike Brady
• Asia Pacific Journal of Management Senior Editor, Prof. Kevin Zhou

Contact information

Email JIM2019@uibe.edu.cn

Address

Business School, University of International Business and Economics

No.10, Huixin East St., Chaoyang Dist. Beijing, P.R. China, 100029

Submission to the Special Issue of Journal of International Marketing

All manuscripts must follow the guidelines of the Journal and be submitted online through Manuscript Central at

https://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/ama_jim

Submission Deadline: Manuscripts for the Special Issue can be submitted during March 2019, and until Friday, MARCH 29, 2019.

Special Issue Editors:

Constantine S. Katsikeas

Editor-in-Chief, Journal of International Marketing

Arnold Ziff Research Chair and Professor of Marketing & International Management

Leeds University Business School

Maurice Keyworth Building

University of Leeds

Leeds LS2 9JT

U.K.

Phone: +44 (0) 113-343-2624

Email: csk@lubs.leeds.ac.uk

 

Yonggui Wang

Dean

Professor of Marketing and Strategy

Business School

University of International Business and Economics

No. 10, Huixin Dongjie

Chaoyang District

Beijing

P.R.China 100029

Email: ygwang@uibe.edu.cn

Papers should broadly address the theme of the conference and issues related to changing business practices. Kindly send a full paper so that it can be published in an ISBN book/Journal besides the conference proceeding.

Academicians and research professionals are encouraged to contribute new ideas, concepts, and paradigms. Abstracts will be published in ISBN numbered publications and selected papers in International Journals. Kindly submit papers for the subjects mentioned below:

1. Marketing and Strategy
2. International Business
3. Brand management
4. Business statistics/Decision science
5. Finance 6. General Management
6. IT and business practices in the current business environment

There will also be a separate track for student’s paper. Papers to be emailed to: rks _pmc@yahoo.com OR rks.pmc@gmail.com

Select paper will be published in the International Journal of Sydenham Management Review published since 1995.

In A Journey to Sharahad, an exercise available in PDF, the participants role-play American business persons who journey to Sharahad looking for distributors. Even though both Americans and Sharahadans want to do business with each other, substantial barriers are present based on different cultural behaviors and communication barriers. The author, Phil Darg, has generously agreed to allow globalEDGE to make this exercise available for download at no charge (for educational purposes only).

Call for chapters for the upcoming book "A Strategic Negotiator’s Handbook: From Local to Global Perspectives". Following chapters needed:

• Chapter: Negotiation as an Optimal Dispute Resolution Alternative
• Chapter: Negotiating with Managers from Europe: The French Style
• Chapter: Negotiating with Managers from Europe: The British Way
• Chapter: Negotiating with Managers from Europe: The Italian Way
• Chapter: Negotiating with Managers from Asia: The Chinese Approach
• Chapter: Negotiating with Managers from Asia: The Japanese Approach
• Chapter: Negotiating with Managers from Latin America: The Brazilian Style
• Chapter: Negotiating with Managers from North America: The US Way
• Chapter: Negotiating with Managers from North America: The Canadian Way

In addition to the above, any other chapter proposals in the field of global negotiation and business/organizational conflict resolution & management are welcome. 

Mohammad Ayub Khan, PhD.

Full-Professor & Director

Marketing & International Business Department

Business School, North Region,

Tecnológico de Monterrey, Campus Monterrey

Ave. Eugenio Garza Sada 2501, Monterrey, N.L., México, 64849.

mkhan@itesm.mx

+52-81-8358-2000 ext. 4340

http://www.itesm.mx/

A Trip to Mintana simulates a business meeting of Americans who have traveled to the fictional country of Mintana. The intercultural exercise allows participants to experience and adjust to different cultural communication patterns and to recognize some of the intercultural barriers in today's global business environment. The author, Phil Darg, has generously agreed to allow globalEDGE to make this exercise available for download in PDF at no charge (for educational purposes only).

A Visit with the Amberana simulates a meeting of American botanists who travel to the fictional country of Maranã. The Americans, ignorant of the host culture, must communicate with the Amberanans in an acceptable manner to succeed in their quest. A Visit with the Amberana is an intercultural exercise that explores verbal and non-verbal differences, as well as cultural values. The author, Phil Darg, has generously agreed to allow globalEDGE to make this exercise available for download in PDF at no charge (for educational purposes only).

Aalto University, in Helsinki, Finland, is pleased to announce the availability of a tenure-track (or tenured) faculty position in the area of Strategy. Applications for Assistant Professor, Associate Professor, or Professor are welcomed. Please see the attachment for details regarding the position and the application process.

Assistant Professor in Strategic Management (Tenure Track)
Aalto University is a new university with over a century of experience. Created from a high-profile merger between three leading universities in Finland – the Helsinki School of Economics, the Helsinki University of Technology and the University of Art and Design Helsinki – Aalto University opens up new possibilities for strong multi-disciplinary education and research. The university's ambitious goal is to rank among the top universities in the world in its areas of specialization. At Aalto there are 20,000 students with around 75,000 alumni. We have a staff of 4,500 including 300 professors.

Candidate profile
Applications are invited from individuals with strong research and teaching interest in strategic management who strive for academic excellence. Applicants should have recently completed their PhD with a focus on strategic management, or expect to complete it by August 2012. The primary selection criteria will be academic track-record, research potential, teaching capabilities, and strong recommendations. For foreign applicants, the only language requirement is fluency in written and spoken English.

Position
The applicant is expected to develop a state-of-the-art research program with international visibility. The teaching load in this position is negotiable but is planned to include two courses per year. In addition, the tasks are planned to include participation in Master’s thesis supervision as well as contributing to the doctoral program and other research, teaching, and outreach activities. The starting date for the position is expected to be September 2012 (alternative starting date is negotiable). Salary is competitive at the European level and initial research funding will also be provided.

The position is located at the Institute of Strategy (a part of the Department of Industrial Engineering and Management), which consists of six professors and about 40 researchers, including PhD students. In terms of research output in top-tier journals, the Institute of Strategy has in recent years been among the most productive strategy units in Europe. Active research at the Institute covers a broad set of topics including corporate strategy, corporate ventures, high-growth entrepreneurship, venture capital, industry evolution, innovation management, mergers and acquisitions, and strategic renewal. The Institute offers a supportive environment for high world-class activity in strategic management. For additional information see: http://tuta.tkk.fi/en/research/institute_of_strategy/

As a living and work environment, Finland is consistently ranked highly in quality-of-life and competitiveness studies. It is the best country in the world to live according to a Newsweek 2010 study. It is the 2nd happiest place in the world according to a 2007 OECD study. Helsinki is the best city in the world to live in according to a 2011 report by Monocle Magazine and is 7th in the Economist Intelligence Unit livability ranking 2011. Finland has also been ranked the 4th in the Global Competitiveness Index 2011-2012 of the World Economic Forum and the 2nd best in the Corruption Perceptions Index 2011 of Transparency International 2011. Aalto University offers support for moving in Finland. Some information is available at: http://www.aalto.fi/en/for/international/

Application procedure
The applications are to be addressed to the President of Aalto University and submitted by e-mail, preferably in a single pdf document, to the Registry of Aalto University (kirjaamo@aalto.fi) no later than on 16 January 2012. All the materials should be submitted in English, including at least the following documents:

- a cover letter
- a curriculum vitae (with contact details)
- a job market paper
- three letters of recommendation
- possible teaching evaluations

Please read the application instructions before submitting the application:
http://www.aalto.fi/en/current/jobs/professors/strategisen_johtamisen_professori-assistant_professor-tenure_track/application_instructions_strategic_management.pdf

For additional information, please contact the Head of the Institute of Strategy, Professor Markku Maula, tel. +358 40 556 0677, or the Head of the Department, Professor Hannele Wallenius, tel. +358 503 878 109 (or for recruitment process related questions HR-coordinator Johanna Montgomery, tel. +358 50 346 6428). E-mails: firstname.lastname@aalto.fi.

Aalto University reserves the right for justified reasons to leave the position open, to extend the application period, reopen the application process, and to consider candidates who have not submitted applications during the application period.

Application materials will not be returned.

We are seeking to appoint an outstanding academic to be Professor of High-Growth Entrepreneurship within the Department of Industrial Engineering and Management at Aalto University in Helsinki.

Aalto University is one of Europe’s leading research-intensive universities with a global reputation in technology, economics, and arts and design. The university champions pioneering, inter-disciplinary research and has extensive international links with universities and businesses.

As Professor of High-Growth Entrepreneurship, you will play a leading role in the intellectual development of the newly created Aalto Ventures Program, undertaking high quality research and building international partnerships. The Program is a key strategic priority for the university.

You will benefit from collaborating with leading figures in the entrepreneurship field, generous research support, the university’s extensive international network, and excellent access to entrepreneurs and decision makers in the private and public sectors. In addition, we can offer the many benefits that come with living and working in one of Europe’s leading capital cities and centres of learning, with a world leading education system.

To find out more about the role, and how to apply for it, please go to http://www.aalto.fi/en/current/jobs/professors/HGE/Candidate_Material.pdf. For additional information, please contact the Head of the Institute of Strategy, Professor Markku Maula, tel. + 358 (0)40 556 0677 (or for recruitment process – related questions HR-Coordinator Johanna Montgomery, tel. +358 (0) 50 346 6428). Emails: firstname.surname@aalto.fi. For a confidential discussion with our search consultants, please contact Christopher Lake at Syllogism on +44 (0)203 417 6076 or email him at aalto@syllogism.co.uk

The International Business group, which is part of the Department of Management and International Business, has a long and proud history. Established in 1977, the group has been a pioneer in Finland in terms of offering a full-fledged program taught entirely in English, using real-life teaching cases, and involving international visitors in delivering its courses. Teaching is all at the master’s and doctoral levels; current courses focus on international strategy, internationalization processes of small and large corporations, management of international networks, human resources, and marketing activities on a global scale. In addition, regional courses are offered that address the institutional, socio-political, cultural, and historical contexts of the EU, the Baltic States, Russia, and Asia. The International Business group also has considerable involvement in the internationally-accredited CEMS Master’s in International Management, which builds on a global alliance of 26 universities across four continents.

The group is characterized by an open and collegial atmosphere and offers a supportive environment for both qualitative and quantitative research, and hosts an active seminar series. Research funding is readily available, and conference travel allocations are generous. Members of the group have published in a variety of top-level international outlets, including Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of Management Studies, Management International Review, and International Business Review, and are well-represented on editorial boards and in international professional organizations.

Requirements

Applicants should hold a doctorate in a relevant field. Applicants at the Associate or Full Professor level must demonstrate a strong and ongoing research record in the field of International Business or International Management and the ability and willingness to provide academic leadership. Applicants at the Assistant Professor level must demonstrate the potential for high-quality research. At all levels, evidence of teaching excellence is required.

The Aalto University School of Business is the leading business school in Finland. It holds “triple crown” accreditation (AACSB, AMBA, and EQUIS), held by only about 1% of business schools, and is located in central Helsinki. Finland has a consistently high ranking highly in quality-of-life studies, and Helsinki is renowned as a very livable city (5th and 6th in 2010, according to Monocle Magazine and The Economist Intelligence Unit).

Throughout their careers, those in the academic tenure track system are expected to exercise and guide scientific research, to provide related higher academic education, to follow the advances of their field, to participate in service to the Aalto University community, and to take part in societal interaction and international collaboration in their field.

Applicants will be reviewed on the basis of their research, teaching, and academic leadership and activity in scientific community.

Salary

Aalto University follows the salary system of Finnish universities, but applicants may also provide salary requirements.

For more Information

For additional information, please contact Professor Elizabeth L. Rose (elizabeth.rose@aalto.fi) (or, for questions pertaining to the recruitment process, contact HR-coordinator Kristina Mustonen, kristina.mustonen@aalto.fi or tel. +358 50 4674327).

How to apply

The application materials for the tenure track position include:

·         Cover letter

·         Curriculum Vitae

·         List of publications (with the most significant publications highlighted)

·         A research statement describing past research and plans for future research

·         Teaching portfolio

·         References (names and contact information of four references)

All material should be submitted in English. The application materials will not be returned.

Applications for the tenure track positions are to be addressed to the President of Aalto University and submitted to the Registry of Aalto University School of Business no later than Friday September 28^th, 2012. The street address of the Registry is Lapuankatu 2, Helsinki (the Registry closes at 3.00 p.m.), and the postal address is Aalto University, P.O. Box 21230, FI-00076 Aalto, Finland. You may also submit the application by e-mail (kirjaamo-econ@aalto.fi) in pdf format.   

General instructions for applicants, including language requirements and guidelines for compiling the teaching portfolio and CV, are provided atwww.aalto.fi/en/tenure_track/for_applicant.

Aalto University reserves the right, for justified reasons to leave the position open, to extend the application period and to consider candidates who have not submitted applications during the application period.

 

The Department of Business Administration at Abdullah Gul University (AGU) invites applications for several full-time faculty positions. Successful candidates can start September, 2015. Candidates must possess a Ph.D. degree in a related field, and will be considered for positions at all academic ranks (Assistant, Associate or Full Professor). International candidates are strongly encouraged to apply. Review of applications will start immediately and continue until all positions are filled.

Candidates are expected to have expertise in one or more of the following areas: Business management, marketing, accounting, finance, production and operations management, entrepreneurship, business law, business communications, and international management; however, candidates in other areas will also be considered.

Successful candidates are expected to initiate and maintain externally funded research programs. All positions require a strong commitment to teaching excellence and student mentorship at both undergraduate and graduate levels, and service to the university and profession is expected from all candidates at all ranks. For hire at the Assistant Professor level, individuals must demonstrate exceptional academic credentials and a strong promise for a distinctive career in research. At higher ranks, evidence of research accomplishments, including successful research funding, is expected. A particularly attractive candidate characteristic is the demonstrable ability or interest to initiate interdisciplinary research and university-industry collaborations.

AGU is a recently established state university in Kayseri, Turkey with a strong foundation support that significantly supplements the state-provided resources. The university aspires to stimulate innovation and creativity in addressing global problems and to provide added value to society through focused cooperation projects that involve students, faculty, and for- and non-profit organizations. To this end, the university places great emphasis on interdisciplinary research, university-industry collaboration, and innovative teaching. The benefits of working at AGU also include eligibility for state pension and other advantages that accrue from being an employee of the state. The university offers internationally competitive salaries and benefit packages thanks to the support of the AGU Foundation.

AGU is located in Kayseri, an education center with four universities and an industrialized city in central Turkey with a population of about 1.3 million. In addition to its rapidly growing vibrant economy, the city is a transportation hub offering easy access to centers in Europe and Turkey. In addition to its renowned culinary specialties, and close proximity to Cappadocia, skiing, trekking and alpinism in Mt. Erciyes, and historical points of interest in and around the city makes Kayseri a center of attraction for many domestic and international visitors.

Applicants should submit a cover letter, curriculum vitae, statements of research and teaching philosophy, and the names and contact information of three references. Application materials should be collated into a single PDF file and e-mailed to Prof. Ayhan Altintas at BAFacultySearch@agu.edu.tr.

Applications are invited from individuals with research and teaching experience for two lecturers in marketing. The School of Management and Business (SMB) is in the early stages of a growth plan that will see academic staff numbers expand significantly. Five new appointments have been made since September 2009 and a new research centre, the Centre for International Business and Public Policy, has been created. The School welcomes applications for scholars working in the broad field of marketing, but has a particular interest in candidates with research and teaching expertise in business-to-business marketing, international marketing or political marketing.

Candidates will be expected to teach across the range of undergraduate and postgraduate programmes. The successful candidates should be in possession or nearing the completion of a doctorate, and must be able to demonstrate a good research record and teaching experience. The successful applicant will be expected to contribute to research in marketing and contribute to the School’s Undergraduate and Postgraduate programmes and PhD supervision where appropriate.

Informal enquiries may be made to Professor Steve McGuire on 01970 622200 (sbm@aber.ac.uk) or the Director, Nicholas Perdikis on 01970 622517 (nip@aber.ac.uk). Salary will be on the lecturer grade 7 or 8 as appropriate and will be dependent upon qualifications and experience. Salary in the range £32,620 - £43,840. The post is tenable from 1st October 2010 or as soon as possible thereafter.  For more information, go to http://www.aber.ac.uk/en/hr/jobs/

Management International Review Management International Review publishes research-based articles that reflect significant advances in the key areas of International Management.

Its target audience includes scholars in International Business Administration. MIR is a double-blind refereed journal that aims at the advancement and dissemination of applied research in the fields of International Management. The scope of the journal comprises International Business, Cross-cultural Management, and Comparative Management. The journal publishes research that builds or extends International Management Theory so that it can contribute to International Management Practice.

About the Focused Issue

Research on the internationalisation of the firm gained momentum in the 1970s. The dominant explanations from this period conceptualised internationalisation as a process that occurs over a period of time. Since then, internationalisation has received considerable scholarly attention.

However, while it is agreed to be a process, internationalisation of the firm is infrequently studied processually. Cross-sectional research designs dominate research in this area, and studies that pose process-based questions (i.e., in the form of ‘How does firm internationalisation evolve over time?’) are rare. Calls for longitudinal research and the inclusion of temporal dimensions are made regularly, but have not been taken up.

This inattention to process persists even though there has been considerable progress in process methods and theorising. Within the field of management, Andrew Pettigrew, Ann Langley and Andrew Van de Ven, among others, have articulated the difference between process- and variance-based research and provided a vocabulary and roadmap for process researchers.

Our aim with this focused issue is to advance understanding of how to study internationalisation as a process. We welcome conceptual and empirical papers that question mainstream variance-based assumptions, propose novel approaches and methods, and use process research to develop, challenge and extend theory in the area of firm internationalisation. We are open to qualitative submissions as well as quantitative papers based on longitudinal data.

Contributions are sought that address the following process-related questions:

1)      What process/es does internationalisation involve? This could include issues such as:

-         understanding specific phases as part of the firm’s overall internationalisation process, e.g. pre-, de- and re-internationalisation;

-         post-entry trajectories of firms (i.e. going beyond the focus on entry mode and locational choices);

-         conceiving internationalisation as a learning process, a process of organisational change, etc;

-         studying operation modes over time, e.g. franchising and foreign direct investment as a process;

-         Considering different units of analysis: not just the firm but e.g. product, business unit or business model.

2)      What methodological innovations are needed to advance understanding?

Possibilities include:

-         business history and historical methods, and other interdisciplinary approaches;

-         methodologies for studying the future;

-         quantitative approaches to longitudinal analysis;

-         ethnographic methods for studying the micro-processes of internationalisation;

-         options for studying internationalisation as a non-linear process.

3)      Once we study internationalisation as a process, what new insights do we gain? Possibilities for theoretical advances might include:

-         Applying complexity theory, co-evolutionary theory and other theories that allow for dynamic explanations;

-         Developing process theories that explain change over time;

-         Taking account of context and its changes in the internationalisation process;

-         Taking a process approach to research on (so-called) ‘Born Globals’ and INVs, the early and accelerated internationalisers;

-         (Even perhaps) rethinking the concept of internationalisation itself.

Submission Information

-         All papers will be subject to MIR’s blind review process

-         Authors should follow MIR guidelines, http://www.mir-online.de/Guideline-for-Authors.html

-         Contributions should be submitted in English, in a Microsoft Word or compatible format via e-mail attachment to catherine.welch@sydney.edu.au<mailto:catherine.welch@sydney.edu.au>

-         Questions can be addressed to any of the co-editors: Peter Liesch (p.liesch@business.uq.edu.au<mailto:p.liesch@business.uq.edu.au>), Niina Nummela (niina.nummela@utu.fi<mailto:niina.nummela@utu.fi>), Catherine Welch (catherine.welch@sydney.edu.au<mailto:catherine.welch@sydney.edu.au>)

-          For further information, see

http://www.internationalisationprocess.com<http://www.internationalisationprocess.com/>

-         Submission deadline: 31 October 2013

About the Guest Editors

Peter W. Liesch is Professor of International Business in the UQ Business School at The University of Queensland, Australia. His research interests include the facilitators and inhibitors of the internationalisation of the firm, particularly the smaller firm.

Niina Nummela is Professor of International Business at the University of Turku, Finland. Her research interests include SME internationalisation, cross-border acquisitions and mixed-methods research strategies.

Catherine Welch is Associate Professor in the Discipline of International Business at The University of Sydney, Australia. Her current research interests focus on qualitative research methodology and firm internationalisation processes.

Academic Earth is a collection of free online courses featuring videos of lectures and interviews. The content focuses on various aspects of business including accounting, economics, finance, management, and marketing.

The Academy of Management provides interactive teaching tools and resources for those interested in the field of international management. The site contains exercises for teaching and learning in different countries as well as providing exercises and case studies pertaining to management on a global scale.

The competitive landscape has been shifting in recent years more than ever. Globalization, rapid technological changes, codification of knowledge, the Internet, talent and employee mobility, increased rates of knowledge transfer, imitation, changes in customer tastes, the obsolescence of products and business models – have all caused a turbulent environment and accelerated changes and disruptions. These trends are expected to continue in the future, producing ever more rapid and unpredictable changes. Current concepts such as sustained competitive advantage, resource-based view, and strategic planning have been deemed vague, tautological, and inadequate for companies to cope with the rate and complexity of environmental and market changes (e.g., Kraaijenbrink, Spender and Groen, 2010; Lado, Boyd, Wright and Kroll, 2006).

In a chaotic environment in which markets emerge, collide, split, evolve, and die one of the primary determinants of a firm’s success is strategic agility, the ability to remain flexible in facing new developments, to continuously adjust the company’s strategic direction, and to develop innovative ways to create value. There is a tension between formal processes of strategic planning that require strategic commitments for a course of action and opportunistic strategic agility. Strategic planning has been criticized for preparing plans for tomorrow based on yesterday’s actions, concepts, and tools. Although strategic planning can help in specific situations, it usually creates an inertia that prevents fast adaptation when circumstances change or market discontinuities occur. Strategic agility requires inventing new business models and new categories rather than rearranging old products and categories. To cope with growing strategic discontinuities and disruptions, scholars have suggested the creation of strategically agile companies, including new ways for managing business transformation and renewal, developing dynamic capabilities, creating imitation abilities, maintain a high level of organizational flexibility, developing learning and knowledge transfer skills, using adaptive corporate culture, optimizing human resource scalability, and more (e.g., Doz and Kosonen, 2010; Dyer and Ericksen, 2005; Eisenhardt and Martin, 2000; Shenkar, 2010a; Weber, Tarba, and Reichel, 2011; Wilson and Doz, 2011).

The goal of this special issue is to stimulate authors to redefine the spectrum of means and processes available to create and use strategic agility. The issue challenges authors to provide the frameworks that managers can use to integrate, develop, and reconfigure competences and resources required to deal with hypercompetitive markets. Given markets discontinuities and the rapidly increasing pace of change, companies need new and agile paradigms.

We invite papers that focus on strategic agility in both the national and international arenas. We encourage contributions that address but are not limited to the following topics:

What are the origins, components, and outcomes of strategic agility?

What are the roles of early warning systems, communication, learning, scanning, knowledge transfer, training, managerial rotation, and rewarding in the development of strategically agile companies?

What is the relationship between strategic agility on one hand and organizational flexibility, modular organizational forms, conflicts and confrontations, dynamic capabilities (Eisenhardt and Martin, 2000), imitation (Shenkar, 2010b), cultural characteristics (Weber, Tarba, and Reichel, 2011), human resource management (Shafer, Dyer, Kilty, Amos, and Ericksen, 2001) and other existing and emerging concepts?

What insights can perspectives from strategy, economics, organizational behavior, international management, psychology, sociology, anthropology, and other disciplines provide into the nature, antecedents, processes, and effects of strategic agility?

Do strategic sensitivity and resource fluidity (Doz and Kosonen, 2008; 2010) create only a temporary advantage or can they improve performance in both short and the long term?

What is the role of strategic agility in mergers and acquisitions, given their high failure rate? For example, what is the importance of strategic agility components at the pre-merger planning stage (e.g., due diligence, scanning, and screening), the negotiation stage (Weber, Belkin, and Tarba, 2011), and during post-merger integration? What is the effect of various practices (communication, training) within the context of different national cultures (Weber, Rachman-Moore, and Tarba, 2011), and of integration approaches such as symbiosis (Weber, Tarba, and Rozen Bachar, 2011) and hybrid integration (Schweizer, 2005) on strategic agility?

What are the profiles of strategically agile multinational corporations?

Do changes in partners' resources and capabilities cause loss of flexibility to joint ventures, resulting in a high rate of failure? When and how should new modular organization forms be applied in the creation of strategic alliances?

When should management embrace intuitive, improvisational, and action-oriented forms of decision making for the sake of effectiveness?

Please bear in mind that CMR publishes primarily original articles that are research based and address issues of current concern to managers.

SUBMISSION

To consider your manuscript for publication in this special issue, submit your paper by February 29, 2012 to the official CMR website, indicating the title of the special issue.
All papers should meet the submission requirements of CMR: http://cmr.berkeley.edu/submission_guidelines.html . 
The papers will be sent for review following CMR’s standard review process, coordinated by the guest editors. The final decisions about publications will be made by the CMR editor.
Please indicate in your text why and how your paper will appeal not only to scholars but also, and especially, to managers.
For further information, please contact the CMR co-guest editor for this special issue, Prof. Yaakov Weber yaakovw@colman.ac.il .

REFERENCES
Doz, Y.L and Kosonen, M. 2008. The dynamics of strategic agility: Nokia's rollercoaster experience. California Management Review, 50 (3), 95-118.
Doz, Y.L and Kosonen, M. 2010. Embedding strategic agility. Long Range Planning, 43, 370-382.
Dyer, L. and Ericksen, J. (2005). In pursuit of marketplace agility: Applying precepts of self-organizing systems to optimize human resource scalability. Human Resource Management, 44 (2), 183–188.

Eisenhardt, K. M. and Martin, J. A. 2000. Dynamic capabilities: What are they?  Strategic Management Journal, 21, 1105-1121.
Goldman, S. L., Nagel, R. N., and Preiss, K. 1995. Agile Competitors and Virtual Organizations: Strategies for Enriching the Customer. van Nostrand Reinhold.
Kraaijenbrink, J., Spender, J.-C., and Groen, A. J. 2010. The resource-based view: A review and assessment of its critiques. Journal of Management, 36 (1), 349-372.
Lado, A. A., Boyd, N. G., Wright, P., and Kroll, M. 2006. Paradox and theorizing within the resource-based view. Academy of Management Review, 31 (1), 115-131.
Shafer, R. A., Dyer, L., Kilty, J., Amos, J., and Ericksen, J. (2001). Crafting a human resource strategy to foster organizational agility: A case study. Human Resource Management, 40 (3), 197–211.
Shenkar, O. 2010a. Copycats: How Smart Companies Use Imitation to Gain a Strategic Edge. Harvard Business Press.
Shenkar, O. 2010b. Imitation is more valuable than innovation. Harvard Business Review (April), 1-3.
Schweizer, L. 2006. Organizational integration of acquired biotech companies into pharmaceutical companies: The need for a hybrid approach. Academy of Management Journal, 48 (6), 1051–1074.
Weber, Y., Belkin, T., and Tarba, S.Y. 2011. Negotiation, cultural differences, and planning in mergers and acquisitions. Proceedings of the EuroMed Academy of Management 2010 Annual Conference, 1249-1257. Nicosia, Cyprus, November 2010.
Weber, Y., Rachman-Moore, D., and Tarba, S.Y. 2011. Human resource practices during post-merger conflict and merger performance. International Journal of Cross-Cultural Management. Forthcoming.
Weber, Y., Tarba, S.Y., and Reichel, A. 2011. International mergers and acquisitions performance: Acquirer nationality and integration approaches. International Studies of Management & Organization, 41 (3), 9 - 24.
Weber, Y., Tarba, S. Y., and Rozen Bachar, Z. 2011. Mergers and acquisitions performance paradox: The mediating role of integration approach. European Journal of International Management. 5 (4), 373 - 393.
Wilson, K. and Doz, Y. L. 2011. Agile innovation. California Management Review, 53 (2), 6 - 26.

The United Nations (UN) set the agenda to achieve sustainable development by securing the commitment of 193 countries to adopt the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGS). The SDGS represent an ambitious challenge to end all forms of poverty, tackle climate change while promoting economic prosperity and inclusion by the end of year 2030. The 17 goals put forward are: 1) No poverty; 2) Zero hunger; 3) Good health and well-being; 4) Quality education; 5) Gender equality; 6) Clean water and sanitation; 7) Affordable and clean energy; 8) Decent work and economic growth; 9) Industry, innovation, and infrastructure; 10) Raise your voice against discrimination; 11) Sustainable cities and communities; 12) Responsible production and consumption; 13) Climate action; 14) Life below water; 15) Life on land; 16) Peace, justice, and strong institutions; and 17) Partnerships for the goals. Detailed information on the 17 goals can be found here: https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/

States and non-state organizations are called to work together and collaboratively and contribute with financial resources, knowledge, and expertise. In this context, this Special Issue focuses on the role of colleges and universities in achieving sustainable development.

Submissions for the Special Issue could relate, but are not limited, to the following topics:

• Innovative pedagogical approaches to teaching and learning toward sustainable development
• Administrative, academic, and student-led initiatives in sustainability
• Inclusion of sustainable development topics in the curriculum: stand-alone, cross-disciplinary and trans-disciplinary programs
• Campus design for sustainability
• Partnerships between universities and stakeholders to achieve sustainable development
• Overcoming resistance and skepticism among students and staff
• Teacher competencies in sustainable development
• Assessment of student learning in sustainable development

Comprehensive reviews, case studies, and research articles that focus on statistical analyses are invited for submission to this Special Issue. Please contact Patricia Kanashiro (pkanashiro@loyola.edu) with questions.

Manuscript submission information

Deadline for submissions: March 30, 2019

Manuscripts should be submitted online at https://raep.emnuvens.com.br/raep and can be written in English, Spanish, or Portuguese. Submitted manuscripts should not have been published previously, nor be under consideration for publication elsewhere (except conference proceedings papers). All manuscripts are thoroughly refereed through a double-blind peer-review process. A guide for authors and other relevant information for submission of manuscripts is available on the instructions author page.

About RAEP

Administração: Ensino e Pesquisa (RAEP) (ISSN 2358-0917) is the first academic publication in Brazil aimed at disseminating the very latest research in Administration/Management teaching and research. It is published 3 times a year by the Brazilian National Association of Undergraduate Courses in Administration (ANGRAD) for the academic community: students, professors, researchers and academic managers of courses and programs in Administration.

The journal is classified in stratum B1 of the Administration, Accounting and Tourism Qualis-CAPES. The journal is Abstracted/Indexed in Cengage, Ulrich's, EBSCO, ProQuest, Web of Science, Spell, Cengage Learning, DOAJ, DIADORIM, LatinREV and it is published 3 times a year.

Editors

Patricia Kanashiro, Ph.D. (Loyola University Maryland, United States)

Cristiane Benetti, Ph.D. (ICN Business School, France)

Janette Brunstein, Ph.D. (Universidade Presbiteriana Mackenzie, Brazil)

Eric Talavera Campbell, MRe (Education Quality Accreditation Agency-EQUAA, Peru)

Friedemann Schulze-Fielitz, M.A. (EFMD GN Americas, United States)

The School of Business at Universidad Adolfo Ibáñez (UAI) seeks candidates for full-time faculty positions in the areas of Strategy/International Business/Family Business starting March or July 2016. Rank is open. The positions are based in Santiago or Viña del Mar, Chile.

Requirements: Candidates must have been granted or nearly completed a PhD in Management or a related field. Applicants must demonstrate excellent research and teaching skills. Proficiency in both English and Spanish is recommended. More senior candidates should have teaching experience and a competitive research record that must include publications in peer-reviewed journals.

Strategy area: Faculty members in the Strategy area conduct research with a variety of approaches in strategy, international business, and family business. Professors have diverse disciplinary backgrounds, and enjoy a high level of independence in their research and teaching endeavors. The faculty in the area has published in leading academic journals including the Academy of Management Journal, Administrative Science Quarterly, Management Science, Journal of Management, and Journal of Consumer Research.

Institution: Universidad Adolfo Ibáñez’s Business School (http://www.uai.cl/facultades/escuela-de-negocios), the first business school in Latin America, was founded in 1953. Its academic programs are among the best in the region. During the last 5 years, UAI’s MBA has been consistently ranked among the top three MBA programs in Latin America (http://www.americaeconomia.com). The Business School has a full-time faculty of 75 professors with expertise in areas such as: strategy, marketing, finance, economics, operations research, organizational behavior, accounting, innovation and entrepreneurship, leadership, and general management. The global mindset of our school is also reflected in the fact that 35% of our faculty comes from abroad. UAI has four campuses, equipped with state of the art technology. Two of them are located in Santiago. Another one is in Chile’s coastal city of Viña del Mar, which is close to the port of Valparaíso. The fourth campus is in Miami, Florida. UAI’s Business School provides management education to more than 5,000 students enrolled in undergraduate and graduate programs. In 2006, UAI became the first Latin American university to open a business school in the U.S., offering a Multinational MBA(http://www.adolfoibanez.com) program for top executives from Latin America. In 2008, it created Chile’s first Ph.D. Program in Management. More recently, UAI’s Business School teamed up with UCLA to offer a dual degree Global Executive MBA (http://www.anderson.ucla.edu/x32927.xml) with residential sessions in Los Angeles, Miami, Santiago and São Paulo. UAI’s Business School is accredited by AACSB International, the Association of MBAs (AMBA), and EQUIS.

Application process: Candidates should submit a cover letter, a current curriculum vitae, three letters of reference, publications, and a job market paper (identified as such). Applications should be sent to faculty.recruiting@uai.cl. Recommenders may submit letters directly. Review of applications will begin immediately and continue until the positions are filled.

***We will be conducting interviews in the Academy of Management Annual Meeting in Vancouver and the Strategic Management Society Annual International Conference in Denver, so please let us know if you are attending any of those conferences***

The School of Business at Universidad Adolfo Ibáñez (UAI) seeks candidates for full-time faculty positions in the areas of Strategy/International Business starting March or July 2015. Rank is open. The positions are based in Santiago or Viña del Mar, Chile.

Requirements: Candidates must have been granted or nearly completed a PhD in Management or a related field. Applicants must demonstrate excellent research and teaching skills. Proficiency in both English and Spanish is recommended. More senior candidates should have teaching experience and a competitive research record that must includes publications in peer-reviewed journals.

Institution: Universidad Adolfo Ibáñez’s Business School (http://www.uai.cl/negocios) is the oldest business school in Latin America. Its academic programs are consistently ranked among the best in the region. In the last three years, América Economía ranked UAI’s MBA program as top three in Latin America (http://www.americaeconomia.com). The Business School has a full time faculty of 70 professors with expertise in areas such as: strategy, marketing, finance, economics, operations research, OB, accounting, innovation and entrepreneurship, leadership, and general management. The global mindset of our school is also reflected in the fact that 30% of our faculty comes from abroad. UAI has four campuses, equipped with state of the art technology. Two of them are located in Santiago. Another one is in Chile’s coastal city of Viña del Mar, which is close to the port of Valparaíso. The fourth campus is in Miami, Florida. UAI’s Business School provides management education to more than 5,000 students enrolled in undergraduate and graduate programs. In 2006, UAI became the first Latin American university to open a business school in the U.S., offering a Multinational MBA (http://www.adolfoibanez.com) program for top executives from Latin America. In 2008, it created Chile’s first Ph.D. Program in Management. More recently, UAI’s Business School teamed up with UCLA to offer a dual degree Global Executive MBA (http://www.anderson.ucla.edu/x32927.xml) with residential sessions in Los Angeles, Miami, Santiago and São Paulo. UAI’s Business School is accredited by AACSB International and the Association of MBAs (AMBA).

Application process: Candidates should submit a cover letter, a current curriculum vitae, three letters of reference, publications, and a job market paper (identified as such). Applications should be sent to esteban.koberg@uai.cl. Recommenders may submit letters directly. Review of applications will begin immediately and continue until the positions are filled.

***We will be conducting interviews in the Academy of Management Annual Meeting in Philadelphia, so please let us know if you are attending AoM***

Institutional theory has become one of the most important perspectives in international business in recent years. Researchers have applied theories from neoinstitutional economics and sociology to study how characteristics of the global, regional, country, and industry environments influence the strategies and performance of multinational enterprises. Studies have illustrated the importance of institutional variation for a wide range of constructs, including diversification, foreign direct investment, governance, innovation, organizational learning, and social networks. 

Whereas institutional theory has been helpful in highlighting why and how the rules of the international business game may change in different contexts, many studies have relied on constructs, frameworks, and mechanisms developed outside of the international business field. Our goal with this volume is threefold. First, we would like to encourage international business and management scholars to design new theoretical frameworks of institutions for the different levels of the business environment. Second, we would like to invite institutional theorists to outline potential new theoretical directions for international business researchers. Third, we wish to publish a collection of original ideas that will provide the foundation for future doctoral dissertations and other research projects in international business.

We hope the volume will provide a forum for thought-provoking theoretical ideas, discussions, reviews, and methodological advances owing to its format and our review process. Although we expect to receive mostly theoretical papers, we are open to empirical submissions using different methodological approaches with institutional theory as their main theoretical lens. Furthermore, we welcome papers that are aimed at improving measures of institutions and proposing suitable methods for testing institutional effects.

Information on past AIM volumes and contributors can be found at this link:
http://www.emeraldinsight.com/books.htm?issn=1571-5027.

Submission Information
• Authors should submit an electronic copy of their proposal (5 single-spaced pages) to Laszlo Tihanyi (ltihanyi@tamu.edu) by September 15, 2011.
• Authors with selected proposals will be encouraged to attend a session at the Strategic Management Society Annual Conference in Miami on November 6, 2011.
• Submission deadline for full papers: December 15, 2011.
• Submission deadline for revised papers: February 20, 2012.
• Publication date of AIM volume: July 1, 2012.

For additional information, please contact:
Laszlo Tihanyi
B. Marie Oth Associate Professor in Business
Department of Management
Mays Business School
Texas A&M University
College Station, Texas 77843-4221
Tel: 1-979-845-2825
E-mail: ltihanyi@tamu.edu
http://people.tamu.edu/~ltihanyi/
 

Special Issue Call for Papers:

Advancing Sustainable Development Goals and the Business Connection

Suggested Topics: Sustainable Business Practices, Corporate Social Responsibility, Inclusion and Diversity, Ethics, Impact of Business related to Global Development Goals.

Send manuscripts to editor@journalofbusinessleadership.online NLT May 31, 2021

Make sure to consult the JBL Author Guidelines and Manuscript Formatting Information (http://journalofbusinessleadership.online/)  prior to submitting your manuscript.

The Journal of Business Leadership is listed in Cabell’s and indexed in the Library of Congress (ISSN ISSN 2164-4454 (online) ISSN 2164-4462 (print).  It is a peer-reviewed journal that publishes quality research related to business and leadership.

The Journal of Business Leadership provides an ongoing forum for academic researchers to exchange information and research on both theoretical development and empirical analysis related to business and leadership issues. It publishes academic research articles that contribute to the advancement in business and leadership studies.

There is little doubt of the growing importance of China in the global economy.  Getting access to the large consumer markets in China is an increasingly pressing issue for global advertisers. Advertising in China has developed at a rapid pace as China has evolved from a limited central-planned economy to a globally-focused economic superpower.  This massive change in the advertising industry and supporting infrastructure along with the growing consumer affluence makes China a prime target for global advertisers.  The rapid changes being experienced within China argue for cutting-edge research into the nature of advertising in China and the impact of advertising on Chinese consumers.

Therefore the Journal of Advertising Research (JAR) editorial team is calling for research into advertising and its place and role in Chinese society.  The deadline for submissions is January 31, 2017.

The following list is an indicative, but not exhaustive, list of possible areas for submissions:

• Chinese consumer reactions to advertising content and media
• Cultural issues and their impact on advertising/promotions in China
• Insight into the infrastructural facilitators/impediments to advertising industry development in China
• Neuroscience insights and Chinese viewer behavior
• The use of celebrity endorsements in Chinese advertising
• Efficacy of different media in reaching various Chinese audiences
• The explosion of mobile in China and advertising strategies
• Ethical issues in Chinese advertisements
• Corporate social responsibility and advertising in China
• Social media use in China
• The impact of e-commerce on advertising media and creative

A preference is for empirical papers, but theoretical/conceptual papers will be considered if they provide a major advancement of understanding.  Papers should be about building advertising theory and improving advertising practice.  Given our strong practitioner readership, please place particular emphasis on practitioner implications of the research findings.

Optimal length for papers is 6,000 words, with shorter papers encouraged.  Authors can use appendices for material useful, but not central, to the paper. 

Any questions or to submit abstracts for feedback – please contact the Executive Editors:  Professor John B.  Ford for North American submissions (jbford@odu.edu) and Professor Jenni Romaniuk for submissions from other locations (Jenni@MarketingScience.info).

The emerging demographic context for the research and practice of human resource management (HRM) is unprecedented. Demographic shift in the form of ‘ageing societies’ has become recognized among academics and policy-makers as a growing economic challenge to organizations globally and to those operating from within so-called ‘developed’ economies in particular. Whereas some emerging economies and, by extension, some nationally-defined labor markets such as Turkey and Indonesia are experiencing rapid population growth and lower average ages among their populations, others such as Germany and Japan are experiencing a sharp fall in indigenous birth rates and simultaneously a rapidly ageing working population. In short, demographic shift in the form of ageing societies has become a key challenge to HRM policy-makers and practitioners across organizational, sectoral, regional, and national boundaries. 

In this Special Issue we focus attention on two leading global economies, each giving context to historically comparable HRM systems: Germany and Japan. Each nationally defined system is under pressure to maintain equilibrium by seeking alternative working conditions or end-of-career pathways for older employees. At the national level, the response in each case might translate into policies for targeted immigration, increasing employment and career opportunities for women, or the raising of retirement ages in certain sectors. At an organizational level, HRM responses might become manifest in the re-negotiation of company pension and other compensation and benefit systems or the re-designing of work conditions and / or career pathways for older employees. 

The emerging situation is both dynamic and, as stated previously, unprecedented. Consequently, organizations in both Germany and Japan are under pressure to formulate and implement innovative HRM strategies in response to the opportunities and threats to productivity that current global demographic trends are creating. 

Call for Contributions

In the broader demographic context of ‘ageing societies’, this Management Revue Special Issue represents an attempt to identify and compare patterns of responses among HRM practitioners and policy-makers in German and Japanese organizations operating and competing across a range of business sectors. For the purpose of continuity across contributions we interpret ‘ageing societies’ as segments of nationally defined labor markets comprising current or potential employees at the age of fifty and over. In the specific context of markets for employment and career development so defined in Germany and Japan, we are looking for contributions on the following themes:

• Responding to the employment and career expectations of employees aged fifty and over in the German manufacturing sector 
• Responding to the employment and career expectations of employees aged fifty and over in the Japanese manufacturing sector
• Responding to the employment and career expectations of employees aged fifty and over in German public sector organizations
• Responding to the employment and career expectations of employees aged fifty and over in Japanese public sector organizations
• Responding to the employment and career expectations of employees aged fifty and over in German service sector organizations 
• Responding to the employment and career expectations of employees aged fifty and over in Japanese service sector organizations

Notes:

The Editors also welcome expressions of interest from potential contributors offering to write on themes that connect generally with those specified above.  

The Editors especially welcome contributions in the form of joint collaborations between German and Japanese HRM researchers and practitioners.

Final contributions will be around 5,000 words in length.

The Editors undertake to provide full editorial support to contributors who are relatively new to preparing contributions for publication in a quality management journal through the medium of international English: initial offers to contribute can be submitted in English, German or Japanese.

Regardless of each contributor’s language of preference, the Editors undertake to engage all contributors in a cross-national dialogue that should both strengthen the cohesion of the discussion across contributions and establish a global network of HRM scholars and practitioners that endures beyond the publication of this Special Issue.

Deadline

Full papers for this Special Edition of ‘Management Revue’ must be with the editors by February 28th, 2015. All submissions will be subject to a double blind review process. Please submit your papers electronically via the online submission system at http://www.management-revue.org/submission/ ‘SI Ageing Societies – HRM’ as article section.

Hoping to hear from you!

Keith Jackson (keith.jackson@soas.ac.uk), SOAS, University of London and Doshisha University, Japan

Philippe Debroux, Soka University and Chuo University, Japan

Ahmedabad University (AU) is a private, non-profit, liberal education driven research university rapidly developing into a serious center for scholarship. Since its inception in 2009, the University has made strides in global collaborative research, broad based contextual and flexible curriculum, project based learning, and industry linkages thus creating a unique learning environment. Amrut Mody School of Management (AMSOM) at AU has over 2500 students across various programmes under the umbrella of Management covering the entire range from undergraduate to Doctoral degrees and certificate programmes for practitioners.

We invite applications for faculty positions at all levels. Candidates at the Assistant Professor level must demonstrate the capability for carrying high quality research and should have completed or be in the final stages of completing their Ph.D. Associate Professors should have a track record of research and teaching. Professors are additionally expected to provide academic leadership at the School.

Applications are invited from candidates in all fields of Management including Accounting, Communications, Economics, Entrepreneurship, Finance, Human Resources, Information Systems, Operations Management, Operations Research, Organizational Behavior, Public Policy, Statistics, and Strategy.

Interested candidates may send their CV, list of references and samples of recent research output to deanamsom@ahduni.edu.in. Information about Ahmedabad University and AMSOM is available at www.ahduni.edu.in.

MEETING ANNOUNCEMENT: SPECIAL JOINT CONFERENCE

A special joint conference of the AIB-Africa and the AIB-US-Northeast Chapters will be held at Nairobi, Kenya from January 6 – 9, 2020. The conference will be hosted by the Chandria School of Business at the United States International University - Africa (USIU-A).

CALL FOR PAPERS

While much of the business world is facing unprecedented disruptions due to a combination of factors such as climate change, growing protectionism across the world, gradual erosion in the authority of international trade bodies, and the rise of technologies that threaten millions of jobs, the continent of Africa is experiencing rapid economic growth. Together with a few East- and South-Asian countries, several African countries such as Ethiopia, Kenya, Rwanda, and Tanzania rank among the fastest growing economies in the world. Despite this impressive economic performance, the continent of Africa has not received as much attention from academia as some other regions of the world. The conference will bring together the latest research on the prospects and perils of doing business in Africa and also feature the current thinking on how the business world can cope with the disruptions unleashed by forces beyond the control of individual firms or governments.  

Competitive papers, extended abstracts, work-in-progress papers, and proposals for special sessions are invited for the topic areas listed below. Papers, cases and proposals in pedagogy related areas are welcome as well. While submissions from all business disciplines will be considered, those focusing on the conference theme and the continent of Africa will be given special consideration. Doctoral and other students are encouraged to submit papers. There is a special discount on registration fee for students. A limited number of invited papers will also be presented by some distinguished academics and business executives.

All submissions will be blind reviewed, and a select number of papers will be published in the conference proceedings. Publication in the proceedings does not preclude subsequent publication in other journals when proper acknowledgements are made.  By submitting a manuscript, the author(s) certifies that it is not copyrighted or previously published, has not been presented or accepted or is not currently under review for presentation at another professional meeting. At least one author must register for the conference. If more than one author presents the paper, each presenter must register.

BEST PAPER AWARD

The Best Paper Award, based on the recommendations of reviewers, will be given during the Gala Dinner on January 8, 2020.  All full-length papers related to Africa and/or the conference theme submitted before the deadline will automatically be considered for the Best Paper Award.

PROGRAM TRACKS & CHAIRS

• Track 1: International Marketing & Entrepreneurship
  • Track Chair: Dr. Michael Ngoasong, Open University, UK
• Track 2: Ethics, Corporate Governance & Social Responsibility
  • Track Chair:  Dr. Sujata Gadkar-Wilcox, Quinnipiac University & Oxford Consortium
• Track 3: Business & Economic History and International Business
  • Track Chair: Professor Macharia Munune, United States International University-Africa, Kenya
• Track 4: Governments, NGOs, Global Institutions & State-Owned Enterprises
  • Track Chair:  Dr. Beatrice Maisori, Riara University, Kenya
• Track 5: Cross-Cultural Management, International HRM & Leadership 
  • Track Chair:  Dr. Raphael Oseghale, Swansea University, UK
• Track 6: International Accounting, Economics and Finance
  • Track Chair: Dr. George Achoki,  United States International University-Africa, Kenya
• Track 7: Strategic Management
  • Track Chair:  Dr. Veronica Kaluyu, United States International University-Africa, Kenya
• Track 8: Cases and Pedagogical Innovations
  • Track Chair:  Dr. Xiaohong He, Quinnipiac University.
• Track 9: Foreign Direct Investment Theory and Practices
  • Track Chair:  Professor Shibli Rubayat Ul Islam, Dhaka University, Bangladesh
• Track 10: Student Papers
  • Track Chair:  Dr. Martin Kang'ethe, Riara University, Kenya

SUBMISSION GUIDELINES

Following the AIB “rule of three”, no author should be associated with more than three submissions. The manuscripts should be typed in a single Microsoft Word document containing all exhibits and figures.

1. All competitive papers should be double-spaced, NOT to exceed 25 pages (excluding the Title page and references) and follow APA writing style (https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/research_and_citation/apa_style ).
2. Abstracts (up to one page) and work-in-progress papers (3-4 pages) describing an ongoing research project can be submitted. However, such papers will not be considered for best paper awards.
3. Proposals for special sessions (symposia or panels) focusing on a single issue, single country, or single region are welcome. Any such special session would have a moderator and 3-4 presenters offering their unique perspectives. A proposal for a special session should not exceed three pages and should include the topic and purpose of the session, the names and affiliations of participants, complete address of all presenters including phone number and email address. All presenters of a special session must register for the conference and be present at the time of the presentation.
4. All submissions must have a SEPARATE title page with the title of the paper, the name(s), affiliation(s), and complete address of all authors including phone number and email address.
5. In case of multiple authors, the name of the correspondence author should be clearly indicated.

All submissions must be submitted by November 15, 2019 to AIBNEA@quinnipiac.edu. Electronic submissions will be acknowledged by return e-mail upon receipt. Acceptance decisions will be made by November 30, 2019. Specific instructions will be sent to the authors of accepted manuscripts along with the acceptance notification. The tentative conference program will be uploaded on the website of AIB-Africa and AIB-US-NE by December 15, 2019.

REGISTRATION

The deadline for pre-registration is December 15, 2019. The pre-registration fee is $175 (Ksh 17,500/-) and $75 for students (Ksh 7,500).

An additional $50 will be charged for registration after December 15. Registration includes a copy of conference proceedings, most meals during the conference, a reception, refreshments between sessions, and the Gala Dinner. Some sightseeing and tours to Maasai market and factory/tea garden will be organized.

Those wishing to join AIB or renew their membership must do so online through the AIB Webpage (https://aib.msu.edu/membership/).

OPTIONAL ACTIVITIES (SEPARATE FEES APPLY)

Wild Safari tour to Nairobi National Park (half-day) – $50 USD on January 6 morning.

Seven-day Trip to Masai Mara /Amboseli National Park – $620 USD (either before or after the conference)

HOTEL AND TRAVEL ARRANGEMENTS

The host university, USIU-A, has made special arrangements with two nearby hotels that will provide a special discount to conference attendees. Conference attendees must make their own reservation using a code to be provided with the acceptance letters by the conference organizers.

Safari Park Hotel:  $140/day (including breakfast and tax) 

Kenya Utalii Hotel: $ 80/day (including breakfast and tax)

For more information, please contact Professor Mohammad Elahee (AIB-US-NE) mohammad.elahee@quinnipiac.edu; Professor Abel Kinoti (AIB-Africa) akinoti@riarauniversity.ac.ke; or Dean Teresia Linge (USIU-A) aib@usiu.ac.ke.

The Faculty of Economics and Business at ILADES - Universidad Alberto Hurtado invites applications for an Assistant Professorship in Strategy and Management starting at the earliest possible date. A doctoral degree (or near completion) and a strong commitment to both research and teaching are required. The candidate is expected to conduct research and to contribute actively to the activities of the Faculty. Candidates should demonstrate strong research potential and capacity for effective teaching at graduate and undergraduate levels. The candidate must be able to teach in Spanish, although proficiency in English is also required.

Consideration of applicants will begin immediately, and applications will be accepted until the position is filled. Applicants should submit a curriculum vita, a cover letter stating interest and qualifications, the names, addresses, telephone numbers of at least three professional references (or three reference letters) and any other document the applicant considers to be relevant. Applications must be sent to Gloria Martinez: gmartine@uahurtado.cl, indicating “Application Assistant Professor” in the subject of the email.

The Alexander Street Store produces and distributes academic materials to strengthen and supplement university, secondary, and vocational instruction. The site offers informative videos and presentations for a fee. Content is available for streaming or in a physical format. Specific topic areas include business, communication, economics, law, management, and marketing.

The American Association of Community Colleges (AACC) is the national organization that supports community colleges through various policy initiatives, research, and outreach programs. Their website includes information about the organization, accredited colleges they represent, advocacy information, and research publications. The website also has a section with tools and resources pertaining to community college issues.

The Kogod School of Business at American University invites applications and nominations for a tenure-line appointment with specialization in regional innovation to begin in Fall 2016. The faculty position will be open rank, including appointment as Assistant, Associate, or Full Professor. Depending on qualifications, the appointee may be recommended for tenure at the time of hiring. Applicants should have a Ph.D. in appropriate fields including, but not limited to, management, strategy, information technology, technology management, finance and real estate, economics, or international business with primary focus on regional innovation and possible secondary interests in regional economy and digital innovation. Candidates must be strongly committed to excellence in scholarly research and should be effective teachers.

We welcome applications from candidates engaged in high-quality scholarship in the areas of regional innovation, geography of innovation, regional economy, industry studies, and/or digital innovation. The successful candidate will be expected to provide thought leadership to our Business in the Capital strategic focus. Preference will be given to candidates who have a strong academic background and are actively engaged with the community of practitioners and policy makers. Candidates applying to the Associate and Full Professor ranks should have a track record of high quality scholarship, outstanding teaching, and demonstrated leadership in academic and professional communities.

Salary and benefits are competitive. Review of applications will begin immediately and will continue until the position is filled. An application must include a cover letter, a current curriculum vitae, copies of all teaching evaluations, and three references. Candidates shall submit all application materials electronically via Interfolio (http://apply.interfolio.com/30143 ). Candidates who wish to be considered for the Academy of Management screening should submit all materials by 5 pm EDT July 24, 2015.

Requests for information should be directed to:

        Professor Gwanhoo Lee, Regional Innovation Search Committee Chair
         c/o Ms. Takei Roach, Kogod Academic Affairs Coordinator
         Kogod School of Business, American University
         4400 Massachusetts Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016-8044
         Tel: (202) 885-1963          Email: kogodfacultyapps@american.edu

American University is a private institution within easy reach of the many centers of government, business, research, and the arts located within the nation’s capital.  For more information about American University, see http://www.american.edu/.

Established in 1955, the Kogod School of Business offers both undergraduate and graduate degree programs and is one of the leading business schools in Washington, DC. Kogod encourages interdisciplinary study through collaboration with other academic programs within American University. Learn more about Kogod at http://www.kogod.american.edu/.

American University is an equal opportunity, affirmative action institution that operates in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.  The university does not  discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex (including pregnancy), age, sexual orientation, disability, marital status, personal appearance, gender identity and expression, family responsibilities, political affiliation, source of income, veteran status, an individual’s genetic information or any other bases under federal or local laws (collectively “Protected Bases”) in its programs and activities.  American University is a tobacco and smoke free campus.

American University Washington, D.C. American University (AU) seeks a visionary, strategic, global, and energetic leader to serve as Dean of the School of International Service (SIS), commencing no later than July 1, 2022. This is an exceptional opportunity to lead one of the world's top schools of international affairs, located in the heart of the nation’s capital, and uniquely focused on international service. SIS's global prominence, multidisciplinary breadth, and commitments to grappling with the world’s greatest challenges--including global health, climate change, political insecurity, economic crises, inequity, racism, and migration--are anchored in the high quality of its academic programs, the wide-ranging scholarly and policy contributions of its faculty, and its preparation of global leaders for careers in an increasingly diverse field.

American University is a private doctoral university chartered by Congress in 1893. Today, AU enrolls about 14,000 students from every U.S. state and more than 120 countries and is home to more than 900 full-time faculty and 700 adjunct faculty. AU offers a rich array of graduate and undergraduate programs through seven colleges and schools. Since its founding in 1957, AU's School of International Service has answered President Dwight D. Eisenhower’s call to prepare students of international affairs to “wage peace.” SIS is not just a school of foreign service, international relations, or even international affairs, but a school of international service. It supplies the world with leaders ready to serve. SIS produces transformational research and prepares graduates for global service in government, nonprofits, and business. SIS students learn from more than 115 full-time faculty – drawn from disciplines including Political Science, Economics, Sociology, Anthropology, Geography, and History — whose expertise includes international development, global health, communication, energy, peacebuilding, state building, diplomatic practice, foreign policy, security, gender, migration, violence, and the environment. Students and faculty alike benefit from an active international network of more than 25,000 alumni. SIS has a reputation for supporting interdisciplinary approaches to global problems, and is known for its innovative approaches to research, theory, and pedagogy in international affairs. Students graduate prepared to combine knowledge and practice and to serve the global community as emerging leaders. More information can be found at https://www.american.edu/sis/.

As the chief executive of SIS, the dean reports to AU’s provost and is responsible for all activities within the school, as well as working across the institution to support and implement the university's bold strategic plan, Changemakers for a Changing World. The dean must be someone who can tell SIS's unique story to multiple audiences and constituencies. The dean provides strategic, intellectual, and creative leadership to faculty, staff, and students, and is responsible for fundraising, public positioning, budget planning, financial management, internal administration, and program development efforts.

The ideal candidate will be a collaborative leader with a background in international affairs or global leadership, a distinguished record of academic achievement, outstanding professional accomplishment related to international affairs, a global perspective, and cultural humility. Normally, the successful candidate will have an earned doctorate or its equivalent and the scholarly achievements necessary to satisfy the requirements of a tenured professor in SIS. Applications from exceptional candidates without an earned doctorate or equivalent, but with substantial professional experience relevant to SIS’s mission and needs, are also welcomed. Nominations and applications (letter of interest and full curriculum vitae) should be submitted to the WittKieffer consultants assisting American University with this search by accessing the WittKieffer Candidate Portal here (https://candidateportal.wittkieffer.com/description?jobID=22952). Additional inquiries may be directed to AUSISdeansearch@wittkieffer.com, and the complete leadership profile may be found at www.wittkieffer.com.

To ensure full consideration, applications should be submitted before February 7, 2022. Applications received after this date may be considered at the discretion of the Search Committee.

American University is an equal opportunity, affirmative action institution that operates in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The university does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex (including pregnancy), age, sexual orientation, disability, marital status, personal appearance, gender identity and expression, family responsibilities, political affiliation, source of income, veteran status, an individual’s genetic information, or any other bases under federal or local laws (collectively “Protected Bases”) in its programs and activities.

Social Issues in Management/Strategic Management

Kogod School of Business, Management Department

 

The Department of Management at the Kogod School of Business, American University, Washington, D.C. invites applications and nominations for a one-year renewable full-time non-tenure position for Academic Year 2014-15.

Qualifications include:

• Ph.D. or Master’s degree in appropriate field of Management (global corporate citizenship, business and society, or strategic management).
• Candidates at the Master’s level should have several years of relevant management experience
• Demonstrated excellence in teaching social issues in management and/or strategic management at undergraduate and graduate levels.  
• Strong commitment to service.
• Regionally located professionals preferred

Responsibilities include:

• High quality undergraduate and graduate teaching in two subject matters: 1) global corporate citizenship, business and society, social issues in management, and 2) strategic management
• Participation in department, school, and university activities

Rank:  Instructor, Professional Lecturer, Senior Professional Lecturer, or Executive-in-Residence depending on qualifications

Salary:  Competitive  

 

Review of applications will begin immediately and continue until the position is filled.  Please email a letter of application, curriculum vita, copies of teaching evaluations, and three references to:

Takei Roach, Academic Affairs Coordinator

Kogod School of Business

American University

4400 Massachusetts Avenue NW

Washington, DC 20016

takei@american.edu

202-885-1963

 

For further information:  http://www.kogod.american.edu

American University is a tobacco and smoke-free campus. American University is an equal opportunity, affirmative action employer committed to a diverse faculty, staff, and student body. Women and minorities are strongly encouraged to apply.

AMERICAN UNIVERSITY OF ARMENIA (AUA) (an affiliate of the University of California) invites applications and nominations for the position of Dean of the College of Business and Economics (CBE).

AUA is a privately endowed, independent American institution of higher education in the Republic of Armenia that is affiliated with the University of California. AUA is accredited by the Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities of the Western Association of Schools and Colleges (WASC). The CBE currently offers a Master’s degree in Business Administration. A BA program in Business is planned to start in Fall 2013, as is an MA program in Economics. The College currently has 130 students in its MBA program. By 2017, the College is expected to have more than 600 students.

Responsibilities: Reporting directly to and working closely with the Provost, the Dean of CBE will provide academic and administrative leadership, strategic planning, and play a key role in developing the BA in Business and MA in Economics programs and in advancing the goals of the University. The leading candidates will have distinguished records of scholarship, a commitment to education and research; the capacity to advance the CBE’s academic mission and interests; demonstrated experience in strategic planning, personnel management, budget development and management in academic setting; proven record of recruiting and retaining highly qualified faculty and students; capacity to engage with multiple constituencies, including students, faculty, staff, and alumni, as well as leaders in the business, political, social and governmental sectors.

Qualifications: Candidates must have an earned doctorate degree in Economics or Business or a closely-related field, a strong record of research in economics or business, evidence of successful teaching and administrative abilities, and strong leadership credentials. Previous experience in an international setting and knowledge of Armenia, NIS countries and the Middle East is preferred but not required.

Requirements: This full-time position requires the incumbent to reside in Armenia. Compensation: AUA offers competitive compensation and benefits packages. Nominations and applications will be accepted until the position is filled. To apply for this position please send a letter of interest, a CV, and arrange for three letters of reference by email to gaiane@auac.net. The applications can also be mailed to the following address: American University of Armenia Corporation, 300 Lakeside Drive, 7th Floor, Oakland, CA 94612, Attn: Gaiane Khachatrian, Recruitment, Personnel and Public Relations Manager; Fax: +1 510-208-3576. AUA is an affirmative action, equal opportunity employer. http://www.aua.am

AMERICAN UNIVERSITY OF ARMENIA (AUA)

(an affiliate of the University of California)

Dean of the College of Business and Economics

AUA invites applications and nominations for the position of Dean of the College of Business and Economics (CBE).  AUA is a privately endowed, independent American institution of higher education in the Republic of Armenia that is affiliated with the University of California. AUA is accredited by the Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities of the Western Association of Schools and Colleges, 985 Atlantic Avenue, #100, Alameda, CA 94501.

The CBE currently offers a Master’s degree in Business Administration. A BA program in Business started in Fall 2013, as did an MS program in Economics. The College currently has 230 students in its MBA program and 168 first-year undergraduate majors By 2017, the College is expected to have more than 600 students.

Responsibilities: Reporting directly to and working closely with the Provost, the Dean of CBE will provide academic and administrative leadership, strategic planning, and play a key role in building and implementing the BA in Business and MS in Economics programs and in advancing the goals of the University.   The leading candidates will have distinguished records of scholarship, a commitment to excellence and innovation in education and research; the capacity to advance the CBE’s academic mission and interests; demonstrated experience in strategic planning, personnel management, budget development and management in academic setting; proven record of recruiting and retaining highly qualified faculty and students; capacity to engage with multiple constituencies, including students, faculty, staff, and alumni, as well as leaders in the business, political, social and governmental sectors. 

Qualifications: Candidates must have an earned doctorate degree in business, economics, or a closely-related field; a strong record of research and teaching in business or economics; evidence of successful administrative abilities, and strong leadership credentials at the dean or department chair level in a high aspirational and complex university.  Previous experience in an international setting through teaching, research or international residency, and knowledge of or interest in Armenia, NIS countries and the Middle East are preferred but not required.

Requirements: This full-time position requires the incumbent to reside in Armenia.

Compensation: AUA offers competitive compensation and benefits packages.

Nominations and applications will be accepted until the position is filled.

To apply for this position please send a letter of interest, a CV, and arrange for three letters of reference by email to academicjobs@aua.am The Search Committee will carefully review candidate applications and qualifications and, when appropriate, will contact references and professional colleagues.

AUA is an affirmative action, equal opportunity employer.

http://www.aua.am

The Suliman S. Olayan School of Business (OSB) at the American University of Beirut (AUB) is inviting applications from outstanding candidates to fill academic positions at the ranks of Assistant Professor / Associate Professor / Full or Visiting Professor in the Management Marketing and Entrepreneurship Track. Although various disciplines related to this track are encouraged to apply, we are particularly interested in receiving applications focused on the following areas:

• Marketing (including any of its subspecialties such as retail and sales management)
• Entrepreneurship
• Human Resource Management

Requirements

Applicants for Assistant Professorship positions should have a promising research record or evidence of a strong research potential in the areas listed above. Applicants for Associate and Full Professorships should have a track record of commensurate research and teaching achievements. Successful candidates will be expected to conduct high quality research in their field and to teach at the undergraduate, graduate and executive levels. 

AUB is an Equal Opportunity Employer and OSB is AACSB accredited, that offers the following benefits and Allowances (more info)

• Educational allowances
• Housing benefits
• Home leave travel
• Periodic paid research
• Annual leave
• Policies governing travel and baggage allowances

Your cover letter, CV and other supporting documents should be uploaded online via: Apply Here

Any inquiries should be directed to:

Ms. Layan Sarkis
Suliman S. Olayan School of Business
American University of Beirut
P.O. Box 11-0-236
Beirut-Lebanon
Fax: 961-1-750214

ls37@aub.edu.lb

Applications should be received between November 15, 2015 and January 15, 2016 for appointment in the Fall of the academic year 2016–2017. Please note that you are encouraged to apply early as applications are considered on a rolling basis until the positions are filled.

The Department of Management at the American University of Sharjah, invites applications for a full-time visiting faculty position starting Fall 2013.  The appointment will be at the rank of assistant, associate, or full professor. The appointment is for one year.  The salary is tax free, in the UAE, competitive, and commensurate with experience.  Free housing, paid utilities, and other excellent benefits are also provided.

JOB QUALIFICATIONS: All candidates must have a Ph.D. degree in Management from an AACSB or EQUIS-accredited university, an established research record and senior applicants must have a capacity to mentor junior faculty in their research. A successful candidate must be able to teach at the undergraduate and graduate levels in the areas of Strategy and/or Organizational Behavior and Leadership..

APPLICATION PROCEDURE: To apply please e-mail a cover letter explaining your interest in the program, your CV, and the contact information of at least three references to deanofsbm@aus.edu. More documents will be solicited from qualified candidates.  Deadline for the initial application is December 20, 2012. 

ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY: The American University of Sharjah is an equal opportunity institution accredited with both the Middle States Association in Delaware and the Ministry of Higher Education in the United Arab Emirates. The School of Business and Management is accredited by the AACSB. The university curricula, teaching standards, and employment norms are fully in tune with the American model of higher education. The University is located in the University City’s magnificent campus which is only twenty minutes away from Dubai International airport. The Management department has 21 full-time faculty members. To learn more, visit http://www.aus.edu/info/200171/school_of_business_and_management

American University of Sharjah School of Business Administration Department of Management Sharjah, United Arab Emirates (UAE)

FACULTY POSITION IN HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT: The Department of Management at the American University of Sharjah invites applicants for a faculty position in Management to begin in the Fall 2017 semester. Candidates with interest and prior experience in teaching courses in human resources management, cross-cultural management, and organizational behavior are especially encouraged to apply. Appointments are available at the rank of Assistant Professor (starting), Assistant Professor (senior), and Associate Professor. Visiting appointments will be considered. The salary is competitive, commensurate with experience, and is tax free in the UAE. Free housing, paid utilities, and other excellent benefits are also provided.

JOB QUALIFICATIONS: Candidates must have a Ph.D. degree in Human Resources Management or Organizational Behavior from an AACSB-accredited or EQUIS-accredited university. Assistant Professors must have demonstrated competency in pursuing research and teaching in the field of Human Resources Management. Appointments at the senior levels require an established research record. A successful candidate must be able to teach at both the undergraduate and graduate levels.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE: To apply, please e-mail a cover letter explaining your interest in the program, your curriculum vita, and the contact information of at least three references to Ms. Karen Leschke, Assistant to the Dean, School of Business Administration at deanofsba@aus.edu. Additional documents will be solicited from qualified candidates. Applications will be accepted until the position is filled.

ABOUT THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS: The School of Business Administration currently enrolls over 1,400 undergraduate and 120 graduate students and was recently ranked the #1 Business School in the Arab region by U.S. News. The School of Business Administration offers the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree with majors in Management, Accounting, Economics, Finance, Management Information Systems, and Marketing. The School also offers a Bachelor of Arts in Economics degree. Graduate degrees include the Master of Business Administration and the Master of Science in Accounting. A Ph.D. program was approved by the AUS Board of Trustees in 2015 and is expected to be launched in the near future. The School of Business Administration is accredited by the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB) and recently completed a successful reaccreditation review.

ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY: The American University of Sharjah is a private, independent, co-educational, equal-opportunity institution accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education. In addition to the School of Business Administration, the university includes the College of Engineering, the College of Arts and Sciences, and the College of Architecture, Art, and Design, serving over 6,000 students. The university curricula, teaching standards, and employment norms are based on the American model of higher education. The University is located on a beautiful campus in Sharjah’s University City and is only a short drive to Dubai.

ANGLIA RUSKIN UNIVERSITY
Lord Ashcroft International Business School, UK

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES FOR LECTURERS/SENIOR LECTURERS
Management Accounting (Chelmsford)
Systems, Operations & Project Management (Chelmsford)
Financial Accounting (Chelmsford)
Organisation & Management (Chelmsford)
Marketing & Market Research (Cambridge)
Corporate Strategy (Cambridge)

Reference: 000058-2

These are exciting times for us, as we invest in the future, drive innovation and continue to build the reputation of the UK’s leading practice-based, international business school.

Driven by an ambitious strategy, we’re a truly 21st century university, relevant to the changing needs of students, staff and employers. But however big we may become, we’ll always maintain our approachability and passion for work-based learning across both campuses.

Lecturer/Senior Lecturer opportunities exist within Lord Ashcroft International Business School in Chelmsford for Management Accounting, Financial Accounting, Organisation & Management, Systems, Operations & Project Management and in Cambridge for Marketing & Market Research and Corporate Strategy.

Working with key partners in the UK and overseas, we offer in-situ management development and a strong portfolio of leading edge taught awards. We also blend sound academic theory and management practice with advanced learning technologies – all supported by superb facilities and purpose-built state-of-the-art premises.

Achieving 100% growth in just three years, we’ve a number of high profile opportunities for exceptional lecturers who can strengthen our research focus. Contributing to our pioneering on-campus, corporate and international work whilst enjoying the support to develop your own research,

It’s your chance to develop the next generation of leading international business thinkers.

Apply online at www.anglia.ac.uk/jobs

Closing date: 13th October 2011.

Deputy Dean - Ref: 000049-1

Heads of Department of:
Accounting, Finance and Information Management - Ref: 000059-2
Economics, Strategy, Marketing and Enterprise - Ref: 000060-2
OB, HRM and Tourism - Ref: 000061-2

Competitive salaries offered
Based in Chelmsford or Cambridge
Join us as we enter an exciting new phase of our development. Our ambition is to be recognised as a truly 21st century university, fully relevant to the changing needs of students, staff and employers. With our energy, enthusiasm and ambition matched by our friendliness and approachability, Anglia Ruskin University is a great place to be.

These are exciting times for LAIBS, as we invest in the future, drive innovation and continue to build our reputation as a practice based, international business school. We are a growing Business School and have recently been able to make 16 additional appointments to underline our commitment to research, scholarship and teaching. In all we have over 6000 students located in Cambridge and Chelmsford and with a range of UK and non-UK partners in the Caribbean, Asia and elsewhere.

Our work-based learning, with a client group ranging from Barclays Bank to Volvo, UPS and Harrods, is also growing fast. Our research has benefited from significant EU grants as well as philanthropic investment. But however big we may become, we’ll always maintain our friendliness, approachability and passion for teaching and research.

This senior post will suit experienced and ambitious academics who will offer outstanding leadership within a growing and diverse Faculty. The Deputy Dean will be responsible for all aspects of quality management and enhancement of the student experience. Heads of Department will be expected to not only lead their departments, but also lead a curriculum area on behalf of the Faculty. A commitment to teamwork will be essential.

Working across our campuses in Cambridgeshire and Chelmsford you will have a PhD or equivalent and proven academic credibility, with a successful record of high quality teaching and research. You will have excellent interpersonal, communication and networking skills with the ability to build and nurture external contacts to the benefit of the school.

We would be delighted to award professorships to appropriately qualified candidates.

For an informal conversation, please contact the Dean, Dr Trevor Bolton, via catherine.foottit@anglia.ac.uk or 0845 196 2366.

www.anglia.ac.uk/jobs

Closing date is 31 October 2011.

We value diversity at Anglia Ruskin University and welcome pplications from all sections of the community.

Annals in Social Responsibility is a new journal published once annually.  We are currently seeking proposals for manuscripts to be included in the second volume or to be published in subsequent editions.

Journal Description & What Do We Publish?

Annals in Social Responsibility (ASR) publishes articles covering the significant developments in the area of Social Responsibility.  ASR is a multi-disciplinary journal that publishes work arising from traditions in management, operations & supply chain management, marketing, economics, accounting & finance, sociology, psychology, political science, law, philosophy and other social and physical sciences that relate to the role that individuals, groups and institutions play in understanding of responsibilities and roles in society. Topics covered in the journal include major theoretical and methodological developments as well as current research in the aforementioned disciplines. Articles typically pertain to issues of corporate social responsibility, environmental and organizational sustainability, economic, corporate, social and political development, corporate, institutional and societal governance, property rights, social institutions and NGOs, and global issues of peace, conflict and human rights.  Articles published appeal to a broad intellectual audience in their respective fields.

To be accepted for publication a paper must make a significant contribution to advancing knowledge about social responsibility through new theoretical insights, managerial application, methodology/data—or some combination thereof.

ASR has a particular interest in publishing the following types of manuscripts:

1. Comprehensive, state-of-the-art literature reviews that integrate diverse research streams and identify promising directions for future investigations
2. Analytical essays that offer new conceptual models or theoretical perspectives and use these frameworks as a foundation for developing research propositions
3. Empirical articles that report results from exploratory or hypothesis-testing studies based on quantitative and/or qualitative methodologies
4. Methodological papers that refine existing methodologies or develop new ones for investigating particular issues or topics central to the fields of inquiry listed above.

ASR Editorial Review Board

Herman Aguinis (Indiana, USA) – Human Resources, Modelling

Ruth Aguilera (Illinois, USA) – Governance, Intl Business

Pat Auger (Melbourne, AUSTRALIA) – Marketing, Modelling

Pratima Bansal (Ivey-UWO, CANADA) – Management, Sustainability

Michael Barnett (Rutgers, USA) – Management, Sustainability

Russell Belk (York, CANADA) – Marketing, Consumer Behaviour

Gordon Clark (Oxford, UK) – Earth Sciences, Sustainability

Jonathan Doh (Villanova, USA) – Politics, NGOs, Intl Business

Giana Eckhardt (London, Royal Holloway, UK) – Marketing, Consumer Behaviour

Jeffrey Harrison (Richmond, USA) – Strategy, Law

Stuart Hart (Cornell, USA) – Management, Innovation

Michael Hiscox (Harvard, USA) – Politics, Intl Relations

Ans Kolk (Amsterdam, NETHERLANDS) – NGOs, Development, Intl Business

Ted London (Michigan, USA) – NGOs, Development, Intl Business

Jeffrey Malpas (Tasmania, AUSTRALIA) – Ethics, Philosophy

Anita McGahan (Toronto, CANADA) – Strategy, Management

Joachim Schwalbach (Humboldt U-Berlin, GERMANY)

Donald Siegel (SUNY Albany, USA) – Strategy, Management, Governance

N. Craig Smith (Insead, FRANCE) – Strategy, Marketing

Tom Sorrell (Warwick, UK) – Philosophy, Politics

David Vogel (Berkeley, USA) – Economics, Politics

Richard Wilk (Indiana, USA) – Culture, Anthropology

Cynthia Williams (York, CANADA) – Law, Governance

Maurizio Zollo (Bocconi, ITALY) – Strategy, Sustainability

Submission Process

ASR does not accept article submissions without the initial submission of a proposal. The objective of the proposal process is to be efficient in the processing of articles. We want to know "what" you are going to say, "to whom" you are going to say it, "why" what you are saying is important, and "how" you are going to convince your audience of the veracity of your argument. This allows the editorial team to provide author(s) with information that facilitates the review process, while allowing us to be proactive in working with authors.

Proposals should be no longer than 5 pages single-spaced with standard 1-inch margins and in a 12-point font. The proposal must include the following information with the following headings.

The idea: The specific important and innovative idea that is going to be the focus of the article.  This should not be long-winded literal description but be a clear and concise statement of the big/new idea that is at the core of what you are doing.

To whom is the article speaking:  While ASR is clearly speaking to other scholars interested in issues of social responsibility, it is important to frame your paper in a specific topical and disciplinary area in the first instance.  Hence, you need to outline who might be the primary audience for your article.  For instance, is it the legal community, anthropologists, or marketing scholars (i.e., to what extent is it disciplinary?)?  Is it those interested in human rights, CSR performance, or social innovation (i.e., to what extent is it phenomenon or topic based?)?

The importance of the idea: Why is your paper important? This needs to be understood as you address how you are going to take your specific knowledge and frame it in a way that resonates with your audience.  In other words, why is it important to your readership and not just to you?

How are you going to justify, defend and communicate your idea: What is the theoretical and/or empirical evidence the article will be presenting in order to convince your audience of the veracity and importance of your idea? If you have specific data sources, outline what these are.  If you are building a theoretical argument, then outline how you are going to logically justify and defend that argument.  If your paper is empirical, provide a brief overview of your methods (e.g., experimental design, econometric model, statistical testing, etc.).

More information is available at: http://emeraldgrouppublishing.com/asr.htm and submissions are done via manuscript central.

Volume 1 of the journal can be seen here: http://www.emeraldinsight.com/toc/asr/1/1

You can read an editorial discussing the philosophy of the journal here: http://www.emeraldinsight.com/doi/full/10.1108/ASR-06-2015-0005

Over time we will be holding a series of workshops on topics of specific interest.  We plan to hold these workshops in conjunction with conferences plus also independently.

If you have any questions, please feel free to contact the editors.

In Annamay in Mexico, an American toy company is considering expanding to a Mexican Maquiladora. Three company executives travel to Tijuana, Mexico, to investigate the possibility of outsourcing some or all the manufacturing to a maquiladora. The purpose of the exercise is to teach cross-cultural negotiation strategies. The materials for teachers and students are available for purchase on the site.

Antalya International University Faculty Job Postings in General Management, Marketing, & Human Resources Antalya International University (AIU) in Antalya,

Turkey invites applicants for faculty positions in all ranks in the areas of General Management, Marketing, and Human Resources starting August 2014. Candidates must have an earned doctorate in General Management (all areas of management, but preferably OB/HR), Marketing, or Human Resources from an accredited institution at the time of appointment. Candidates must demonstrate significant potential and promise of teaching effectiveness and excellence at the undergraduate level, active scholarship, student advising abilities, as well as other services to the department, school, and community.

AIU is a newly established university which strives to provide world-class education, with a distinguished academic team dedicated to teaching, research, and service. The College of Business offers an undergraduate degree in Business Administration in English.

Applicants are asked to provide a cover letter describing their background on teaching, research, and service, three letters of recommendation, a recent sample of a journal publication, teaching evaluations (if available), and a curriculum vitae. To be eligible for first round of review, all application materials must be received by February 28, 2014. However, applications will be accepted and evaluated until the positions are filled. Applications may be submitted via email at: facbusrecruitment@antalya.edu.tr In the Subject Line of your email, please indicate whether you are applying for the position in General Management, Marketing, or Human Resources. While we thank all applicants for their interest, only those under consideration will be contacted for a follow-up interview.

POSITION

The College of Business, Department of Business Administration, at Antalya International University (AIU) invites applicants for Open Rank (Assistant/Associate/Professor) faculty positions in accounting, finance, management, marketing, and operations management starting in Fall 2017. We are specifically looking for English-speaking candidates specializing in a broad array of interests.

JOB QUALIFICATIONS

Candidates must have an earned doctorate in their respective field from an AACSB accredited institution by July 1, 2017. Highly accomplished scholars possessing a distinguished research and teaching record may be considered for the rank of associate or full professor. The candidate should demonstrate active scholarship; significant potential and promise of teaching effectiveness and excellence; student advising abilities and experience as well as other services to the school, profession, and community. Publishing in premier journals is awarded with a monetary bonus through the faculty research productivity program. We are looking for both teaching and research faculty specializing in a broad array of interests. The successful candidate will join a dynamic group of faculty members who are recognized leaders in their fields and emphasize a high value on collaboration and collegiality.

TO APPLY

Interested candidates should send their applications including a cover letter, curriculum vitae, a sample publication or a research paper, teaching evaluations (if available), and contact information for three references as a single PDF document via email to: recruitment.business@antalya.edu.tr. Specify the discipline area in the Subject Line of your email (i.e. Application: Assistant Professor in Marketing). The search is ongoing and is open until the positions are filled.

THE UNIVERSITY & THE CITY

AIU, located in Antalya, Turkey, is an international research university aiming to provide a world-class education. Our distinguished academic team is dedicated to research, teaching, and service. English is the medium of undergraduate instruction at AIU. The College of Business offers an undergraduate degree in Business Administration and an MBA degree. Funded research grant projects and consulting opportunities are also available. Antalya is located in the Turkish Riviera and it is the capital of Turkish tourism due to its Mediterranean climate, picturesque scenery, lovely beaches, historical sites, and welcoming people. Antalya University website: http://www.antalya.edu.tr/

The U.S. President Donald Trump, following his “America First” policy, has imposed tariffs on imports from numerous countries and wants to modify or terminate current trade agreements with other countries, which has created worldwide anti-globalization sentiment. Journal of International Business and Law (JIBL) is calling for student papers for its special issue on The Anti-Globalization Sentiment and Its Impact on Multinationals. The paper should have a student as a leading or sole author. As for the format, follow the Journal of International Business Studies (JIBS) style at https://aib.msu.edu/jibs The submission due of the full paper is May 1, 2019. Submit to Dr. Boonghee Yoo (boonghee.yoo@hofstra.edu), faculty editor, Professor of Marketing and International Business, Frank G. Zarb School of Business, Hofstra University. The accepted papers will be published in June 2019 in Volume 17 Issue 2.

A tenure-track position is anticipated, subject to funding. The Walker College of Business has a minor in Supply Chain Management available to all College of Business majors. The individual will be responsible for teaching courses in Global Supply Chain Management, Logistics, and core courses in Operations Management for the College of Business, as well as similar courses for the MBA degree.

The position is available in August 2011. Salary is commensurate with qualifications. Candidates should possess an earned doctorate in one of the following areas: Supply Chain Management or Logistics with a global emphasis or International Business with an emphasis in Supply Chain Management. Other closely related fields as well as ABDs will be considered. Teaching assignments will include global supply chain management, logistics, supply chain technology in a global environment, and production operations management.

Candidates should be able to provide visibility within the global supply chain community, including the chairing of conference mini-tracks and tracks, journal reviewing, interacting with businesses, grant writing, and other activities in relation to the profession.

Go to http://www.hrs.appstate.edu/ to apply.

The Walker College of Business at Appalachian State University (ASU) invites applications for an open rank nine-month tenure-track faculty position in international business beginning in August 2010. Preferred secondary areas of expertise are Marketing, Economics, or Computer Information Systems but other secondary areas will be considered. The Walker College of Business is comprised of over 100 faculty members across six departments: Accounting; Computer Information Systems; Finance, Insurance and Banking; Economics; Management; and Marketing. The successful applicant will be housed in one of these departments depending on training and background. The faculty member’s primary responsibilities will be to provide excellent instruction at the undergraduate and/or graduate levels, maintain an active program of scholarship, and participate in service activities consistent with the rank of appointment. Instructional activities will include teaching internationally oriented courses in her/his specific functional area as well as leading short-term study abroad programs and supervising international internships for students. Instructional duties may also include on-line instruction and/or instruction at off-campus sites.

 

Necessary qualifications include: (1) PhD or equivalent in appropriate area of study from a recognized accredited program, (2) excellence in teaching and peer-reviewed research, and (3) experience in and enthusiasm for developing and extending international programs within the college. Experience in international business and in leading study abroad programs is strongly desired.

 

Appalachian State University is a member institution of the 16-campus University of North Carolina system and is located in the Blue Ridge Mountains of northwestern North Carolina. ASU has built a national reputation for providing outstanding academic programs and is consistently recognized as a leading comprehensive regional university in the U.S. News and World Report’s Best College Guide. ASU has approximately 16,000 students, primarily in bachelors and masters programs in both liberal arts and applied fields. Appalachian has both a traditional residential campus and a variety of distance education programs. Additional information about the university and surrounding area is located at http://www.appstate.edu. The Walker College of Business is AACSB International accredited and is regularly included in Princeton Review’s edition of Best Business Schools. The college has more than 2,200 students enrolled in ten undergraduate programs. It offers a major and minor in international business and requires all business students to fulfill an international experience requirement prior to graduation. Roughly 25% of all undergraduate business students participate in study abroad programs. The MBA program offers an international business track.

 

Applications should include: (1) a cover letter explaining the candidate’s interest in the position at ASU, (2) a current curriculum vitae, (3) evidence of teaching effectiveness and experience, (4) evidence of research accomplishments, and (5) contact information for three professional references knowledgeable about the applicant’s qualifications for this position. A review of completed applications will begin as they are received and will continue until March 31st or until the position is filled, whichever is later.

 

Applications should be sent to: Martin Meznar, Search Committee Chair Dean’s Office Walker College of Business ASU Box 32037 Appalachian State University Boone, NC 28608 meznarmb@appstate.edu Electronic applications will be accepted, but must be submitted in pdf format.

 

Appalachian State University is an Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employer. The university has a strong commitment to the principles of diversity and inclusion, and to maintaining working and learning environments that are free of all forms of discrimination. Individuals with disabilities may request accommodations in the application process by contacting the search committee chair. Documentation of identity and employability of the applicant will be required before the hiring process can be finalized. A criminal background check will be conducted on all finalists who are invited to campus for an interview.

Inviting researchers to contribute to individual chapters in a book titled “Apparel retailing in emerging markets”.

I am specifically looking for researchers who can contribute to information regarding organization of apparel retail markets, international retailers in the market, buying for these markets, and consumers in these markets. The countries for which I am looking for contribution are:

China, Vietnam, Poland, Turkey, Chile, Romania, Argentina, Thailand, Russia, Spain, Brazil, and UAE.

Contributors will be included as co-authors for the chapter.

Please contact me for further details.

Best Wishes,
Jaya Halepete

Jaya Halepete, PhD
Assistant Professor
Fashion Merchandising
School of Arts and Sciences
Marymount University
2807 N. Glebe Road
Arlington, VA 22207
Office: 703 284 5752

Special Issue Editors:

• Christian Geisler Asmussen (Copenhagen Business School, Denmark, cga.smg@cbs.dk)
• Tailan Chi (University of Kansas, USA, chi@ku.edu)
• Sumit Kundu (Florida International University, USA, kundus@fiu.edu)
• Rajneesh Narula (University of Reading, UK, r.narula@reading.ac.uk)

Introduction

Forty years ago, Buckley and Casson (1976) published The Future of the Multinational Enterprise.. Following the intellectual legacy of Coase’s (1937) transaction cost economics, Buckley and Casson (1976: 33) argued that the multinational enterprise (MNE) internalizes activities across national boundaries “when markets in intermediate products are imperfect [because] there is an incentive to bypass them creating an internal market.” Hennart (1977, 1982), in parallel to Buckley and Casson (1976), contributed to the theory of the MNE by considering perspectives of transaction costs such as measurement and enforcement costs arising due to bounded rationality and opportunistic behavior in markets. Bringing an early resource-based perspective to internalization theory (before the notion of resource based view or RBV had even been coined in the field of strategy), Rugman (1981) explained internalization decisions made by the firm on the basis of firm specific advantages (FSAs) and country specific advantages (CSAs), while Rugman and Verbeke (1992, 2003, 2004) expanded on the geographic reach of these FSAs, thereby making the critical distinction between location-bound and non-location bound FSAs. Rugman and Verbeke (2001) also uncovered 10 distinct patterns of competence building across borders in MNEs that resulted from particular interactions between FSAs and CSAs, thereby acknowledging the joint importance of entrepreneurial action, transaction cost economizing and requisite resource combination inside the MNE. In parallel, the Eclectic Paradigm (Dunning, 1977, 1988, 1993; Dunning & Lundan, 2008) stressed the joint impact of ownership, location, and internalization advantages to explain the existence and functioning of the MNE.  In combination, these theoretical advances have contributed to the establishment of internalization theory as a generally accepted theory of the MNE – and as an analytical framework that has explicitly or implicitly underlined much of the progress being made in International Business (IB) research over the last four decades. Internalization theory allows predicting a great number of organizational regularities in IB. These range from entry mode choices – and more generally the governance of international transactions, including the rise of international new ventures (INVs) – to internal organizational design in terms of structural and strategic governance, as well as the structuring of the interface with external economic actors. Yet, a number of issues still remain unresolved, and new questions have emerged—in particular, about the continued applicability of internalization theory in a rapidly changing world, and about the foundations of the theory in light of new developments in other fields and disciplines. This special issue on Applying and Advancing Internalization Theory invites original research that addresses these questions.

As noted by Rugman and Verbeke (2003: 125), The Future of the Multinational Enterprise was “a superb starting point for the study of the MNE, even if the complexity of this governance structure has grown far beyond what any international business scholar … could have predicted 25 years ago”. This is even more evident today as the nature of the global economy has changed and continues to change. Novel types of cross-border transactions and forms of MNEs have arisen, raising questions about the universal applicability of the theory. It is now time to revisit the theory of the MNE and to challenge its underlying assumptions. More advanced theoretical and empirical approaches promise to identify and explain better the little explored causal mechanisms leading to the existence or absence of MNEs. Analysis of these mechanisms will highlight not only the “why” but also the “how” of internalization theory. To advance this research agenda, we invite manuscripts from a variety of disciplines, including management and organizational studies, strategy, economics, economic geography, marketing, etc. Ideally, submitted manuscripts should improve upon the current state of internalization theory and its implications for managerial practice, by criticizing or extending the conventional thinking embedded within it. We welcome diverse approaches to this topic, including (but not limited to) conceptual models, formal models, simulations, experimental designs, and empirical studies (both qualitative and quantitative ones). Specifically, we invite submissions falling within one or both of the two themes described below.

Theme 1. Applying Internalization Theory to New Realities: Firms and Markets in the Contemporary Global Economy

Building upon general economic principles, applicable across a wide range of empirical phenomena, many scholars have credibly used internalization theory as an analytical tool in different institutional contexts. The theory has allowed explaining the presence of a variety of governance forms for managing international transactions (Casson, 1995, 2015; Narula & Verbeke, 2015). At the same time, few will dispute the fact that the world looks dramatically different today than it did when internalization theory first emerged. IB scholars therefore need to pay special attention to the new realities of the international economy and their influence on the evolution of MNEs.

A key tenet of internalization is that MNEs arise to exploit imperfections in markets, imperfections that are influenced by the myriad changes often referred to under the conceptual umbrella of “globalization”. These include political developments pertaining to economic integration, trade agreements, currency regimes, and other supra-national institutions that transform both the cost of managing firms across borders and of transacting in international markets (Rugman & Verbeke, 2005). They also include technological advances such as internet-based collaboration tools, virtual communities of practice, and online market exchanges, which have equally strong transaction cost implications (Bakos, 1998; Ardichvili, 2008). In combination, these developments have paved ways for new types of firms and novel business models. Firms are also geographically more dispersed than ever, engage in coopetition, have diffused innovation, and deploy global teams as well as virtual organizational structures (Axinn & Matthyssens, 2002).

Accordingly, two issues that loom large in this new world economic system are the growth of the service sector and the advent of the digital economy. The interactions that e-commerce firms have with their customers tend to possess different attributes and thus alter the cost-benefit calculus of various governance modes, as compared to the manufacturing sector (Singh & Kundu, 2002). Increasingly, new ventures aim to internationalize, right from inception, by leveraging advances in information technology. Widening geographic spread, alternative governance structures to access and control unique resources, and internalization of the core of value chain have strong theoretical implications (Oviatt & McDougall 1994; Verbeke, Zargarzadeh, & Osiyevskyy, 2014). In this process, the role of the subsidiary has become more vital, reflected in the growing importance of subsidiary specific advantage (Rugman and Verbeke, 2001; Mudambi and Navarra, 2004; Meyer, Mudambi, & Narula, 2011) and reverse innovation in MNEs (Mudambi, Piscitello, & Rabbiosi, 2014). As reflected in the concept of “meta-MNEs” (Lessard, Teece, & Leih, 2016), the existence of which can be explained by internalization theory (Verbeke & Kenworthy, 2008), the ability to earn economic rents from the creation of knowledge assets in subsidiaries around the world depends upon advantages of common governance. Yet there are also substantial costs of managing increasingly complex organizations and combining external and internal embeddedness in dispersed subsidiaries (Narula, 2014).

The same technological developments, in parallel with managerial and organizational developments, have also enabled MNEs to operate with increasingly porous boundaries (Regan & Heenan, 2010). The twenty-first century has witnessed the growth of networks and coalitions between firms (Dunning & Boyd, 2003), while the importance of relational assets and social capital has increased over time to as firms aim to access new knowledge (Dunning, 2003). The phenomenon of “quasi-internalization” has thus become increasingly relevant in today’s competitive landscape as organizations seek to utilize a middle-of-the-road approach to organize their activities – via both hierarchy and markets. Since the seminal paper of Hennart (1993) on the “swollen middle”, there has been a growing interest on MNEs’ minimization of organizational cost by looking at shirking, cheating, monitoring and other costs, recognizing that the choice is not one between internalization and externalization, but of a contextually contingent combination including outsourcing and alliances (Dunning, 2015).

These developments, which are often closely interlinked, present unique opportunities for theory development as they reveal the diverse strategies, challenges, and imperatives of the modern MNE. For example, does internalization theory apply, or perhaps apply differently, to alternative governance forms and structures, such as service firms, e-commerce firms, conglomerate businesses, state-owned enterprises, born global firms, family-owned MNEs, and Bottom-of-the-Pyramid MNEs? Does the rise of new business models based on new technologies or management principles influence the choice between internalization and externalization? How do MNEs mitigate opportunism, moral hazard, free riding, and other associated costs when generating and leveraging relational assets for productive gains? Is it even meaningful to continue to talk about the choice between firms and markets when the nature of contemporary economic exchange is often approaching one of quasi-internalization? Application of the theory to new and evolving contexts may bring new insights into subtle mechanisms, and ultimately inform the structure of the theory itself. With this theme, we welcome contributions that reflect the applicability (or partial applicability or even inapplicability) of internalization theory to the new realities of the contemporary global economy.

Theme 2. Advancing Internalization Theory by Rethinking its Foundations: Rationality, Learning, and Evolutionary Dynamics

Just as the context of internalization theory has changed, so has the way in which academics within and outside IB think and theorize about this context. With these changes, there is a so far largely untapped opportunity to integrate theoretical advances and empirical approaches from other disciplines into research on the MNE. Such integration has only recently and partially begun to take place, with various perspectives making excursions into the realm of IB. These include different disciplines, such as political economy (Henderson, Dicken, Hess, Coe, & Yeung 2002) and economic geography (Baldwin & Venables, 2013), as well as different approaches to theorizing, such as those related to microfoundations (Foss & Pedersen, 2004), general equilibrium modeling (Buckley & Hashai, 2009), co-evolutionary economics (Pitelis & Teece, 2010), equifinality (Raymond & St. Pierre, 2013), and agent-based simulation (Asmussen, Larsen, and Pedersen, 2016). However, uncharted territory still abounds and it is an open question how these perspectives can be subsumed into internalization theory, and in what ways they extend, refine, and challenge this theory. With this theme, we therefore aim to “open up the black box” of internalization theory and revisit its foundations.

One issue that sits squarely in this black box is the issue of behavioral assumptions. Internalization theory mostly predicts that effective governance forms will prevail, thereby implicitly or explicitly deriving its predictions from a profit-maximizing (or cost minimizing) paradigm (reflecting its roots in economic theory). Empirical evidence, in turn, mostly supports the predictions emerging from this paradigm, including predictions of foreign entry modes (e.g., Anderson & Gatignon, 1986; Agarwal & Ramaswami, 1992), location choices (e.g., Friedman, Gerlowski, & Silberman 1992; Mariotti & Piscitello, 1995), and performance (e.g., Kirca et al., 2011; Kirca, Fernandez, & Kundu 2016). However, we know surprisingly little about how these outcomes actually emerge. At the same time, economists themselves have continued to refine and challenge the notion of rationality. More precise concepts developed within the Coasean paradigm, such as adverse selection, moral hazard, holdup, have further enriched the analysis using the basic internalization approach (Chi, 1994), and imperfections such as bounded rationality and bounded reliability have been more completely developed (Verbeke & Greidanus, 2009; Kano & Verbeke, 2015). Even more radical departures from orthodoxy have come from new perspectives such as behavioral game theory (Camerer, 1997) and fairness equilibrium (Rabin, 1993). In this process, the barriers between economics and the other social science disciplines have become more porous and alternatives to economic rationality concepts, for example altruism (McWilliams, Siegel, & Wright, 2006) and collective identification (Cooper & Thatcher, 2010), have been applied to organizations and business settings.

These observations raise a number of related questions pertaining to internalization theory. For example, who makes the decisions about internalization and externalization? What guides these decision processes in terms of expectations, learning, and feedback loops, and how are those influenced by bounded rationality and by the challenges of measuring transaction costs? Which selection mechanisms (for example, competition in the markets for managers, capital, labor, or products) ensure efficient outcomes and under which conditions? What are the dynamic implications in terms of the evolution of firms and markets in a global context, and the performance of firms in the short and long term? To answer these questions, we need a better understanding of the causal mechanisms underlying the theory of the MNE, the scope of predictions supported by its assumptions, and the consequences of relaxing these assumptions. Obviously, any modifications to the assumptions and analytical logic of internalization need to be explicitly spelled out to ensure commensurability and logical consistency.

In rethinking the foundations of internalization theory along the above lines, new theoretical developments in adjacent research fields may provide leverage. These include, for example, the considerable research efforts on the governance of global value chains that have been undertaken since the 1990s in the fields of sociology, economic geography, development studies, and political economy. Scholars in these fields have examined issues such as sourcing (Gereffi 1999; Kaplinsky 1998; Dolan & Humphrey 2000) and contract manufacturing (Schmitz & Knorringa, 2010). Since the early 1990s, various frameworks have been put forward in attempting to explain how global industries are organized and governed (Coe, Dicken, & Hess, 2008). In their discussion of the organization of economic activities, these studies implicitly relate to the issue of global markets versus hierarchies that internalization theory also addresses, but so far very little cross-fertilization has occurred between these research streams.

Finally, similar to the governance aspects, the spatial aspects of internalization theory arguably remain equally underdeveloped, leaving ample opportunities to further integrate geographic aspects into studies of the MNE (Dunning, 1998). The ongoing analyses of semi-globalization (Ghemawat, 2003) and discontinuities in geographic space (Beugelsdijk and Mudambi, 2013) suggest the need to revisit accepted IB theories with the added insight of supra-national geographic levels, such as regions (Rugman and Verbeke, 2004; Arregle, Miller, Hitt, & Beamish, 2013; Verbeke & Asmussen, 2016), and of sub-national geographic levels, such as cities (Goerzen, Asmussen, & Nielsen, 2013). With this theme, we aim to integrate insights from the above-mentioned disciplines (and potentially other ones)  outside of IB, into our understanding of the existence and boundaries of the MNE.

Conclusion

Of the two themes, the first has an emphasis on phenomena and the second on theory, but both themes have in common their focus on the MNE. Importantly, the two themes are not independent—for example, it is possible that the application of internalization theory to new contexts requires a re-specification of its assumptions, or that the change of assumptions leads to new predictions that require specific context for empirical testing. Overall, the aim of the special issue is to encourage academic research that develops more fine-grained analysis of how the MNE decides on its boundaries and on the organizational forms it takes. On particularly important, “intelligently controversial” questions, the editors may decide to foster debate using a point-counterpoint format. We hope that the collection of papers in our special issue will contribute to the evolving research on MNEs so as to create a more formative unified theory and a common epistemology for comprehending the evolution of MNEs within the ongoing progression of international business activities.                 

Submission Process

All manuscripts will be reviewed as a cohort for this special issue. Manuscripts must be submitted in the window between May 15, 2017, and June 1, 2017, at http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/jibs. Please indicate in the cover letter which theme(s) of the two described above the submitted manuscript addresses. All submissions will go through the JIBS regular double-blind review process and follow the standard norms and processes.

For more information about this call for papers, please contact the Special Issue Editors or the JIBS Managing Editor (managing-editor@jibs.net).

References

Agarwal, S. & Ramaswami, S. 1992. Choice of foreign market entry: impact of ownership, location and internationalization factors. Journal of International Business Studies, 33 (1), 517-551.

Anderson, E., & Gatignon, H. 1986. Modes of foreign entry: A transaction cost analysis and proposition. Journal of International Business Studies, 17(3), 1–26.

Ardichvili, A. 2008. Learning and Knowledge Sharing in Virtual Communities of Practice: Motivators, Barriers, and Enablers. Advances in Developing Human Resources, 10: 541–54.

Arregle, J.L., Miller, T.L., Hitt, M.A. & Beamish, P.W. 2013. Do regions matter? An integrated institutional and semiglobalization perspective on the internationalization of MNEs. Strategic Management Journal, 34(8), 910-934.

Asmussen, C.G., Larsen, M.M., & Pedersen, T. 2016. Organizational Adaptation in Offshoring: The Relative Performance of Home- and Host-based Learning Strategies. Organization Science, 27(4): 911-928.

Axinn, C. N. & Matthyssens, P. 2002. Limits on internationalization theories in an unlimited world. International Marketing Review 19(5), 436–449.

Bakos, Y. 1998. The emerging role of electronic marketplaces on the Internet. Communications of the ACM, 41(8): 35-42.

Baldwin, R. & Venables, A. 2013. Spiders and snakes: Offshoring and agglomeration in the global economy. Journal of International Economics, 90(2): 245–254.

Beugelsdijk, S., & Mudambi, R. 2013. MNEs as border-crossing multi-location enterprises: The role of discontinuities in geographic space. Journal of International Business Studies, 44(5), 413–426.

Buckley, P. J., & Casson, M. C. 1976. The future of the multinational enterprise. London: Macmillan

Buckley, P. J., & Hashai, N. 2009. Formalizing internationalization in the eclectic paradigm. Journal of International Business Studies, 40(1), 58–70.

Camerer, C. 1997. Behavioral game theory: Experiments in strategic interaction. New York, USA: Princeton University Press.

Casson, M. 1995. Enterprise and competitiveness: A systems view of international business: Oxford University Press.

Casson, M. C. 2015. Coase and International Business: The Origin and Development of Internalisation Theory. Managerial and Decision Economics, 36(1), 55-66.

Chi, T. 1994. Trading in strategic resources: Necessary conditions, transaction cost problems, and choice of exchange structure. Strategic Management Journal, 15 (4): 271-290.

Coase, R. H. 1937. The Nature of the Firm. Economica, 4(16), 386-405.

Coe, N.M., Dicken, P. & Hess, M. G. 2008. Introduction: global production networks – debates and challenges. Journal of Economic Geography, 8(3): 267-269.

Cooper, D., & Thatcher, S. M. B. 2010. Identification in organizations: The role of self-concept orientations and identification motives. Academy of Management Review, 35: 516–538.

Dolan, C. & Humphrey, J. 2000. Governance and trade in fresh vegetables: the impact of UK supermarkets on the African horticulture industry. Journal of Development Studies, 37(2): 147-76.

Dunning, J. H. 1977. Trade, location of economic activity and the multinational enterprise: A search for an eclectic approach In B. Ohlin, P. O. Hesselborn, & P. J. Wijkmann (Eds.), The International Allocation of Economic Activity, London: McMillan, 395-416.

Dunning, J. H. 1988. The eclectic paradigm of international production: A restatement and some possible extensions. Journal of International Business Studies, 19(1), 1-31.

Dunning, J. H. 1993. Multinational enterprises and the global economy. Wokingham: Addison Wesley Publishing company.

Dunning, J. H., 1998. Location and the multinational enterprise: a neglected factor? Journal of International Business Studies 29 (1), 45–66.

Dunning, J. H. 2003. Relational assets, networks and international business activity. In John H. Dunning and Gavin Boyd (Eds.), Alliance Capitalism and Corporate Management – Entrepreneurial Cooperation in Knowledge Based Economies: 1-23. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.

Dunning, J. H. 2015. Reappraising the Eclectic Paradigm in an Age of Alliance Capitalism. In John H. Dunning (Ed.), The Eclectic Paradigm: A Framework for Synthesizing and Comparing Theories of International Business from Different Disciplines or Perspectives: 111-142. London, UK: Palgrave McMillan.

Dunning, J. H. and Boyd, G. (Eds.). 2003. Alliance Capitalism and Corporate Management – Entrepreneurial Cooperation in Knowledge Based Economies. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.

Dunning, J. H. & Lundan, S. M. 2008. Multinational Enterprises and the Global Economy. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.

Foss, N. & Pedersen, T. 2004. Organizing knowledge processes in the multinational corporation: an introduction. Journal of International Business Studies 35(5), 340–349.

Friedman, J., Gerlowski, D. A., & Silberman, J. 1992. What attracts foreign multinational corporations? Evidence from branch plant location in the United States. Journal of Regional Science, 32(4), 403-418.

Gereffi, G. 1999. International trade and industrial upgrading in the apparel commodity chain. Journal of International Economics, 48(1): 37-70.

Ghemawat, P. 2003. Semiglobalization and international business strategy. Journal of International Business Studies, 34(2), 138–52.

Goerzen, A., Asmussen, C. G., & Nielsen, B. B. 2013. Global cities and multinational enterprise location strategy. Journal of International Business Studies, 44(5), 427-450.

Hennart, J.-F. 1977. A theory of foreign direct investment. University of Maryland, Maryland.

Hennart, J.-F. 1982. A theory of multinational enterprise. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Hennart, Jean-Francois. 1993. Explaining the swollen middle: Why most transactions are a mix of “market” and “hierarchy”. Organization Science, 4(4): 529-547.

Henderson, J., Dicken, P., Hess, M., Coe, N. & Wai-Chung Yeung, H. (2002) Global production networks and the analysis of economic development, Review of International Political Economy, 9(3), pp. 436–464

Kano, L. & Verbeke, A., 2015. The three faces of bounded reliability: Alfred Chandler and the micro-foundations of management theory. California Management Review, 58(1): 97-122.

Kaplinsky, R. 1998. Globalization, industrialization and sustainable growth: the pursuit of the nth rent. IDS Discussion Paper No. 365. Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, Brighton, UK.

Kirca, A. H., Hult, G. T. M., Roth, K., Cavusgil, S. T., Perryy, M. Z., Akdeniz, M. B., Deligonul, S. Z., Mena, J. A., Pollitte, W. A., & Hoppner, J. J. 2011. Firm-specific assets, multinationality, and financial performance: a meta-analytic review and theoretical integration. The Academy of Management Journal, 54(1), 47-72.

Kirca, A.H., Fernandez, W.D., & Kundu, S.K. 2016. An empirical analysis of internalization theory in emerging markets: The role of firm-specific assets and asset dispersion in the multinationality-performance relationship. Journal of World Business, 51(4): 628-640.

Lessard, D., Teece, D.J. & Leih, S., 2016. The Dynamic Capabilities of Meta‐Multinationals. Global Strategy Journal, 6(3), 211-224.

Mariotti, S., & Piscitello, L. 1995. Information costs and location of FDIs within the host country: empirical evidence from Italy. Journal of International Business Studies, 26(4), 815-841.

McWilliams, A., D. Siegel & P. M. Wright. 2006. Corporate Social Responsibility: Strategic Implications. Journal of Management Studies, 43(1): 1–18.

Meyer, K.E., Mudambi, R. & Narula, R., 2011. Multinational enterprises and local contexts: The opportunities and challenges of multiple embeddedness. Journal of Management Studies, 48(2): 235-252.

Mudambi, R. & Navarra, P., 2004. Is knowledge power? Knowledge flows, subsidiary power and rent-seeking within MNCs. Journal of International Business Studies, 35(5): 385-406.

Mudambi, R., Piscitello, L., & Rabbiosi, L. 2014. Reverse knowledge transfer in MNEs: Subsidiary innovativeness and entry modes. Long Range Planning, 47(1-2): 49-63.

Narula, R. 2014. Exploring the paradox of competence-creating subsidiaries: Balancing bandwidth and dispersion in MNEs. Long Range Planning, 47: 4-15.

Narula, R. & Verbeke, A., 2015. Making internalization theory good for practice: The essence of Alan Rugman's contributions to international business. Journal of World Business, 50(4), 612-622.

Oviatt, B.M. & McDougall, P.P., 1994. Toward a theory of international new ventures. Journal of International Business Studies, 25(1), 45-64.

Pitelis, C.N. & Teece, D.J., 2010. Cross-border market co-creation, dynamic capabilities and the entrepreneurial theory of the multinational enterprise. Industrial and Corporate Change, 19(4), 1247-1270.

Rabin, M. 1993. Incorporating Fairness into Game Theory and Economics. American Economic Review, 83 (5): 1281-1302.

Raymond, L. & St-Pierre, J. (2013). Strategic capability configurations for the internationalization of SMEs: A study in equifinality. International Small Business Journal, 31(1), 82–102.

Regan, M.C. & Heenan, P.T. 2010. Supply Chains and Porous Boundaries: The Disaggregation of Legal Services, Fordham Law Review 78, 2137-2139.

Rugman, A. M. 1981. Inside the multinationals: The economics of internal markets. London: Croom Helm.

Rugman, A. M., & Verbeke, A. 1992. A note on the transnational solution and the transaction cost theory of multinational strategic management. Journal of international business studies, 23(4), 761-771.

Rugman, A. M. & Verbeke, A., 2001. Subsidiary-specific advantages in multinational enterprises. Strategic Management Journal, 22(3), 237-250.

Rugman, A. M., & Verbeke, A. 2003. Extending the theory of the multinational enterprise: internalization and strategic management perspectives. Journal of International Business Studies, 34(2), 125-137.

Rugman, A. M., & Verbeke, A. 2004. A perspective on regional and global strategies of multinational enterprises. Journal of International Business Studies, 35(1), 3–18.

Rugman, A. M., & Verbeke, A. 2005. Towards a theory of regional multinationals: A transaction cost economics approach. Management International Review, 45(1): 5–17.

Singh, N. & Kundu, S.K. 2002. Explaining the growth of e-commerce corporations (ECCs): An extension and application of electic paradigm, Journal of International Business Studies, 33(4), 679-697.

Schmitz, H. & Knorringa, P. 2010. Learning from Global Buyers. The Journal of Development Studies, 37(2): 177-205.

Verbeke, A., Zargarzadeh, A. M. & Osiyevskyy, O., 2014. Internalization theory, entrepreneurship and international new ventures. Multinational Business Review, 22(3), 246-269.

Verbeke, A. & Asmussen, C.G. 2016. Global, Local, or Regional? The Locus of MNE Strategies. Journal of Management Studies, 53(6): 1051-1075.

Verbeke, Α., & Greidanus, N. 2009. The end of the opportunism versus trust debate: Bounded reliability as a new envelope concept in research on MNE governance. Journal of International Business Studies, 40(9): 1471-1495

Verbeke, A. & Kenworthy, T.P., 2008. Multidivisional vs metanational governance of the multinational enterprise. Journal of International Business Studies, 39(6), 940-956.

About the Guest Editors (Listed Alphabetically)

Christian Geisler Asmussen is a Professor of Strategic and International Management at Copenhagen Business School. Drawing on a background in formal economics but applying a multi-disciplinary approach to his research, he focuses in particular on the interaction between competitive advantage, geographic scope, and organizational structure. His research has been awarded numerous prizes from the Danish and international research communities, including the Barry M. Richman best dissertation award from the Academy of Management and the Haynes Prize for most promising scholar from the Academy of International Business. He currently heads a research project aiming to uncover the drivers of the micro-location choices of multinational firms.

Tailan Chi is a Professor of International Business & Strategy and Co-Director of the Center for Global Business Studies at the School of Business, University of Kansas. He is an editor of the Journal of International Business Studies and serves on the editorial boards of the Strategic Management Journal, Journal of World Business, Global Strategy Journal, International Journal of Strategic Change Management, and Journal of International Business & Economy.   

Sumit Kundu is a Professor and James K. Batten Eminent Scholar Chair in International Business in the College of Business at Florida International University. He is the Vice President of the Academy of International Business [2014–2017] and serves on the editorial boards of Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of World Business, Global Strategy Journal, Journal of International Management, International Business Review, Management International Review, Cross Cultural and Strategic Management – An International Journal, and Thunderbird International Business Review.

Rajneesh Narula is the John H. Dunning Chair of International Business Regulation at the Henley Business School, University of Reading, UK. His research and consulting have focused on the role of multinational firms in development, innovation and industrial policy, R&D alliances and outsourcing. He has published over a 100 articles and chapters in books on these themes. He regularly acts as a consultant and advisor to the European Commission, UNIDO, UNCTAD and the OECD, and a variety of other international organizations. He holds honorary appointments at UNU-MERIT, Norwegian School of Business and Oxford University. 

Tentative publication date:   Summer 2018

Special Issue Editors:

• Christian Geisler Asmussen (Copenhagen Business School, Denmark, cga.smg@cbs.dk)
• Tailan Chi (University of Kansas, USA, chi@ku.edu)
• Sumit Kundu (Florida International University, USA, kundus@fiu.edu)
• Rajneesh Narula (University of Reading, UK, r.narula@reading.ac.uk)

Deadline for submission: June 1, 2017

Tentative publication date:   Summer 2018

Introduction

Forty years ago, Buckley and Casson (1976) published The Future of the Multinational Enterprise.. Following the intellectual legacy of Coase’s (1937) transaction cost economics, Buckley and Casson (1976: 33) argued that the multinational enterprise (MNE) internalizes activities across national boundaries “when markets in intermediate products are imperfect [because] there is an incentive to bypass them creating an internal market.” Hennart (1977, 1982), in parallel to Buckley and Casson (1976), contributed to the theory of the MNE by considering perspectives of transaction costs such as measurement and enforcement costs arising due to bounded rationality and opportunistic behavior in markets. Bringing an early resource-based perspective to internalization theory (before the notion of resource based view or RBV had even been coined in the field of strategy), Rugman (1981) explained internalization decisions made by the firm on the basis of firm specific advantages (FSAs) and country specific advantages (CSAs), while Rugman and Verbeke (1992, 2003, 2004) expanded on the geographic reach of these FSAs, thereby making the critical distinction between location-bound and non-location bound FSAs. Rugman and Verbeke (2001) also uncovered 10 distinct patterns of competence building across borders in MNEs that resulted from particular interactions between FSAs and CSAs, thereby acknowledging the joint importance of entrepreneurial action, transaction cost economizing and requisite resource combination inside the MNE. In parallel, the Eclectic Paradigm (Dunning, 1977, 1988, 1993; Dunning & Lundan, 2008) stressed the joint impact of ownership, location, and internalization advantages to explain the existence and functioning of the MNE.  In combination, these theoretical advances have contributed to the establishment of internalization theory as a generally accepted theory of the MNE – and as an analytical framework that has explicitly or implicitly underlined much of the progress being made in International Business (IB) research over the last four decades. Internalization theory allows predicting a great number of organizational regularities in IB. These range from entry mode choices – and more generally the governance of international transactions, including the rise of international new ventures (INVs) – to internal organizational design in terms of structural and strategic governance, as well as the structuring of the interface with external economic actors. Yet, a number of issues still remain unresolved, and new questions have emerged—in particular, about the continued applicability of internalization theory in a rapidly changing world, and about the foundations of the theory in light of new developments in other fields and disciplines. This special issue on Applying and Advancing Internalization Theory invites original research that addresses these questions.

As noted by Rugman and Verbeke (2003: 125), The Future of the Multinational Enterprise was “a superb starting point for the study of the MNE, even if the complexity of this governance structure has grown far beyond what any international business scholar … could have predicted 25 years ago”. This is even more evident today as the nature of the global economy has changed and continues to change. Novel types of cross-border transactions and forms of MNEs have arisen, raising questions about the universal applicability of the theory. It is now time to revisit the theory of the MNE and to challenge its underlying assumptions. More advanced theoretical and empirical approaches promise to identify and explain better the little explored causal mechanisms leading to the existence or absence of MNEs. Analysis of these mechanisms will highlight not only the “why” but also the “how” of internalization theory. To advance this research agenda, we invite manuscripts from a variety of disciplines, including management and organizational studies, strategy, economics, economic geography, marketing, etc. Ideally, submitted manuscripts should improve upon the current state of internalization theory and its implications for managerial practice, by criticizing or extending the conventional thinking embedded within it. We welcome diverse approaches to this topic, including (but not limited to) conceptual models, formal models, simulations, experimental designs, and empirical studies (both qualitative and quantitative ones). Specifically, we invite submissions falling within one or both of the two themes described below.

Theme 1. Applying Internalization Theory to New Realities: Firms and Markets in the Contemporary Global Economy

Building upon general economic principles, applicable across a wide range of empirical phenomena, many scholars have credibly used internalization theory as an analytical tool in different institutional contexts. The theory has allowed explaining the presence of a variety of governance forms for managing international transactions (Casson, 1995, 2015; Narula & Verbeke, 2015). At the same time, few will dispute the fact that the world looks dramatically different today than it did when internalization theory first emerged. IB scholars therefore need to pay special attention to the new realities of the international economy and their influence on the evolution of MNEs.

A key tenet of internalization is that MNEs arise to exploit imperfections in markets, imperfections that are influenced by the myriad changes often referred to under the conceptual umbrella of “globalization”. These include political developments pertaining to economic integration, trade agreements, currency regimes, and other supra-national institutions that transform both the cost of managing firms across borders and of transacting in international markets (Rugman & Verbeke, 2005). They also include technological advances such as internet-based collaboration tools, virtual communities of practice, and online market exchanges, which have equally strong transaction cost implications (Bakos, 1998; Ardichvili, 2008). In combination, these developments have paved ways for new types of firms and novel business models. Firms are also geographically more dispersed than ever, engage in coopetition, have diffused innovation, and deploy global teams as well as virtual organizational structures (Axinn & Matthyssens, 2002).

Accordingly, two issues that loom large in this new world economic system are the growth of the service sector and the advent of the digital economy. The interactions that e-commerce firms have with their customers tend to possess different attributes and thus alter the cost-benefit calculus of various governance modes, as compared to the manufacturing sector (Singh & Kundu, 2002). Increasingly, new ventures aim to internationalize, right from inception, by leveraging advances in information technology. Widening geographic spread, alternative governance structures to access and control unique resources, and internalization of the core of value chain have strong theoretical implications (Oviatt & McDougall 1994; Verbeke, Zargarzadeh, & Osiyevskyy, 2014). In this process, the role of the subsidiary has become more vital, reflected in the growing importance of subsidiary specific advantage (Rugman and Verbeke, 2001; Mudambi and Navarra, 2004; Meyer, Mudambi, & Narula, 2011) and reverse innovation in MNEs (Mudambi, Piscitello, & Rabbiosi, 2014). As reflected in the concept of “meta-MNEs” (Lessard, Teece, & Leih, 2016), the existence of which can be explained by internalization theory (Verbeke & Kenworthy, 2008), the ability to earn economic rents from the creation of knowledge assets in subsidiaries around the world depends upon advantages of common governance. Yet there are also substantial costs of managing increasingly complex organizations and combining external and internal embeddedness in dispersed subsidiaries (Narula, 2014).

The same technological developments, in parallel with managerial and organizational developments, have also enabled MNEs to operate with increasingly porous boundaries (Regan & Heenan, 2010). The twenty-first century has witnessed the growth of networks and coalitions between firms (Dunning & Boyd, 2003), while the importance of relational assets and social capital has increased over time to as firms aim to access new knowledge (Dunning, 2003). The phenomenon of “quasi-internalization” has thus become increasingly relevant in today’s competitive landscape as organizations seek to utilize a middle-of-the-road approach to organize their activities – via both hierarchy and markets. Since the seminal paper of Hennart (1993) on the “swollen middle”, there has been a growing interest on MNEs’ minimization of organizational cost by looking at shirking, cheating, monitoring and other costs, recognizing that the choice is not one between internalization and externalization, but of a contextually contingent combination including outsourcing and alliances (Dunning, 2015).

These developments, which are often closely interlinked, present unique opportunities for theory development as they reveal the diverse strategies, challenges, and imperatives of the modern MNE. For example, does internalization theory apply, or perhaps apply differently, to alternative governance forms and structures, such as service firms, e-commerce firms, conglomerate businesses, state-owned enterprises, born global firms, family-owned MNEs, and Bottom-of-the-Pyramid MNEs? Does the rise of new business models based on new technologies or management principles influence the choice between internalization and externalization? How do MNEs mitigate opportunism, moral hazard, free riding, and other associated costs when generating and leveraging relational assets for productive gains? Is it even meaningful to continue to talk about the choice between firms and markets when the nature of contemporary economic exchange is often approaching one of quasi-internalization? Application of the theory to new and evolving contexts may bring new insights into subtle mechanisms, and ultimately inform the structure of the theory itself. With this theme, we welcome contributions that reflect the applicability (or partial applicability or even inapplicability) of internalization theory to the new realities of the contemporary global economy.

Theme 2. Advancing Internalization Theory by Rethinking its Foundations: Rationality, Learning, and Evolutionary Dynamics

Just as the context of internalization theory has changed, so has the way in which academics within and outside IB think and theorize about this context. With these changes, there is a so far largely untapped opportunity to integrate theoretical advances and empirical approaches from other disciplines into research on the MNE. Such integration has only recently and partially begun to take place, with various perspectives making excursions into the realm of IB. These include different disciplines, such as political economy (Henderson, Dicken, Hess, Coe, & Yeung 2002) and economic geography (Baldwin & Venables, 2013), as well as different approaches to theorizing, such as those related to microfoundations (Foss & Pedersen, 2004), general equilibrium modeling (Buckley & Hashai, 2009), co-evolutionary economics (Pitelis & Teece, 2010), equifinality (Raymond & St. Pierre, 2013), and agent-based simulation (Asmussen, Larsen, and Pedersen, 2016). However, uncharted territory still abounds and it is an open question how these perspectives can be subsumed into internalization theory, and in what ways they extend, refine, and challenge this theory. With this theme, we therefore aim to “open up the black box” of internalization theory and revisit its foundations.

One issue that sits squarely in this black box is the issue of behavioral assumptions. Internalization theory mostly predicts that effective governance forms will prevail, thereby implicitly or explicitly deriving its predictions from a profit-maximizing (or cost minimizing) paradigm (reflecting its roots in economic theory). Empirical evidence, in turn, mostly supports the predictions emerging from this paradigm, including predictions of foreign entry modes (e.g., Anderson & Gatignon, 1986; Agarwal & Ramaswami, 1992), location choices (e.g., Friedman, Gerlowski, & Silberman 1992; Mariotti & Piscitello, 1995), and performance (e.g., Kirca et al., 2011; Kirca, Fernandez, & Kundu 2016). However, we know surprisingly little about how these outcomes actually emerge. At the same time, economists themselves have continued to refine and challenge the notion of rationality. More precise concepts developed within the Coasean paradigm, such as adverse selection, moral hazard, holdup, have further enriched the analysis using the basic internalization approach (Chi, 1994), and imperfections such as bounded rationality and bounded reliability have been more completely developed (Verbeke & Greidanus, 2009; Kano & Verbeke, 2015). Even more radical departures from orthodoxy have come from new perspectives such as behavioral game theory (Camerer, 1997) and fairness equilibrium (Rabin, 1993). In this process, the barriers between economics and the other social science disciplines have become more porous and alternatives to economic rationality concepts, for example altruism (McWilliams, Siegel, & Wright, 2006) and collective identification (Cooper & Thatcher, 2010), have been applied to organizations and business settings.

These observations raise a number of related questions pertaining to internalization theory. For example, who makes the decisions about internalization and externalization? What guides these decision processes in terms of expectations, learning, and feedback loops, and how are those influenced by bounded rationality and by the challenges of measuring transaction costs? Which selection mechanisms (for example, competition in the markets for managers, capital, labor, or products) ensure efficient outcomes and under which conditions? What are the dynamic implications in terms of the evolution of firms and markets in a global context, and the performance of firms in the short and long term? To answer these questions, we need a better understanding of the causal mechanisms underlying the theory of the MNE, the scope of predictions supported by its assumptions, and the consequences of relaxing these assumptions. Obviously, any modifications to the assumptions and analytical logic of internalization need to be explicitly spelled out to ensure commensurability and logical consistency.

In rethinking the foundations of internalization theory along the above lines, new theoretical developments in adjacent research fields may provide leverage. These include, for example, the considerable research efforts on the governance of global value chains that have been undertaken since the 1990s in the fields of sociology, economic geography, development studies, and political economy. Scholars in these fields have examined issues such as sourcing (Gereffi 1999; Kaplinsky 1998; Dolan & Humphrey 2000) and contract manufacturing (Schmitz & Knorringa, 2010). Since the early 1990s, various frameworks have been put forward in attempting to explain how global industries are organized and governed (Coe, Dicken, & Hess, 2008). In their discussion of the organization of economic activities, these studies implicitly relate to the issue of global markets versus hierarchies that internalization theory also addresses, but so far very little cross-fertilization has occurred between these research streams.

Finally, similar to the governance aspects, the spatial aspects of internalization theory arguably remain equally underdeveloped, leaving ample opportunities to further integrate geographic aspects into studies of the MNE (Dunning, 1998). The ongoing analyses of semi-globalization (Ghemawat, 2003) and discontinuities in geographic space (Beugelsdijk and Mudambi, 2013) suggest the need to revisit accepted IB theories with the added insight of supra-national geographic levels, such as regions (Rugman and Verbeke, 2004; Arregle, Miller, Hitt, & Beamish, 2013; Verbeke & Asmussen, 2016), and of sub-national geographic levels, such as cities (Goerzen, Asmussen, & Nielsen, 2013). With this theme, we aim to integrate insights from the above-mentioned disciplines (and potentially other ones)  outside of IB, into our understanding of the existence and boundaries of the MNE.

Conclusion

Of the two themes, the first has an emphasis on phenomena and the second on theory, but both themes have in common their focus on the MNE. Importantly, the two themes are not independent—for example, it is possible that the application of internalization theory to new contexts requires a re-specification of its assumptions, or that the change of assumptions leads to new predictions that require specific context for empirical testing. Overall, the aim of the special issue is to encourage academic research that develops more fine-grained analysis of how the MNE decides on its boundaries and on the organizational forms it takes. On particularly important, “intelligently controversial” questions, the editors may decide to foster debate using a point-counterpoint format. We hope that the collection of papers in our special issue will contribute to the evolving research on MNEs so as to create a more formative unified theory and a common epistemology for comprehending the evolution of MNEs within the ongoing progression of international business activities.                

Submission Process

All manuscripts will be reviewed as a cohort for this special issue. Manuscripts must be submitted in the window between May 15, 2017, and June 1, 2017, at http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/jibs. Please indicate in the cover letter which theme(s) of the two described above the submitted manuscript addresses. All submissions will go through the JIBS regular double-blind review process and follow the standard norms and processes.

For more information about this call for papers, please contact the Special Issue Editors or the JIBS Managing Editor (managing-editor@jibs.net).

References

Agarwal, S. & Ramaswami, S. 1992. Choice of foreign market entry: impact of ownership, location and internationalization factors. Journal of International Business Studies, 33 (1), 517-551.

Anderson, E., & Gatignon, H. 1986. Modes of foreign entry: A transaction cost analysis and proposition. Journal of International Business Studies, 17(3), 1–26.

Ardichvili, A. 2008. Learning and Knowledge Sharing in Virtual Communities of Practice: Motivators, Barriers, and Enablers. Advances in Developing Human Resources, 10: 541–54.

Arregle, J.L., Miller, T.L., Hitt, M.A. & Beamish, P.W. 2013. Do regions matter? An integrated institutional and semiglobalization perspective on the internationalization of MNEs. Strategic Management Journal, 34(8), 910-934.

Asmussen, C.G., Larsen, M.M., & Pedersen, T. 2016. Organizational Adaptation in Offshoring: The Relative Performance of Home- and Host-based Learning Strategies. Organization Science, 27(4): 911-928.

Axinn, C. N. & Matthyssens, P. 2002. Limits on internationalization theories in an unlimited world. International Marketing Review 19(5), 436–449.

Bakos, Y. 1998. The emerging role of electronic marketplaces on the Internet. Communications of the ACM, 41(8): 35-42.

Baldwin, R. & Venables, A. 2013. Spiders and snakes: Offshoring and agglomeration in the global economy. Journal of International Economics, 90(2): 245–254.

Beugelsdijk, S., & Mudambi, R. 2013. MNEs as border-crossing multi-location enterprises: The role of discontinuities in geographic space. Journal of International Business Studies, 44(5), 413–426.

Buckley, P. J., & Casson, M. C. 1976. The future of the multinational enterprise. London: Macmillan

Buckley, P. J., & Hashai, N. 2009. Formalizing internationalization in the eclectic paradigm. Journal of International Business Studies, 40(1), 58–70.

Camerer, C. 1997. Behavioral game theory: Experiments in strategic interaction. New York, USA: Princeton University Press.

Casson, M. 1995. Enterprise and competitiveness: A systems view of international business: Oxford University Press.

Casson, M. C. 2015. Coase and International Business: The Origin and Development of Internalisation Theory. Managerial and Decision Economics, 36(1), 55-66.

Chi, T. 1994. Trading in strategic resources: Necessary conditions, transaction cost problems, and choice of exchange structure. Strategic Management Journal, 15 (4): 271-290.

Coase, R. H. 1937. The Nature of the Firm. Economica, 4(16), 386-405.

Coe, N.M., Dicken, P. & Hess, M. G. 2008. Introduction: global production networks – debates and challenges. Journal of Economic Geography, 8(3): 267-269.

Cooper, D., & Thatcher, S. M. B. 2010. Identification in organizations: The role of self-concept orientations and identification motives. Academy of Management Review, 35: 516–538.

Dolan, C. & Humphrey, J. 2000. Governance and trade in fresh vegetables: the impact of UK supermarkets on the African horticulture industry. Journal of Development Studies, 37(2): 147-76.

Dunning, J. H. 1977. Trade, location of economic activity and the multinational enterprise: A search for an eclectic approach In B. Ohlin, P. O. Hesselborn, & P. J. Wijkmann (Eds.), The International Allocation of Economic Activity, London: McMillan, 395-416.

Dunning, J. H. 1988. The eclectic paradigm of international production: A restatement and some possible extensions. Journal of International Business Studies, 19(1), 1-31.

Dunning, J. H. 1993. Multinational enterprises and the global economy. Wokingham: Addison Wesley Publishing company.

Dunning, J. H., 1998. Location and the multinational enterprise: a neglected factor? Journal of International Business Studies 29 (1), 45–66.

Dunning, J. H. 2003. Relational assets, networks and international business activity. In John H. Dunning and Gavin Boyd (Eds.), Alliance Capitalism and Corporate Management – Entrepreneurial Cooperation in Knowledge Based Economies: 1-23. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.

Dunning, J. H. 2015. Reappraising the Eclectic Paradigm in an Age of Alliance Capitalism. In John H. Dunning (Ed.), The Eclectic Paradigm: A Framework for Synthesizing and Comparing Theories of International Business from Different Disciplines or Perspectives: 111-142. London, UK: Palgrave McMillan.

Dunning, J. H. and Boyd, G. (Eds.). 2003. Alliance Capitalism and Corporate Management – Entrepreneurial Cooperation in Knowledge Based Economies. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.

Dunning, J. H. & Lundan, S. M. 2008. Multinational Enterprises and the Global Economy. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.

Foss, N. & Pedersen, T. 2004. Organizing knowledge processes in the multinational corporation: an introduction. Journal of International Business Studies 35(5), 340–349.

Friedman, J., Gerlowski, D. A., & Silberman, J. 1992. What attracts foreign multinational corporations? Evidence from branch plant location in the United States. Journal of Regional Science, 32(4), 403-418.

Gereffi, G. 1999. International trade and industrial upgrading in the apparel commodity chain. Journal of International Economics, 48(1): 37-70.

Ghemawat, P. 2003. Semiglobalization and international business strategy. Journal of International Business Studies, 34(2), 138–52.

Goerzen, A., Asmussen, C. G., & Nielsen, B. B. 2013. Global cities and multinational enterprise location strategy. Journal of International Business Studies, 44(5), 427-450.

Hennart, J.-F. 1977. A theory of foreign direct investment. University of Maryland, Maryland.

Hennart, J.-F. 1982. A theory of multinational enterprise. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

Hennart, Jean-Francois. 1993. Explaining the swollen middle: Why most transactions are a mix of “market” and “hierarchy”. Organization Science, 4(4): 529-547.

Henderson, J., Dicken, P., Hess, M., Coe, N. & Wai-Chung Yeung, H. (2002) Global production networks and the analysis of economic development, Review of International Political Economy, 9(3), pp. 436–464

Kano, L. & Verbeke, A., 2015. The three faces of bounded reliability: Alfred Chandler and the micro-foundations of management theory. California Management Review, 58(1): 97-122.

Kaplinsky, R. 1998. Globalization, industrialization and sustainable growth: the pursuit of the nth rent. IDS Discussion Paper No. 365. Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, Brighton, UK.

Kirca, A. H., Hult, G. T. M., Roth, K., Cavusgil, S. T., Perryy, M. Z., Akdeniz, M. B., Deligonul, S. Z., Mena, J. A., Pollitte, W. A., & Hoppner, J. J. 2011. Firm-specific assets, multinationality, and financial performance: a meta-analytic review and theoretical integration. The Academy of Management Journal, 54(1), 47-72.

Kirca, A.H., Fernandez, W.D., & Kundu, S.K. 2016. An empirical analysis of internalization theory in emerging markets: The role of firm-specific assets and asset dispersion in the multinationality-performance relationship. Journal of World Business, 51(4): 628-640.

Lessard, D., Teece, D.J. & Leih, S., 2016. The Dynamic Capabilities of Meta‐Multinationals. Global Strategy Journal, 6(3), 211-224.

Mariotti, S., & Piscitello, L. 1995. Information costs and location of FDIs within the host country: empirical evidence from Italy. Journal of International Business Studies, 26(4), 815-841.

McWilliams, A., D. Siegel & P. M. Wright. 2006. Corporate Social Responsibility: Strategic Implications. Journal of Management Studies, 43(1): 1–18.

Meyer, K.E., Mudambi, R. & Narula, R., 2011. Multinational enterprises and local contexts: The opportunities and challenges of multiple embeddedness. Journal of Management Studies, 48(2): 235-252.

Mudambi, R. & Navarra, P., 2004. Is knowledge power? Knowledge flows, subsidiary power and rent-seeking within MNCs. Journal of International Business Studies, 35(5): 385-406.

Mudambi, R., Piscitello, L., & Rabbiosi, L. 2014. Reverse knowledge transfer in MNEs: Subsidiary innovativeness and entry modes. Long Range Planning, 47(1-2): 49-63.

Narula, R. 2014. Exploring the paradox of competence-creating subsidiaries: Balancing bandwidth and dispersion in MNEs. Long Range Planning, 47: 4-15.

Narula, R. & Verbeke, A., 2015. Making internalization theory good for practice: The essence of Alan Rugman's contributions to international business. Journal of World Business, 50(4), 612-622.

Oviatt, B.M. & McDougall, P.P., 1994. Toward a theory of international new ventures. Journal of International Business Studies, 25(1), 45-64.

Pitelis, C.N. & Teece, D.J., 2010. Cross-border market co-creation, dynamic capabilities and the entrepreneurial theory of the multinational enterprise. Industrial and Corporate Change, 19(4), 1247-1270.

Rabin, M. 1993. Incorporating Fairness into Game Theory and Economics. American Economic Review, 83 (5): 1281-1302.

Raymond, L. & St-Pierre, J. (2013). Strategic capability configurations for the internationalization of SMEs: A study in equifinality. International Small Business Journal, 31(1), 82–102.

Regan, M.C. & Heenan, P.T. 2010. Supply Chains and Porous Boundaries: The Disaggregation of Legal Services, Fordham Law Review 78, 2137-2139.

Rugman, A. M. 1981. Inside the multinationals: The economics of internal markets. London: Croom Helm.

Rugman, A. M., & Verbeke, A. 1992. A note on the transnational solution and the transaction cost theory of multinational strategic management. Journal of international business studies, 23(4), 761-771.

Rugman, A. M. & Verbeke, A., 2001. Subsidiary-specific advantages in multinational enterprises. Strategic Management Journal, 22(3), 237-250.

Rugman, A. M., & Verbeke, A. 2003. Extending the theory of the multinational enterprise: internalization and strategic management perspectives. Journal of International Business Studies, 34(2), 125-137.

Rugman, A. M., & Verbeke, A. 2004. A perspective on regional and global strategies of multinational enterprises. Journal of International Business Studies, 35(1), 3–18.

Rugman, A. M., & Verbeke, A. 2005. Towards a theory of regional multinationals: A transaction cost economics approach. Management International Review, 45(1): 5–17.

Singh, N. & Kundu, S.K. 2002. Explaining the growth of e-commerce corporations (ECCs): An extension and application of electic paradigm, Journal of International Business Studies, 33(4), 679-697.

Schmitz, H. & Knorringa, P. 2010. Learning from Global Buyers. The Journal of Development Studies, 37(2): 177-205.

Verbeke, A., Zargarzadeh, A. M. & Osiyevskyy, O., 2014. Internalization theory, entrepreneurship and international new ventures. Multinational Business Review, 22(3), 246-269.

Verbeke, A. & Asmussen, C.G. 2016. Global, Local, or Regional? The Locus of MNE Strategies. Journal of Management Studies, 53(6): 1051-1075.

Verbeke, Α., & Greidanus, N. 2009. The end of the opportunism versus trust debate: Bounded reliability as a new envelope concept in research on MNE governance. Journal of International Business Studies, 40(9): 1471-1495

Verbeke, A. & Kenworthy, T.P., 2008. Multidivisional vs metanational governance of the multinational enterprise. Journal of International Business Studies, 39(6), 940-956.

About the Guest Editors (Listed Alphabetically)

Christian Geisler Asmussen is a Professor of Strategic and International Management at Copenhagen Business School. Drawing on a background in formal economics but applying a multi-disciplinary approach to his research, he focuses in particular on the interaction between competitive advantage, geographic scope, and organizational structure. His research has been awarded numerous prizes from the Danish and international research communities, including the Barry M. Richman best dissertation award from the Academy of Management and the Haynes Prize for most promising scholar from the Academy of International Business. He currently heads a research project aiming to uncover the drivers of the micro-location choices of multinational firms.

Tailan Chi is a Professor of International Business & Strategy and Co-Director of the Center for Global Business Studies at the School of Business, University of Kansas. He is an editor of the Journal of International Business Studies and serves on the editorial boards of the Strategic Management Journal, Journal of World Business, Global Strategy Journal, International Journal of Strategic Change Management, and Journal of International Business & Economy.   

Sumit Kundu is a Professor and James K. Batten Eminent Scholar Chair in International Business in the College of Business at Florida International University. He is the Vice President of the Academy of International Business [2014–2017] and serves on the editorial boards of Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of World Business, Global Strategy Journal, Journal of International Management, International Business Review, Management International Review, Cross Cultural and Strategic Management – An International Journal, and Thunderbird International Business Review.

Rajneesh Narula is the John H. Dunning Chair of International Business Regulation at the Henley Business School, University of Reading, UK. His research and consulting have focused on the role of multinational firms in development, innovation and industrial policy, R&D alliances and outsourcing. He has published over a 100 articles and chapters in books on these themes. He regularly acts as a consultant and advisor to the European Commission, UNIDO, UNCTAD and the OECD, and a variety of other international organizations. He holds honorary appointments at UNU-MERIT, Norwegian School of Business and Oxford University.

Aquinas College invites applications for a tenure-track position as the lead faculty member for the major of International Business in the Business Administration Department.  The appointment will begin in August 2019.

The successful candidate will have expertise in the study of international business, teaching excellence, work experience with a global company, and evidence of scholarship.

Teaching responsibilities are primarily within the Bachelor of Science in International Business degree, although there will be opportunities within the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and Master of Management degree programs, teaching courses in management, marketing, finance, and culture as they relate to international business.  The standard teaching load is 12 credit hours per semester. Related responsibilities include: maintaining office hours, advising and mentoring students, pursuing scholarly research, bridging relationships with the business community, and participating in departmental and college-wide service.

Qualified candidates must have a master’s degree in international business or a related field; PhD or DBA strongly preferred.   

As an educational community that embraces its namesake’s integration of faith and reason, Aquinas College esteems the Dominican philosophy of education rooted in prayer, study, community and service.  Candidates must be willing to support the Catholic Dominican mission of Aquinas College as expressed in its mission statement.

To apply, please submit the following:

1. Cover letter that describes your teaching philosophy
2. Curriculum vitae
3. List of references
4. Statement reflecting on your potential contribution to the Aquinas College mission 

To apply for this position, please visit: https://aquinas.prismhr-hire.com/ Review of applications will begin December 2018.

Equal Employment Opportunity Statement:

Aquinas College is an equal opportunity employer and an inclusive educational community rooted in the Catholic Dominican tradition.  Aquinas College provides a liberal arts education with a global perspective, emphasizes career preparation focused on leadership and service to others, and fosters a commitment to lifelong learning dedicated to the pursuit of truth and the common good. Aquinas College values: Faith, Learning, Service and Community.

International Business and Foreign Language 

International Journal of Multinational Corporation Strategy Special Issue on: "Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Technology Diffusion – Multinational Marketing Management Strategies"

As technology revolutionises communication, financial flows and transportation, the world continues to feel smaller and smaller. It is now possible for companies to conduct business in almost any country around the world due to advances in global trade. Consequently, international and multinational marketing management are becoming more important; they support business activities, co-operations and consumer promotions. Multinational marketing can be simply categorised into two modes: business-to-business mode (B2B; industrial marketing) focuses on co-operations between organisations and resource sharing and integration, while business-to-consumer mode (B2C; promotional marketing) puts more emphasis on product and service positioning as well as promotions for end customers. From the B2B industrial marketing perspective, with the trend of AI development, global technology companies such as Google, IBM and NVIDIA have started to establish research centres and invest in skilled technical employees in host countries. These multinational enterprises (MNEs) work closely with local businesses in host countries and utilise the host country's information and communications technology (ICT) supply chain planning and technological manufacturing capabilities in the MNEs' AI research and development (R&D) and production. Having support from the governments of these host countries, such as the policy of promoting open, investment regimes and liberalised trade as a basis for economic growth, MNEs aim to build a consummate innovation ecosystem in these host countries.

Nevertheless, the innovation diffusion and collaborative R&D industrial strategies are facing significant challenges. For instance, MNEs' strategies in innovation diffusion and R&D collaboration are affected by host countries' industrial clusters, supply chains and related regulations (Cantwell & Zhang, 2011; Crescenzi, Gagliardi & Iammarino, 2015; Nygaard & Dahlstrom, 1992); resource integration is difficult as industrial marketing elements such as the host country's technology adoption capabilities of different industries and companies—including semiconductors, ICT, precision machinery manufacturing, and textiles—all need considerable evaluation and organisation (Castellani & Zanfei, 2002; Reddy, 1997). From the B2C marketing perspective, although more researchers and practitioners are devoted to promoting new AI applications, existing studies predominantly focus on maximising AI utility. For instance, the technology acceptance model (TAM) suggests that ease of use, usefulness, privacy issues and the possible risks of using an AI application can affect consumers adoption intentions (Davis, 1989; Duan, Edwards & Dwivedi, 2019).

However, more and more industrial reports indicate that the relevant AI utility factors are not sufficient enough to support the international marketing and promotional activities in most host countries, particularly host countries with companies who have recently established cooperative relationships with the MNEs (i.e. the AI applications are fairly new to consumers in these host countries) (Roth & Romeo, 1992; Carneiro & Faria, 2016). For instance, the Chinese brand Vivo frequently introduces innovative technologies but often encounters challenges when promoting in host countries such as Japan and Korea where Vivo develops AI applications with local businesses (Batra et al., 2000). Similarly, plastic payment such as debit cards and mobile payment are widely adopted in Western countries but are hard to promote in most Eastern societies such as India, even though many technological protocols are codeveloped with companies in India (Kesharwani & Bisht, 2012; Zhao, Anong & Zhang, 2019).

Furthermore, Facebook has been widely adopted by 24 billion users worldwide, but their Marketplace services are difficult to promote outside the U.S (Al-Heeti, 2018). In summary, although a good AI multinational co-operation might be established between the home country and the host country, the promotion of these AI applications in host countries can still be challenging. Some practitioners suggest that when introducing new technologies and AI applications to a new country or region, companies should create a character brand (Zhao & Balague, 2015). For example, “LINE”, an instant communication application for electronic devices, introduced “LINE FRIENDS” to create different characters or mascots for the brand. Such brand positioning strategies may help companies introduce new technology to other countries by capitalising on an emotional bond with consumers (Calder, Malthouse & Schaedel, 2009).

Nevertheless, when lacking a consistent theoretical foundation, it is hard to duplicate business success across nations. Unfortunately, only a few studies have investigated AI business co-operations with local organisations in host countries (B2B) or promotional strategies of AI applications (B2C) in these host countries. Our understanding of brand management, consumers' technology adoption intention, and cultural differences in managing and establishing multinational marketing management strategies is still limited. This call for papers seeks to provide multinational companies with AI development and management strategies from the B2B and B2C marketing perspectives, including government policy development, innovation diffusion and ecosystems, consumer behaviour and culture differences, and consumer AI adoption. Studies are encouraged to investigate industrial marketing perspectives and/or the consumer promotional marketing perspective of MNEs seeking to expand AI technologies to new foreign markets.

Subject Coverage Suitable topics include, but are not limited, to the following:

From the B2B perspective:

• MNE with AI development’s marketing and innovation diffusion
• MNE with AI development’s global innovation strategy on AI technology
• MNE with AI development and (local) innovation ecosystem
• MNE with AI development and host countries’ sectoral and technological innovation system
• MNEs with AI development’s innovation diffusion and host countries’ technology adoption
• AI innovation diffusion and industrial dynamics/transformation

From the B2C perspective:

• MNEs’ brand extension and management
• MNEs’ country of origin and country image on the execution of AI and introduction of new technology to a new market
• MNEs’ communication and promotional strategies
• MNEs’ AI personalisation and localisation of products
• Target market legislation or government policy barriers on MNEs’ introduction of AI and new technology products

Notes for Prospective Authors

Submitted papers should not have been previously published nor be currently under consideration for publication elsewhere. (N.B. Conference papers may only be submitted if the paper has been completely rewritten and if appropriate written permissions have been obtained from any copyright holders of the original paper). All papers are refereed through a peer review process. https://www.dropbox.com/s/ih7pokks4wqhjxi/IJMCS%20CFP%20id4954.pdf?dl=0 All papers must be submitted online. To submit a paper, please read our Submitting articles page: https://www.inderscience.com/jhome.php?jcode=ijmcs

If you have any queries concerning this special issue, please email Dr. Yu-Lun Liu at y.l.liu@ntut.edu.tw.

Important Dates

Manuscripts due by: 31 May, 2020

Notification to authors: 31 July, 2020

Final versions due by: 1 October, 2020

References

Al-Heeti, A. (2018). 'Facebook Marketplace is used in 70 countries, by 800 million people monthly', CNET, 1 May [Online]. Available at: https://www.cnet.com/news/facebook-marketplace-is-used-in-70-countries-by-800-million-people-monthly/ (Accessed: 28 September 2019).

Batra, R., Ramaswamy, V., Alden, D. L., Steenkamp, J. E. M. and Ramachander, S. (2000). 'Effects of brand local and nonlocal origin on consumer attitudes in developing countries', Journal of Consumer Psychology, 9(2), pp. 83-95.

Calder, B. J., Malthouse, E. C. and Schaedel, U. (2009). 'An experimental study of the relationship between online engagement and advertising effectiveness', Journal of Interactive Marketing, 23(4), pp. 321-331.

Cantwell, J., and Zhang, Y. (2011). 'Innovation and location in the multinational firm', International Journal of Technology Management, 54(1), pp. 116-132.

Carneiro, J. and Faria, F. (2016). 'Quest for purposefully designed conceptualization of the country-of-origin image construct', Journal of Business Research, 69(10), pp. 4411-4420.

Castellani, D. and Zanfei, A. (2002). 'Multinational experience and the creation of linkages with local firms:evidence from the electronics industry', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 26(1), pp. 1-25.

Crescenzi, R., Gagliardi, L. and Iammarino, S. (2015). 'Foreign multinationals and domestic innovation: Intra-industry effects and firm heterogeneity', Research Policy, 44, pp. 596–609.

Davis, F. D. (1989). 'Perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology', MIS quarterly, 13(3), pp. 319-340.

Duan, Y., Edwards, J. S. and Dwivedi, Y. K. (2019). 'Artificial intelligence for decision making in the era of Big Data – evolution, challenges and research agenda', International Journal of Information Management, 48, pp. 63-71.

Kesharwani, A. and Bisht, S. S. (2012). 'The impact of trust and perceived risk on internet banking adoption in India: An extension of technology acceptance model', International Journal of Bank Marketing, 30(4), pp. 303-322.

Nygaard, A. and Dahlstrom, R. (1992). 'Multinational company strategy and host country policy', Scandinavian Journal of Management, 8(1), pp. 3-13.

Reddy, P. (1997). 'New trends in globalization of corporate R&D and implications for innovation capability in host countries: a survey from India', World Development, 25(11), pp. 1821-1837.

Roth, M. S. and Romeo, J. B. (1992). 'Matching product category and country image perceptions: A framework for managing country-of-origin effects', Journal of International Business Studies, 23(3), pp. 477-497.

Zhao, H., Anong, S. T. and Zhang, L. (2019). 'Understanding the impact of financial incentives on NFC mobile payment adoption: An experimental analysis', International Journal of Bank Marketing, 37(5), pp. 1296-1312.

Zhao, Z. and Balague, C. (2015). 'Designing branded mobile apps: Fundamentals and recommendations', Business Horizons, 58(3), pp. 305-315.

Note: Special issue conference will be held at Tongji University, Shanghai, China, December 19–20, 2012.

A ten page paper proposal should be submitted by October 31, 2012 (see submission process below)

Over the past two decades, many Asian economies have grown dramatically with an average growth of about 8% per year throughout the region. This dramatic economic growth has allowed large numbers of people to move out of poverty. However, it is increasingly clear that while there has been dramatic improvement in the overall rates of poverty in many nations in Asia, there are large numbers of people still in poverty in spite of the fast economic growth. For example, China continues to have over 300 million people that live in severe poverty while India has over 600 million. The large number of the severely poor people has increasingly been recognized as an issue for both governments and for businesses throughout Asia.

Governments and businesses understand that for continued economic growth, there needs to be political stability. For governments the presence of large numbers of the severely poor whose lives do not seem to be able to improve despite rapid economic growth offers a potential challenge to the needed political stability. However, businesses increasingly also see the large number of people in severe poverty are not only an issue for social concern, but also as a potentially large untapped market of consumers for goods and services. This ability to provide products to those desperately poor may in fact be easiest for firms in Asia as they internationalize and understand these markets. Asian multinational and entrepreneurial firms’ environmental setting includes such potential customers where major North American and European firms typically have no major access or understanding of this setting that is immediately at hand.

The recognition of the desperately poor as a potential market will not only lead to  new sales for these firms but also offers a means to help those individuals in desperate poverty to create assets and prosperity. As a result, there is a fresh recognition that business in fact may offer the greatest single potential means to move individuals out of poverty. The generation of greater economic activity among the desperately poor may provide the means for the poor to change their own lives rather than the government or other groups doing for them. This has led to a focus by both governments and businesses to seek to encourage greater economic activity among the desperately poor. This activity includes not only business seeking to enter these settings but governments also looking to support other activities by non-profit organizations (NGOs) that generate business among the poor.

Management scholars have been slow to identify and examine an array of questions associated with the increasing entry of international business into settings of desperate poverty and the actions of government to support economic activity among the desperately poor. We believe that through poverty–business focused research, scholars can better understand businesses’ role in both helping Asia to reduce poverty, and also generating profit for companies as they reach out to serve these large untapped communities of consumers.

This APJM Special Issue seeks to provide a robust analysis of poverty and business in the Asian context. We want to generate new insights on poverty in the Asian context and how business can help to move people out of desperate poverty. Overall, the editors’ belief is that as business helps to generate greater economic activity in settings of severe poverty they will help to solve poverty as individuals in severe poverty are able to both generate greater incomes and accumulate greater assets as they participate with those large firms in those activities. Thus, a rich range of topics can be included in the special issue as we look at new and innovative activities that help to address these issues. 

For example, we hope to receive research that will expand the limited research on major corporations serving the “bottom of the pyramid” or “subsistence markets” and how firms create such innovative methods to serve these markets. In addition, we are also interested in seeing articles that address how bringing business skills and ideas to settings of severe poverty can address the issues of poverty. There are also new technologies that help to solve the issues of poverty such as cell-phone banking. How do firms developing such technologies ensure that their products meet the needs of very different customer than have been typically addressed? In addition, how government policy can encourage more economic activity in settings of severe poverty, micro lending by governmental and NGOs, and the role of informal firms are also encouraged.

All else being equal, we encourage interdisciplinary teams to explore the above issues and also encourage diversity of thinking to create the path-breaking insights that we seek. Research questions of potential interest for this special issue could include, but are not limited to:

1.   There are numerous enterprising individuals in Asia living in severe poverty with innovative ideas but without sufficient access to financial resources. What can be done to facilitate the transition of these innovative ideas to generate business venture growth in Asia? What is the role of microfinance in the effort to address this shortage of financial resources?

2.   Many individuals in poverty form informal firms—firms that do not conduct legal activities but which do not register with the government. What is the nature of these firms? How does being an informal firm enable or restrict the ability of such firms for both survival and growth.

3.   What is the role of networks and alliances by individuals in Asia living in severe poverty as they seek to either found or grow a business?

4.   When firms seek to serve those that live in desperate poverty what are the strategic actions of the business that generate the greatest success? What are the ethical issues a firm must address as they seek to serve and compete in this domain in Asia as they pursue those activities?

5.   What are the actions of governments that help to generate the greatest success as firms both seek to address issues of poverty and to serve and compete in markets characterized by desperate poverty?

6.   What alliances between for-profit firms and NGOs help to generate the greatest reduction in poverty? In such alliances, what are the factors that generate the greatest success for business?

7.   How do the issues of poverty and business differ across Asia? Particularly, as we consider the two largest economies in the region, China and India, what are the substantive differences of how business competes to serve the desperate poor in these two markets?

8.   How do the innovation processes of firms differ as they seek to address those living at the bottom of the pyramid? Are Asian firms that come from these settings able to develop unique or more appropriate solutions than are firms from richer countries?

Submission Process

The submission process for this special issue shall be different than those typically pursued by APJM. Individuals are encouraged to submit a proposal to the special issue conference prior to submission of the article to the journal. This proposal should be 10 pages in length and submitted by October 31, 2012. Those proposals found to be relevant to the special issue will be asked to make a short presentation of their proposal to a conference focused on the special issue.

The special issue conference will be held at Tongji University in Shanghai, China, December 19–20, 2012. Proposals will receive brief comments at the conference. From the larger set of proposals presented, a smaller subset of papers will be encouraged to be submitted to the special issue. This subset will receive more extensive comments from the editors on how the paper should be developed for submission to the special issue.

The papers in this subset of selected proposals will be sent out for peer review. While those who cannot attend the proposal conference may submit to the special issue, authors are strongly encouraged to participate in this conference and the proposal system that is established. The submission of papers for the special issue is May 20, 2013. The expected publication date is 2014.

For questions regarding the conference and the special issue and the submission, please contact the guest editors: Garry Bruton g.bruton@tcu.edu, David Ahlstrom Ahlstrom@baf.msmail.cuhk.edu.hk, and/or Steven Si ssi@bloomu.edu.

The University of Hong Kong's Asia Case Research Centre (ACRC) includes a variety of Asia-business-related cases developed by the university. The site provides access to abstracts and teaching notes, and the full text of the cases can be ordered online for a fee.

The Asia School of Business (ASB) in Kuala Lumpur is launching in September 2016 its inaugural full-time, two-year MBA program in collaboration with the MIT Sloan School of Management with support from the Central Bank of Malaysia (Bank Negara Malaysia).

The ASB will serve as an educational platform that contributes world-class business, finance, management, entrepreneurship and leadership education to Malaysia and the region. The ASB’s research program agenda is to develop unique and relevant perspectives on emerging market economies such as those in Asia.

The ASB will offer a rigorous core MBA curriculum patterned on the MIT Sloan School core, complemented by action learning projects spanning a broad range of institutions and corporations across SE Asia’s emerging economies. The ASB features a modern, state-of-the–art residential campus adjacent to the vibrant city center area of Kuala Lumpur. ASB faculty will have numerous opportunities for exchange time with MIT Sloan faculty.

We are seeking individuals with excellent academic credentials, passion for action learning and action research, and interest in the emerging economies of Asia and SE Asia, who can join our exciting and dynamic start-up team.

The ASB invites applications for both junior and senior positions in the following areas:

• Organizational studies
• Strategy
• Entrepreneurship and innovation
• Marketing
• Finance and accounting
• Operations
• Economics
• OR & statistics

Ability to establish successful and sustainable relationships and research programs with industry is highly desirable.

Interested applicants should send an email expressing interest to: Professor Raymond Fung, Asia School of Business, raymondfung@asb.edu.my, +1-510-484-4775

Professor Fung will be representing the Asia School of Business at the AIB conference in New Orleans

After an initial discussion, we will request the following a a cover letter with a curriculum vita, b three letters of recommendation; c official transcripts (for new PhD’s); d samples of current research e teaching evaluations (if available).

The review process will begin immediately and continue until the positions are filled. Starting date of the position is expected to be July 2017, although this can be negotiated. Salary is commensurate with field of interest.

The Asia School of Business is an equal opportunity institution.

Read more about the ASB and the MIT collaboration http://mitsloan.mit.edu/international/partner-programs/asia-school-of-business/.

Asian Business & Management (ABM) invites proposals for a special issue to be published in December 2017.

Please submit your proposal to the Editor-in-Chief (Michael A. Witt, abm.editor@insead.edu) with the following information:

1. The names, contact details, and positions of the proposed Guest Editor(s).  Please include brief biographical details.
2. The title of the proposed special issue.
3. An indication of the type of special issue--invited submissions, open call for paper submissions, or a mix.  
4. If there is to be an open call for papers: a one-page draft “Call for Papers” indicating the theme of the special issue, key topics, and methodological considerations (if any).
5. For any invited papers: 300-word abstracts of the planned invited contributions, plus information about the authors and a confirmation of their commitment.
6. Two to three pages on the rationale of the proposal, its intended scope, its intended contribution relative to existing knowledge, and its fit vis-a-vis ABM editorial policy (http://www.palgrave-journals.com/abm/journal/v11/n1/full/abm201123a.html).

Please submit your proposal by 31 May 2016.  A committee of the editors of ABM will assess all received proposals and announce their decision by 11 June 2016.

Guest editors will be responsible for ensuring that the special issue adheres to our editorial policy and formal guidelines.  All manuscripts, including invited pieces, will undergo a standard double-blind review.  Guest editors are expected to contribute a substantively meaningful editorial for the special issues.  Guest editors may submit their own papers for the special issue; review of these papers will be handled by a regular Editor of the journal, and acceptance is subject to the same standards as any other papers submitted to ABM.

The approximate timeline of the special issue is as follows: 

• 31 May 2016: Submission deadline for proposals
• June 2016: Issue of public “Call for Papers” for the special issue
• Late November 2016: Deadline for first submission of papers, begin of review process
• September 2017: Deadline for submission of final manuscripts to publisher (precise date TBC)

For any questions, please contact me at abm.editor@insead.edu.

Submission Deadline: February 16, 2015

Program Chair: Carol Reade, San José State University

AJBS will hold its 28th Annual Meeting in cooperation with the Academy of International Business (AIB) in Bengaluru, India. The combined conference will run from June 26th through June 30th. The AJBS conference is June 26-27 (full day June 26th and half day June 27th) and the AIB conference is June 27-30, 2015).  The Program Chair for this year’s conference is Carol Reade, San José State University, USA.

About AJBS: From its genesis as an informal network in 1982, AJBS was officially organized and held its first conference at the Wharton Business School in January, 1987. AJBS holds annual conferences at venues throughout the world, providing an opportunity for discussion of current developments and research on a range of business, public policy and teaching issues related to Japan. Papers for AJBS conference presentation are double blind peer reviewed. Accepted papers are considered for publication in the journal, Asian Business & Management (ABM). AJBS welcomes scholars, students and practitioners from all disciplinary backgrounds who are interested in Japanese business issues.

Why should you participate in both (AJBS and AIB) conferences?  With one trip, you can attend both the most prestigious professional meeting in international business and an intimate conference that focuses specifically on Japanese business issues. The AJBS conference provides additional opportunities for journal publication and best paper awards, as detailed below.

Paper Submission: Authors may submit papers to either or both conferences. AJBS will consider submissions that have already been presented elsewhere, but not published in a journal or book. Authors are encouraged to consider submitting a paper tailored to the specialized audience at the AJBS conference as well as a modified version appropriate for the wider audience at AIB. As done in past years, we also plan to have one session run by AJBS at the AIB conference.

Submission Deadline: Monday, February 16, 2015.  You can submit your paper via http://aib.msu.edu/events/2015/SubmissionInstructions.asp. We kindly ask you to upload your paper in MS-Word format. Submissions must be on letter paper (8.5"x11" or 216x279 mm), with double-spaced text and a font size of 11 points or larger. Please follow the JIBS style guide (http://www.palgrave-journals.com/jibs/style_guide.html).

Please submit papers in MS-Word format (if MS-Word format is not available, please use a basic text format that can be easily converted to MS-Word. Please do not submit papers in PDF format.). To facilitate the blind review process, remove ALL author-identifying information from the papers. Papers will be double-blind reviewed, with the conference papers selected and authors notified by early April, 2015.

Conference Registration: Registration for the conference will include a specially-discounted combined (AJBS plus AIB) conference fee, a one-year membership to AJBS (if not already a member) and a one-year subscription to Asian Business & Management. 

Asian Business & Management: In 2003 AJBS established a partnership with the journal Asian Business & Management (ABM), published by Palgrave Macmillan in the U.K. As in recent years, the editor of ABM, together with the AJBS conference committee, will select several papers from this year's conference program to be considered for publication in ABM. 

Palgrave Macmillan – AJBS Best Paper Award:  Palgrave Macmillan has sponsored a ‘Best Paper’ prize at the annual AJBS meetings. The Best Paper Committee will review the finalist papers and select the winning paper.  

For further information: Information on the Bengaluru, India meeting venue and AIB conference is available at http://aib.msu.edu/events/2015/. For questions regarding conference papers and submissions, please contact Carol Reade (carol.reade@sjsu.edu). For questions or comments regarding AJBS or conference registration, please contact ajbs@ajbs.org or the AJBS President, Gary Knight (gknight@willamette.edu).

Despite the economic and also increasingly political role of today’s Asian economies, research on the diversity of capitalism in Asia remains underdeveloped. If at all, the literature has included Japan, but neither systematically analyzed other Asian countries nor embedded Japan into the Asian context. Asia offers a rich and challenging empirical ground to study the emergence and change of new types of institutions (e.g. lack of a coherent institutional framework in China, the contrasting speed of institutional change in Japan and Korea, the rather uncontested dominant technological ideology even after Fukushima, or the idiosyncratic industrial specialization in India based on textile, IT and service). We hence suggest enlarging the analysis on the diversity of capitalism onto Asia, and to enrich, contest or enlarge established theories and concepts of the comparative capitalism approach with empirical evidence of Asian systems.

Research has started to show an interest into the diversity of Asian capitalisms (Amable 2003; Aoki, Jackson, and Miyajima, 2007; Lechevalier, 2011, Storz and Schäfer 2011; Whitley 1992, 1999). This research sheds light on how the specific properties of Asian capitalisms may be understood in the context of established theories and concepts of capitalism and how change within these systems can be incorporated. These two topics make up the core of the special issue: diversity of institutions and institutional change. In both parts, the special issue aims to integrate and re-evaluate important approaches that helped to better understand US and European economic systems. The special issue is not looking for papers to recapitulate existing critiques of the main theoretical frameworks constituting the comparative capitalism literature (Crouch 2005; Deeg and Jackson 2007; Hermann 2008), but uses empirical cases and data from Asia as a chance to extend, revise, or develop new theories that are relevant to the broad concerns of the comparative capitalism approach. We are therefore especially interested in papers adopting a comparative perspective. In pursuit of this idea, we understand the special issue as an analytical program contributing to a theoretically informed and empirically grounded understanding of today’s economies in Asia. Hence, we have a rather “large question” in mind, so that the special issue will neither be able to cover all important countries in Asia, nor be able to develop a “final” understanding of institutional regimes, their design, and institutional change. However, we hope to contribute to an informed debate of the institutional foundations of Asian economies. The following is a list of indicative, but not exhaustive, topic areas:

• Asian capitalisms in cross-national comparison: transformation and institutional diversity of capitalisms; comparative capitalism approaches (e.g. varieties of capitalisms, national innovation systems, regulationist theory, business systems) and Asia
• Asian capitalisms and institutional change: patterns of institution building; forms of institutional change (e.g. path activation or innovative use of paths); weak and strong institutional complementarities; diversity and interaction of actors in inducing and implementing change, considering also socio-political factors
• Asian capitalisms and the organization of the firm: corporate governance, strategy and structure within the diverse institutional systems in Asia; forms and change of HRM practices, career systems, worker involvement; varieties of leadership within economic systems in Asia
•  Asian capitalisms and innovation: sectoral logics versus institutional logics; learning and knowledge creation; industrialization and de-industrialization
• Asian capitalisms, state regulation and political economy perspectives: implications of the role of the state in Asia; framing of Asian capitalisms in the context of state regulation, growth models and welfare regimes; inequalities;  capitalism and democracy
• Asian capitalisms and the international and regional division of labor: towards a new theory of the institutional comparative advantages?; new patterns of knowledge creation and innovation

Submissions
Socio-Economic Review (SER) aims to encourage work on the relationship between society, economy, institutions and markets, moral commitments and the rational pursuit of self-interest. The journal seeks articles that focus on economic action in its social and historical context. In broad disciplinary terms, papers may be drawn from sociology, political science, economics and the management and policy sciences. The journal encourages papers that seek to recombine disciplinary domains in response to practically relevant issues, while at the same time encouraging the development of new theory.

Papers should be submitted by email to Cornelia Storz (email: storz@wiwi.uni-frankfurt.de). Please prepare manuscripts according to the guidelines shown at ser.oxfordjournals.org. The maximum length of articles including references, notes and abstract is 10,000, and the minimum length is 6,000 words. Articles must be accompanied by an abstract of no more than 150 words. The main document has to be anonymous and should contain title, abstract, and strictly avoid self references. Papers will be reviewed following the journal’s normal review process and criteria. Papers accepted into the revision stage are also invited to be presented and discussed at the SASE network Q on Asian Capitalisms in 2013 (for details, see www.sase.org).

For further information for this Special Issue please contact any of the Guest Editors:
Bruno Amable: bruno.amable@univ-paris1.fr
Steven Casper: Steven_Casper@kgi.edu
Sebastien Lechevalier: sebastien.lechevalier@ehess.fr
Cornelia Storz: storz@wiwi.uni-frankfurt.de

Timeline
Full paper submissions due: June 1, 2012
Special Issue Publication: April 2013 (Issue 2)
 

Introduction
Families represent a large and growing market worldwide. The family has been identified as the most important decision making and consumption unit. Since last two decades, this domain has attracted interests of marketers and academicians. Marketers in emerging Asian economies are just beginning to experience the growing influence of families in the consumption process. The abrupt changes in lifestyle patterns, increasing per capita incomes, extensive media and major socio-cultural as well as economic changes are bringing altogether new perspectives in consumer markets in Asia. The tested marketing concepts in the west are not as effective as in the traditional Asian consumers. Marketers need to move beyond the traditional predictable techniques that worked for generations. The latest data from World Bank shows that global family consumption has been rising year on year. In 2016, India’s total household final consumption expenditure was growing at 8.7 % annually; China was growing at 7.8%, Indonesia at 5% Cambodia 6.7%, Pakistan 6.9% and the Philippines at 7%.

Objective
While family as the fundamental unit of analysis remains central to many consumption decisions, it has received relatively insufficient attention from researchers in the areas of marketing and consumer behavior, and many nuances have been overlooked. The premise of this special issue is that this lack of attention is due to a restrictive notion of the role of family in consumption decisions and that many fertile research areas can be identified.

Recommended Topics
Topics to be discussed in this special issue include (but are not limited to) the following:

• Family Buying Process
• Consumer Decision Making Dynamics in Family
• Strategic Alliances that Family Members make
• Family Life Cycles and impact on Market
• Children as an important Decision Maker
• Child Socialization and Parent’s Reverse Socialization
• Family Decisions in Tourism, Consumer durables, Gadgets, other specific industries
• Social Media and Family’s Consumer Attitudes
• New Parenthood & Changing Consumer Decision
• Other related studies

Submission Procedure
Researchers and practitioners are invited to submit papers for this special theme issue on “Asian Families and Consumer Decisions” on or before June 30, 2018. All submissions must be original and may not be under review by another publication. INTERESTED AUTHORS SHOULD CONSULT THE JOURNAL’S GUIDELINES FOR MANUSCRIPT SUBMISSIONS at http://www.igi-global.com/publish/contributor-resources/before-you-write/. All submitted papers will be reviewed on a double-blind, peer review basis. Papers must follow APA style for reference citations.

All submissions and inquiries should be directed to the attention of:
Dr. Monica Chaudhary monicarana@gmail.com
Dr. Suhail Mohammad Ghouse suhailmghouse@gmail.com

AJBS will hold its 32nd Annual Meeting in cooperation with the Academy of International Business (AIB) in Copenhagen, Denmark. The combined conference will run from June 23rd through June 27th. The AJBS conference is June 23 – 24 and the AIB conference is June 24 – 27, 2019. The Program Chair for this year’s conference is H. Richard Nakamura, from University of Gothenburg, Sweden.

Program Chair: H. Richard Nakamura, University of Gothenburg

About AJBS: From its genesis as an informal network in 1982, AJBS was officially organized and held its first conference at the Wharton Business School in January, 1987. AJBS holds annual conferences at venues throughout the world, providing an opportunity for discussion of current developments and research on a range of business, public policy and teaching issues related to Japan. Papers for AJBS conference presentation are double blind peer reviewed. Accepted papers are considered for publication in the journal, Asian Business & Management (ABM). AJBS welcomes scholars, students and practitioners from all disciplinary backgrounds who are interested in Japanese business issues.

Why should you participate in both (AJBS and AIB) conferences?  With one trip, you can attend both the most prestigious professional meeting in international business and an intimate conference that focuses specifically on Japanese business issues. The AJBS conference provides additional opportunities for journal publication and best paper awards, as detailed below.

Submission types:  AJBS welcomes papers and panel proposals.  Earlier stage papers may be submitted for inclusion in interactive sessions.  Later stage, fully developed papers should be submitted for competitive sessions.  Please note that final assignment to interactive or competitive sessions depends on reviewer inputs and other considerations. 

Authors may submit papers to either or both conferences. AJBS will consider submissions that have already been presented elsewhere, but not published in a journal or book. Authors are encouraged to consider submitting a paper tailored to the specialized audience at the AJBS conference as well as a modified version appropriate for a wider audience at AIB. As done in past years, we also plan to have one session run by AJBS at the AIB conference.

Panel proposals are also welcomed.  Panels should be focused upon topics relevant to Japanese business.  Also included in the topics welcomed are those relating to what the rest of the world can learn from Japanese business.  The panelists must have relevant expertise or background to inform the proposed topic.  Panel proposals should include the names and affiliation of the panelists, a brief bio for each panelist, a description of the purpose of the panel, and an overview of the topics to be addressed.  Panel submissions are not blind.

Submission Deadline: Tuesday, December 11, 2018.  Please submit your paper or panel proposal via the AJBS online submission system (https://meetings.aib.msu.edu/ajbs/2019/).

We kindly ask you to upload your paper in MS-Word format. Submissions must be on letter paper (8.5"x11" or 216x279 mm), with double-spaced text and a font size of 11 points or larger. For papers, please follow the JIBS style guide (http://www.palgrave-journals.com/jibs/style_guide.html).

Please submit papers in MS-Word format (if MS-Word format is not available, please use a basic text format that can be easily converted to MS-Word. Please do not submit papers in PDF format.). To facilitate the blind review process, remove ALL author-identifying information from the papers. Papers will be double-blind reviewed, with the conference papers selected and authors notified by late February, 2019.

Conference Registration: Registration for the conference is handled through AIB and registration for AIB and AJBS can be done at one time. Membership is required in both AIB and AJBS, but AJBS membership includes a one-year subscription to Asian Business & Management.

Asian Business & Management: In 2003 AJBS established a partnership with the journal Asian Business & Management (ABM), published by Palgrave Macmillan in the U.K. As in recent years, the editor of ABM, together with the AJBS conference committee, will select several papers from this year's conference program to be considered for publication in ABM.

Palgrave Macmillan – AJBS Best Paper Award: Palgrave Macmillan has sponsored a ‘Best Paper’ prize at the annual AJBS meetings. The Best Paper Committee will review the finalist papers and select the winning paper.

For further information: Information on Copenhagen, the meeting venue and AIB conference is available at http://aib.msu.edu/events/2019/.

For questions regarding conference papers and submissions, please contact Richard Nakamura (richard.nakamura@gu.se). For questions or comments regarding AJBS or conference registration, please contact AJBS.org@gmail.com or the AJBS President, Chie Iguchi (iguchi@keio.jp).

Senior Lecturer/Lecturer in International Business AND Senior Lecturer/Lecturer in Strategy

Aston Business School is one of Europe’s leading Business Schools, with the majority of its research rated world-leading or internationally excellent in RAE2008, QAA 24/24 for teaching quality and accredited by AACSB, AMBA and EQUIS. There is a thriving research culture and strong demand from well-qualified students for its range of undergraduate, Masters and post-experience courses. This opportunity exists within the Economics and Strategy Group a highly motivated individual to make a significant contribution to research and teaching in International Business, and the second post in strategy. For a Senior Lectureship appointment you will have a strong publication record in refereed international journals and be able to demonstrate an established on-going research programme in addition to leadership in research and teaching. Application forms and further particulars are available on our web site: http://www.aston.ac.uk/jobs, by email: recruitment@aston.ac.uk or by telephoning: 0121 359 0870 (24 hour answerphone). (CVs will only be considered if accompanied by a completed application form.) Reference number R090385 (IB) and R090386 (Strategy) Anyone wishing to discuss the posts is welcome to contact Professors Nigel Driffield (n.l.driffield@aston.ac.uk) or Paula Jarzabkowski (p.a.jarzabkowski@aston.ac.uk)

Senior Lecturer/Lecturer in International Business Lecturer £31,671 to £43,840 p.a Senior Lecturer £45,155 to £52,347p.a. Aston Business School is one of Europe’s leading Business Schools, with the majority of its research rated world-leading or internationally excellent in RAE2008, QAA 24/24 for teaching quality and accredited by AACSB, AMBA and EQUIS. There is a thriving research culture and strong demand from well-qualified students for its range of undergraduate, Masters and post-experience courses. This opportunity exists within the Economics and Strategy Group a highly motivated individual to make a significant contribution to research and teaching in International Business. You will have, or be close to obtaining, a relevant PhD, demonstrate a record of developing high quality research and publications in this area and be committed to excellence in teaching at all levels. For a Senior Lectureship appointment you will have a strong publication record in refereed international journals and be able to demonstrate an established on-going research programme in addition to leadership in research and teaching. An innovative approach to facilitating proactive student learning is also essential. Application forms and further particulars are available on our web site: http://www.aston.ac.uk/jobs, by email: recruitment@aston.ac.uk or by telephoning: 0121 359 0870 (24 hour answerphone). (CVs will only be considered if accompanied by a completed application form). Reference number R100066 Interested candidates are welcome to contact Nigel Driffield to discuss the post. It is expected that the successful candidate will have research interests that align with either the IB group, or the strategy group.

We are seeking either a teaching or research led individual to join the Economics and Strategy group who will make a significant contribution to research and/or teaching in strategy at undergraduate and potentially postgraduate levels. You will be committed to excellence in teaching at all levels and have the ability to facilitate proactive student learning. You will have the ability to teach strategy at undergraduate and postgraduate levels. 

While applicants with interests in strategy or strategic management will be considered, those with either an interest in the strategy work currently done in the group, and the ability to teach strategy in conjunction with other areas, such as international business or innovation will be particularly welcome.

For a lectureship appointment you will have, or be close to obtaining, a relevant PhD, demonstrate a record of developing high quality research and publications. Application forms and further particulars are available on our web site: http://www.aston.ac.uk/jobs, by email: recruitment@aston.ac.uk or by telephoning: 0121 359 0870 (24 hour answerphone). (CVs will only be considered if accompanied by a completed application form.) Reference number R100238

Salary £29,853 to £43,840 per annum.

Senior Lecturer in Economics

Academic School/Department Economics, Finance and Entrepreneurship Department

Location: Birmingham

Salary: £49,149 - £56,950

Grade: 10

Basis: Full-Time

Closing Date:  28 April

Interview Date: Early June

Aston Business School seeks to appoint a highly motivated, high-profile academic with the ability and interest in providing research, teaching and impact leadership in the field of applied international economics, applied industrial economics, applied regional economics or economic geography, and economics in general.

The holder of this post will influence the future direction of the Economics, Finance and Entrepreneurship department in areas of research, development of taught programmes, PhD and DBA supervision and external engagement. We give preference to the candidates who will actively contribute to the research agenda of the Lloyds Banking Group Centre for British Prosperity (LBGCBP) in the field of international trade, productivity issues of the UK, and bridge economics with some of other the themes already strongly represented within the department: applied economics, entrepreneurship and small business, international business, and/or finance.

Candidates should demonstrate excellence in, and passion and enthusiasm for their fields. This should be evidenced by excellent and sustained record of publications in leading international economics journals, engagement with business and policy makers, and attracting external research income. The successful candidate will have a reputation in the field of economics and a network in the international community. We anticipate that the successful candidate will have experience of drawing external funding for research, either from governmental sources or from industry. The successful applicant is expected to contribute to teaching in both economics and econometrics modules.

Aston University is committed to disability equality and is a Positive about Disabled People Symbol User.

Aston Business School of Aston University is one of Europe’s leading research-intensive business schools, with the majority of its research rated world-leading or internationally excellent in the REF 2014. Aston Business School is accredited by AACSB, AMBA and EQUIS. Aston University was an early signatory to the UN backed Principles of Responsible Management Education (PRME) and is at the forefront of responsible management education. The School has a thriving research culture and strong demand from well-qualified students for all its undergraduate, postgraduate and post-experience courses.

Members of Economics, Finance and Entrepreneurship group at Aston Business School include two professors of economics and a significant number of other colleagues working in the field. The group has also vital interest in new businesses. It hosts the UK Enterprise Research Centre, and other large scale entrepreneurship research projects. It manages the Global Entrepreneurship Monitor in the UK, the largest study of entrepreneurial attitudes and activity. The recent established LBGGP focus on applied research on international trade, productivity and skills issues, and the link between infrastructure and productivity of the UK.

Aston University is one of only three Universities in the UK to hold the Small Business Charter gold award, in recognition of the support offered to SMEs. For the last four years Aston has delivered the Goldman Sachs 10,000 Small Businesses programme. In 2015 it organised the first ever Pitchfest event outside of London, a pitching competition for SMEs to increase the profile of their businesses in front of a national audience of investors.

Aston Business School is located in the heart of Birmingham, England’s second largest city with convenient airport and transportation links. London is less than 1.5 hours away by train.

For informal discussions relating to this post please contact the Head of Department,

Dr Chris Jones; Tel: +44(0) 121 204 3036; email: C.JONES2@aston.ac.uk.

For enquiries concerned with research in EFE and the LBGCBP, please contact Professor Jun Du, Director of LBGCBP, j.du@aston.ac.uk, Tel: +44(0) 121 204 3340;

Aston University is committed to the principles of the Athena SWAN Charter http://www.ecu.ac.uk/equality-charter-marks/athena-swan/, recognized by a bronze award. We pride ourselves on our vibrant, friendly, supportive working environment and collaborative atmosphere.

Please visit our website http://www.aston.ac.uk/jobs for further information and to apply online. 

Lecturer in Economics (2 Posts)

Academic School/Department: ABS, Economics, Finance and Entrepreneurship Department

Location: Birmingham

Salary: £32,548 - £47,722

Grade: 8/9

Basis: Full-Time

Closing Date:  28 April 

Interview Date: Early June

Reference:

Aston Business School seeks to appoint a highly motivated, high-profile academic with the ability and interest in providing research, teaching and impact leadership in the field of applied international economics, applied industrial economics, applied regional economics or economic geography, and economics in general.

The holder of this post will influence the future direction of the Economics, Finance and Entrepreneurship department in areas of research, development of taught programmes, PhD and DBA supervision and external engagement. We give preference to the candidates who will actively contribute to the research agenda of the Lloyds Banking Group Centre for Business Prosperity (LBGCBP) in the field of international trade, productivity issues of the UK, and bridge economics with some of the other themes already strongly represented within the department: applied economics, entrepreneurship and small business, international business, and/or finance.

Candidates should demonstrate excellence in, and passion and enthusiasm for their fields. We expect candidates to have extensive research experience and scholarship in applied international economics, applied industrial economics, applied regional economics or economic geography, and/or economics in general, with achievements reflected in a growing reputation and some evidence of an ability to publish.

The successful candidate will have extensive experience and demonstrated success in planning, undertaking and project managing research to deliver high quality results. 

We anticipate that the successful candidate will have experience and aspiration to draw external funding for research, either from governmental sources or from industry. The successful applicant is expected to contribute to teaching in both economics and econometrics modules.

Aston University is committed to disability equality and is a Positive about Disabled People Symbol User.

Aston Business School of Aston University is one of Europe’s leading research-intensive business schools, with the majority of its research rated world-leading or internationally excellent in the REF 2014. Aston Business School is accredited by AACSB, AMBA and EQUIS. Aston University was an early signatory to the UN backed Principles of Responsible Management Education (PRME) and is at the forefront of responsible management education. The School has a thriving research culture and strong demand from well-qualified students for all its undergraduate, postgraduate and post-experience courses.

Members of Economics, Finance and Entrepreneurship Department at Aston Business School include two professors of economics and a significant number of other colleagues working in the field. The group has also vital interest in new businesses. It hosts the UK Enterprise Research Centre, and other large-scale entrepreneurship research projects. It manages the Global Entrepreneurship Monitor in the UK, the largest study of entrepreneurial attitudes and activity. The recent established LBGGP focus on applied research on international trade, productivity and skills issues, and the link between infrastructure and productivity of the UK.

Aston University is one of only three Universities in the UK to hold the Small Business Charter gold award, in recognition of the support offered to SMEs. For the last four years Aston has delivered the Goldman Sachs 10,000 Small Businesses programme. In 2015 it organized the first ever Pitchfest event outside of London, a pitching competition for SMEs to increase the profile of their businesses in front of a national audience of investors.

Aston Business School is located in the heart of Birmingham, England’s second largest city with convenient airport and transportation links. London is less than 1.5 hours away by train.

For informal discussions relating to this post please contact the Head of Department,

Dr Chris Jones; Tel: +44(0) 121 204 3036; email: C.JONES2@aston.ac.uk. For enquiries concerned with research in EFE and the LBGCBP, please contact Professor Jun Du, Director of LBGGP, j.du@aston.ac.uk, Tel: +44(0) 121 204 3340;

Aston University is committed to the principles of the Athena SWAN Charter http://www.ecu.ac.uk/equality-charter-marks/athena-swan/, recognised by a bronze award. We pride ourselves on our vibrant, friendly, supportive working environment and collaborative atmosphere.

Please visit our website http://www.aston.ac.uk/jobs for further information and to apply online. 

Atma Insights is a proprietary digital streaming service that helps professionals, educators, students, and global enthusiasts explore key international business topics as well as understand how culture impacts a range of business practices and management functions. The resource contains a variety of sample syllabi and information for educators looking to expand their knowledge or develop course content.

International Business Institute. Students can earn the International Business Certificate.
 

Austin Peay State University’s College of Business, in pursuit of AACSB accreditation, invites applicants for a tenure track Assistant Professor of Management with teaching and research interests in organizational behavior, human resources, or other areas of management. Salary is competitive and commensurate with experience and education.

Required Qualifications:

• Minimum of an earned Ph.D., DBA, or DM in a related management area by date of hire.
• Candidates must be qualified as SA under AACSB accreditation standards.
• Research and/or dissertation must be related to an area of management taught within the College of Business.
• Demonstrated understanding of and commitment to the requirements of AACSB accreditation.
• A background search will be required of the successful applicant.

Special Instructions to Applicants: Applicant review will continue until the position is filled. Please refer all questions to facultyapplications@apsu.edu

Applications taken ONLINE ONLY at http://www.apsu.edu/human-resources

IT IS A CLASS A MISDEMEANOR TO MISREPRESENT ACADEMIC CREDENTIALS

Austin Peay State University is an AA/EEO employer and does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, creed, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity/expression, disability, age, status as a protected veteran, genetic information, or any other legally protected class with respect to all employment, programs and activities sponsored by APSU.

The Department of Business at Universitat Autònoma Barcelona (UAB) invites applications for full time positions for junior level candidates in accounting, finance, operations management and information systems, marketing, managerial and financial economics, and strategic management. The positions will be effective in September 2014 and continue over a minimum period two years with the possibility of being extended over other five years. There are no administrative responsibilities, but the newly recruited academics are expected to contribute to the department through research and teaching at the undergraduate/graduate level. However, the teaching load will be conveniently reduced (English, Spanish and/or Catalan courses exist).    

The Department of Business at UAB has active research and teaching groups in all the above-mentioned areas with more than 100 employees. It is located in the Faculty of Economics and Business Studies at UAB, Campus Bellaterra (Barcelona), Spain.

Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona (UAB) was founded in 1968 and currently stands 11th in the world university ranking Top 50 under 50 (QS WUR 2012/13). It corresponds to the position 4th in Europe and 1st in Spain. Furthermore, according to the QS WUR Ranking 2013/2014, the University is located at position 177th in the world ranking, 79th in Europe, and 1st in Spain. In the field of Social Sciences, UAB is in the top 100 worldwide (it ranks 95th). The University currently enrolls about 40,000 students, with 3,500 academics (teaching and research staff) and is located at 15 km from the city of Barcelona with excellent public transport facilities.  

Qualifications: The candidate must have a PhD in any of the aforementioned or highly related areas from a reputable university received before September 2014. He/she must demonstrate a strong commitment to scholarly research and potential for high-quality research with reasonable publications in international refereed journals or expectations for potential future publications. Flexibility to join and collaborate with the research in progress in the department will be considered. The candidates are also expected to actively engage in research seminars and similar activities at the Department. As regards teaching, demonstrated teaching competences in the related fields of the position are also required. The candidate should have good communication skills in English (applicants must be fluent but not necessarily native speakers) and familiarity with a technologically infused academic environment.

Contact and Application procedure: Interested candidates should send an e-mail including the following attachments:

• Cover letter or statement of research interests
• Curriculum Vitae
• Job market paper
• Two letters of reference

The full application has to be electronically sent to the following e-mail address: d.empresa@uab.cat. Deadline for the application is on Jan, 31st, 2014. Short listed candidates will be contacted and invited for an interview-job seminar which will take place between March and April, 2014.

Babson College in Wellesley, Massachusetts seeks nominations for and expressions of interest in the position of the Dean of Executive and Enterprise Education.

Founded in 1919, Babson College is a global leader in entrepreneurship education. Babson Executive and Enterprise Education (BEEE) is one of the three main divisions of Babson College and a dynamic learning laboratory, where clients, faculty, staff and partners work together to address real-world business challenges and create and capitalize on business opportunities. Recognized as one of the world’s top providers of customized executive education, BEEE was recently ranked by Financial Times as #7 among the top 17 elite business schools in the U.S. and #25 among executive education providers worldwide. BEEE’s global client base includes corporations, family businesses, entrepreneurs, educational institutions, foundations, non-profits, governments and NGOs. BEEE’s solutions include custom programs, open enrollment programs, blended and e-learning programs, and thought leadership.

The Dean of Executive and Enterprise Education reports to the Provost and provides academic and administrative leadership for the division. The Dean sets the strategic direction and defines, builds, and leverages strategic partnerships with corporate entities, other academic units at Babson College, associations, learning organizations outside the College, and others. Demonstrated leadership, communication, political savvy and inclusiveness are essential, as is the ability to build bridges and work in partnership with a wide variety of individuals and organizations, both internally and externally. The successful candidate will demonstrate entrepreneurial drive and talent, evidence of creativity and leadership success in program development and management, the leadership skills to manage the staff, the ability to provide effective strategic and financial oversight of the division’s resources, and compelling oral and written communication skills. At least 10 years of successful senior level experience leading an organization’s executive/adult education operations or other relevant experiences, such as leadership development consulting, is critical; an advanced degree such as an MBA or other master’s level degree is required; a doctoral degree is advantageous. Inquiries, nominations and applications are invited.

Review of applications will begin immediately. Candidates should provide a resume, a letter of application that addresses the responsibilities and requirements described in the leadership profile available at www.wittkieffer.com, and the names and contact information of five references. References will not be contacted without prior knowledge and approval of candidates. These materials should be sent electronically, as three separate attachments, via e-mail to the College’s consultants, Jennifer Desjarlais, Manny Berger and Alexis von Kunes Newton, at: BabsonDeanEEE@wittkieffer.com

Babson College is an Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employer, committed to enhancing diversity and inclusive excellence. Candidates who believe they can contribute this goal are strongly encouraged to apply.

Assistant Professor Job Requirements

• A PhD in strategy or international business from an AACSB or EQUIS accredited business school.  Current doctoral students must have successfully defended their dissertation by June 2015.
• MBA or other master’s degree in business.  Non-academic work experience is a plus.
• Track record of excellence in teaching strategy courses to undergraduate or MBA students. 
• Evidence of research potential (publications, pipeline).  We value journal articles for academic and practitioner audiences, peer-reviewed books, teaching cases, and other teaching material.
• Willingness to teach strategy courses in both the undergraduate and MBA programs. 

About Babson

Babson College, located 14 miles west of Boston, is an independent school of management that takes a unique approach to preparing undergraduates, graduate students, and working professionals for the challenges of the modern business world.  For the past 20 years, it has been ranked #1 in entrepreneurship by U.S. News & World Report.  The college prizes teaching excellence and takes pride in its reputation for A+ teaching by its faculty. 

Babson has nearly 2,000 full-time undergraduate students and more than 1,300 full and part-time graduate students.  Our highly diverse student body hails from 45 U.S. states and 57 countries.  Non-U.S. student comprise more than 20% of undergraduate students and more than 40% of our full time graduate students.  Babson offers a Bachelor of Science degree, MS and MBA programs, and executive education programs worldwide.

Application Process

We will be interviewing a select few candidates at the AOM Annual Meeting in Philadelphia.  If you wish to be considered, please submit your cover letter and curriculum vitae by July 15, 2014 using Babson’s online hiring system at https://babson.peopleadmin.com/

Submit the complete application material by September 15, 2014 using Babson’s online hiring system at https://babson.peopleadmin.com/. 

The complete application includes: 1) letter of application or cover letter, 2) curriculum vitae that includes teaching, research, and work experience, 3) teaching statement, 4) research statement, 5) evidence of teaching effectiveness (e.g. student survey results, syllabi, innovative teaching materials, etc.) and 6) evidence of research effectiveness (e.g. published papers, cases, etc.)  Please do not email materials and do not submit recommendation letters until requested. 

For more information contact the search committee chair, Associate Professor Gaurab Bhardwaj at gbhardwaj@babson.edu or 781-239-5701. 

Babson is an equal opportunity employer.   Position availability subject to change.

Babson College in Wellesley, Massachusetts, seeks nominations for, and expressions of interest in, the position of the Murata Dean for the F.W. Olin Graduate School of Business.

Founded in 1919, Babson College is a global leader in entrepreneurship education. Babson integrates its unique Entrepreneurial Thought and Action pedagogy among the full range of its undergraduate, graduate, and executive education offerings, and in organizations of all types and sizes. U.S. News & World Report has named Babson’s MBA program No. 1 in Entrepreneurship in its published rankings for 20 years. The Babson brand in entrepreneurship is recognized around the world as one of the most powerful in higher education today; in fact, Forbes recently named Babson first in its listing “Ten Colleges that are Great Brands”. In addition to its scenic 370-acre campus in Wellesley, Massachusetts, about 14 miles west of Boston, the college has satellite campuses in Boston’s Innovation District and in San Francisco. Babson’s 180 full-time faculty serve a population of approximately 2,000 undergraduate and 1,200 graduate students, one quarter of whom come from outside the United States. The College has more than 30,000 alumni worldwide. Babson is composed of the Undergraduate School, the Graduate School, and the Executive Education program, confers the Bachelor of Science, the Master of Business Administration (MBA), and the Master of Science (MS) degrees, and offers an extensive array of executive education programs. The Murata Dean reports to the Provost and is a member of Babson College’s Academic Council.

The Murata Dean is responsible for developing and implementing a vision and operational plan for the Graduate School that supports the College’s strategic plan and goals. The Murata Dean leads and administers all of the Graduate School’s activities, programs and staff, works collaboratively with faculty on curriculum and program development, and partners with the provost and members of the Academic Council. The successful candidate will demonstrate entrepreneurial drive and talent, evidence of creativity and leadership success in program development and management, the supervisory skills to manage a team of 50 staff (through their direct reports), the ability to provide effective strategic and financial oversight of the School’s resources, and compelling oral and written communication skills. Critically important are a collaborative leadership style, the ability to develop consensus across multiple constituencies, a commitment to student engagement, and the capacity to partner with faculty, administrators and staff across the institution to advance the college’s goals. Fund raising is a shared responsibility across Babson’s entire leadership team.

A Ph.D. or J.D. is required, as are the credentials and achievements necessary to achieve the rank of tenured full professor. Inquiries, nominations and applications are invited. Candidate review will begin on August 1, 2013, and will continue until the position is filled. Candidates should provide a curriculum vitae, a letter of application that addresses the responsibilities and requirements described in the leadership profile, and the names and contact information of five references. References will not be contacted without prior knowledge and approval of candidates. These materials should be sent electronically via e-mail to the College’s consultants, Lucy Leske and Ann Yates, at BabsonDean@wittkieffer.com. A leadership profile is available upon request. Babson College is an Affirmative Action / Equal Opportunity Employer, committed to enhancing diversity and inclusive excellence. Candidates who believe they can contribute to this goal are strongly encouraged to apply.

Assistant Professor Job Requirements

• A PhD in strategy or international business from an AACSB or EQUIS accredited business school.  Current doctoral students must have successfully defended their dissertation by June 2014.
• MBA or other master’s degree in business.  Non-academic work experience is a plus.
• Track record of excellence in teaching strategy courses to undergraduate or MBA students. 
• Evidence of research potential (publications, pipeline).  We value journal articles for academic and practitioner audiences, peer-reviewed books, teaching cases, and other teaching material.
• Willingness to teach strategy courses in both the undergraduate and MBA programs. 

About Babson

Babson College, located 14 miles west of Boston, is an independent school of management that takes a unique approach to preparing undergraduates, graduate students, and working professionals for the challenges of the modern business world.  For the past 20 years, it has been ranked #1 in entrepreneurship by U.S. News & World Report.  The college prizes teaching excellence and takes pride in its reputation for A+ teaching by its faculty. 

Babson has nearly 2,000 full-time undergraduate students and more than 1,300 full and part-time graduate students.  Our highly diverse student body hails from 45 U.S. states and 57 countries.  Non-U.S. student comprise more than 20% of undergraduate students and more than 40% of our full time graduate students.  Babson offers a Bachelor of Science degree, MS and MBA programs, and executive education programs worldwide.

Application Process

Submit the complete application material by November 30, 2013 using Babson’s online hiring system at https://babson.peopleadmin.com/. 

The complete application includes:

1. letter of application or cover letter,
2. curriculum vitae that includes teaching, research, and work experience,
3. teaching statement,
4. research statement,
5. evidence of teaching effectiveness (e.g. student survey results, syllabi, innovative teaching materials, etc.) and
6. evidence of research effectiveness (e.g. published papers, cases, etc.)

Please do not email materials and do not submit recommendation letters until requested. 

For more information contact the search committee chair, Associate Professor Gaurab Bhardwaj at gbhardwaj@babson.edu or 781-239-5701. 

Babson is an equal opportunity employer.   Position availability subject to change.

BaFa' BaFa' is an intercultural simulator created to educate participants on the effects that culture plays in every person's life. It is especially useful to prepare participants for living and/or working in another culture or to learn how to work with people from different backgrounds. It requires a minimum of 12 players. Available in PDF.

Ball State University and the Miller College of Business seek a strategic, student-centered and industry/community-oriented academic leader to serve as its next Bryan Dean. This individual will have the opportunity to lead the college and serve as a member of an engaged academic leadership team as the University implements a new strategic plan and decentralized, incentive-based budget model that aligns with the university’s commitment to the values of beneficence.

Located in Muncie, Indiana, Ball State University serves approximately 22,000 graduate and undergraduate students across eight academic colleges with 190 undergraduate programs. Ball State offers more than 140 master's, doctoral, certificate and specialist degrees, many of them ranking among the best in the nation. Originally founded to help boost the city's development, Ball State has earned a Community Engagement Classification from the Carnegie Foundation, and serves as one of Indiana’s public research institutions while remaining committed to transforming entrepreneurial learners into impactful leaders. At Ball State, diversity is an integral part of our identity. Our success depends on our efforts to cultivate inclusivity within our pedagogical, scholarly and creative pursuits. Community is an inherent and crucial aspect of such efforts at local, national and international levels.

As we recruit and train a diverse administration, faculty/staff and student body, we strive to ensure that our students are prepared to engage and succeed in increasingly diverse environments. Ball State will be a place recognized for its positive climate — one where all stakeholders know that their contributions to the mission of the university are essential to our success.

With strong leadership in the recent decade, the Miller College of Business has increased its external funding, industry and community relations, high-impact student experiences and enrollments. The AACSB accredited college offers more than a dozen undergraduate majors, as well as several graduate degrees and certificates. The college has grown to over 3,200 students housed within six departments: Accounting, Economics, Finance and Insurance, Information Systems and Operations Management, Management and Marketing. With an innovative and experiential curriculum, the college is committed to transforming students into civic-minded, entrepreneurial and innovative business leaders.

Reporting directly to the provost and executive vice president for academic affairs, the Bryan Dean of the Miller College of Business serves as the chief academic and administrative officer of the college. The dean is responsible for planning, directing and coordinating the operational, personnel, budgetary, fundraising and student activities of the college and providing leadership and direction in the development and implementation of curricula and academic programming. The dean is expected to foster interdisciplinary collaborations within the college and across campus, promote open communication and facilitate strategic planning and goal development across the academic departments and units in unison with the campus's broader strategic plan. The dean will serve as a visible and external advocate for the Miller College of Business, both on campus and within the community, to sustain and deepen partnerships and generate new streams of revenue to support the teaching, research and service goals of the school. In partnership with the president, provost and leadership team, the dean will engage the college in a collaborative, inclusive planning process to execute a shared academic vision and strategic plan that aligns with AACSB accreditation standards.

The next dean should be an experienced academician with a deep understanding and knowledge of student recruitment, enrollment and retention, innovative programming and experiential learning and faculty recruitment and development. The dean should be experienced in external resource generation through industry partnerships, alumni engagement, development and fundraising. Furthermore, the incoming dean will be expected to collaborate with the institution to help develop and execute a new budget model that promotes entrepreneurial activity, innovation and accountability. The preferred candidate will have an earned doctorate in an appropriate field and demonstrated successful experience in academic administration within an accredited business school.

Qualified applicants should have evidence of scholarly and professional achievement that merits a tenured faculty appointment at the rank of professor within the college. For more information, please visit www.wittkieffer.com.

Inquiries, nominations and applications are invited. Review of applications will begin immediately and will continue until the position is filled. For fullest consideration, applicant materials should be received by January 18, 2019.

Candidates should provide, as three separate documents, a curriculum vitae, a letter of application that addresses the responsibilities and requirements described in the Leadership Profile, a diversity statement describing ability to promote and advance inclusive excellence and the names and contact information of five references. References will not be contacted without prior knowledge and approval of candidates. These materials should be sent via e-mail to the Ball State University’s consultants, Zachary A. Smith, Ph.D., Sophie Stava and Julia Venetos at BallStateBusinessDean@wittkieffer.com. Questions may also be directed to the consultants through the office of Francine Heymanson at 949-797-3503.

Ball State University is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action employer that is strongly and actively committed to diversity within its community. Women, minorities, individuals with disabilities and protected veterans are strongly encouraged to apply. All qualified applicants will receive equal consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability, protected veteran status or any other legally protected status.

Using a simple card game, Barnga aims to communicate that despite many similarities, people of different cultures perceive things differently or play by different rules. This simulation is available in PDF.

Position Announcement: Baruch College, The City University of New York The Aaronson Department of Marketing and International Business in the Zicklin School of Business, Baruch College (City University of New York), invites applications for two tenure track positions in International Business for Fall 2013. All ranks will be considered. The candidate must have a Ph.D. in a field related to International Business. A beginning Assistant Professor candidate should have outstanding research potential, and more advanced candidates should have a substantial academic publication record in leading academic journals and evidence of a solid teaching record. Salary is competitive and commensurate with qualifications.

The Zicklin School is a leading publicly-funded School of Business located in the heart of New York City. The school’s academic programs include BBA, MBA, MS and PhD degrees as well as executive programs in the United States and overseas. A newly created International Business undergraduate BBA degree coupled with an International Business MBA major provides for a wide range of course offerings and allows for considerable flexibility in teaching assignments. The schools’ New York location enables it to draw on the vast economic and cultural resources of the City. It also provides opportunities for faculty to interact with practitioners from industry and with researchers at other business schools located in the New York area. Additionally, the Weissman Center of International Business supports a wide array of international programs, including speaker series, visiting scholars, study abroad, and academic research.

Please submit a cover letter, a copy of your vita, and a list of three potential references to initiate an application. The position will be open until filled, but applications received before August 20, 2012, will receive first attention. Please email application packets to: mktibrecruit@baruch.cuny.edu Please indicate “Application for International Business Position” in the subject of your email. Email applications are preferred, but a hard copy may be sent to: Professor Cliff Wymbs Department of Marketing and International Business Zicklin School of Business – Box B12-240 Baruch College – City University of New York One Bernard Baruch Way New York, New York 10010 USA Cliff Wymbs will attend and interview at the AIB in Washington D.C. Baruch College is an AA / EEO / IRCA / ADA Employer

The Jack C. Massey College of Business at Belmont University is seeking applications for a tenure-track faculty position at the rank of Assistant/Associate Professor. A one-year visiting position will also be considered. The faculty member in this position will teach both graduate and undergraduate management classes. The area of specialization/certification that will be given preference for this position is Strategic Management. Ability and willingness to also teach Principles of Management, and/or Human Resources management is preferred. Candidates should be able to demonstrate a well-developed research agenda with promise of publishing in high quality, peer-reviewed management journals. Teaching experience at the university level will be considered favorably, as will an interest and/or experience in engaging students in undergraduate research. Completion of a Ph.D. in Management with primary area of emphasis in Strategic Management from an AACSB member institution by the time of employment is preferred. Candidates that are ABD will be considered.

Belmont University is particularly seeking applicants who can demonstrate the interest and ability to work collaboratively in course design and to teach interdisciplinary and topical courses in this program.

The Management Department at Bentley University invites applications for a tenure-track position in Strategic Management, effective fall 2020.  The rank of the appointment is open to assistant and associate professors.  Salary is competitive.

We are looking for candidates with a PhD in Management or a closely related discipline with a research focus and a teaching interest in Strategic Management.  Additional expertise in International Management, Entrepreneurship, or Strategic Leadership is highly desirable.  Responsibilities include publishing high-quality scholarly research, teaching strategic management at the undergraduate and graduate levels, and participating in other academic and professional activities.  In addition, Bentley has a doctoral program and new faculty members are encouraged to become involved in working with our doctoral candidates.  Faculty members are encouraged to apply for external research funding.

We are proud of our long tradition of teacher/scholars and are very dedicated to both excellence in the classroom and to producing high-quality research.  Departmental faculty members have a diverse set of research interests and have published in top academic journals including Academy of Management Journal, Academy of Management Learning and Education, Academy of Management Review, Business and Society, Business Ethics Quarterly, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, Human Relations, Industrial and Corporate Change, Journal of Business Venturing, Journal of Management, Journal of Management Studies, Journal of Organizational Behavior, Journal of World Business, Long Range Planning, Management Science, MIS Quarterly, Organization Science, Organization Studies, Research Policy and Strategic Management Journal.  Our distinguished faculty has received many research and teaching awards from the university and professional organizations. 

Bentley University leads higher education in providing transformative business education grounded in the liberal arts and sciences. We instill in our students a deep sense of corporate social responsibility and prepare them to succeed in a future shaped by rapidly changing technology. We seek faculty and staff who represent diverse backgrounds, interests and talents, are dedicated to high ethical standards and have a willingness to embrace change.  A team-oriented work environment promotes personal development and professional accomplishment. 

Bentley University is an AACSB and EQUIS accredited institution that enrolls approximately 5,500 students at the undergraduate, graduate and doctoral levels.  Bloomberg ranks Bentley in the top 10 undergraduate business programs in the United States, and in the top 100 places to obtain a MBA. U.S. News & World Report ranked Bentley as 3rd in the Best Regional Universities-North category.

Minimum Qualifications:

A well-qualified applicant must have a PhD in Management or a closely related discipline with a research focus and a teaching interest in Strategic Management.  Additional expertise in International Management Entrepreneurship or Strategic Leadership is highly desirable.  Applicants must also demonstrate evidence a dedication to teaching and research excellence.  The faculty member hired for this position will be expected to be an enthusiastic participant in the Management Department, Bentley University, and the wider academic community.

Special Instructions to Applicants:

Please submit your letter of interest, CV, letters of reference, evidence of teaching ability and publications OR working papers electronically to https://jobs.bentley.edu.  Names and contact information for references are required upon application. Bentley will contact these confidential references for those candidates moving forward in the process.

For additional information about this position, please contact Jill Brown (jbrown@bentley.edu).

For best consideration, please apply by July 5th.

The Strategy Department at BI Norwegian Business School is currently inviting applications for an Assistant Professor in Strategy. The position is offered for a period of four years. Prolongation of employment at BI Norwegian Business School is contingent on an affirmative job performance appraisal at the end of the contract period. Strategy is among BI’s prioritized areas, and the position belongs to an internationally oriented research community. The Department is currently home to about 20 faculty and 22 PhD students. Active research areas include International Business, Inter-organizational Relations, Organization Design, Strategic Leadership, Knowledge Based Strategy, and Competitiveness. For more information visit: http://www.bi.no/ We welcome applicants to submit a short project proposal that reflects their area of interest.

The successful applicant must hold a doctoral degree when entering the period. We are looking for candidates with strong research capabilities and the ambition to advance the field of strategic management with publications in leading international journals. Accordingly, elements of the position and research funding opportunities can be tailored to accommodate the needs of excellent candidates. The position includes teaching, predominantly at the Masters level; MSc, EMBA and other Executive Master programs. The school also offers attractive opportunities in corporate teaching and managerial development. Salary is determined based on the Norwegian State Salary Scale and the position offers membership of the Norwegian Public Service Pension Fund. The evaluation of the project proposals will be organized by the Department Council. The evaluation will be based on the quality of previous research, potential for future research, and teaching qualities. Applicants may be called for an interview, trial lecture, or seminar presentation.

The position will only be filled if qualified candidates are identified. BI will place emphasis on whether applicants have worked as teaching or research assistants, including R&D work, research dissemination and research-based advisory services. Deadline for application: May 28, 2012. The following documents must be submitted electronically; a project proposal, an updated CV (including a complete list of publications and doctoral course work), formal documentation of highest obtained academic degree and other particularly relevant education. Any additional information and/or documentation of other activities that may be of significance for evaluating the applicant’s qualifications can also be submitted. Submit applications to: http://bi.easycruit.com/vacancy/718597/45441?iso=gb For any questions, contact: randi.lunnan@bi.no, or call +47 46410479.

BINA NUSANTARA UNIVERSITY (BINUS), Jakarta-Indonesia, is looking to fill positions for its international campus, BINUS INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY (BI) in the field of Management within the Faculty of Business. We are interested in international and local candidates with international experience and research interest in the respective departments of Marketing, Accounting and Finance, Management, and International Business. We would particularly like to encourage those who have a research interest/experience in marketing, entrepreneurship, international finance, IFRS, innovation and ASEAN studies.

BINUS UNIVERSITY, a leading private education institution in Indonesia was founded in 1981 and now has over 25,000 students. As part of its international growth, the BI Faculty of Business’ Bachelor in Economics and Master in Management programs are delivered fully in English with prominent international partners since 2002. Located in the business center of Jakarta, the modern facilities and strategic location of the campus facilitate a high level of corporate collaboration.

Within BI, the Faculty of Business offers executive, graduate and undergraduate programmes in accounting, finance, management, marketing, HTM and international business. All lectures in these programmes are conducted in English. Over the last five years, the Faculty of Business department has grown substantially into a fully international campus with more international faculty members, with members publishing regulary in international journals and collaborating closely with our executive education department.

Candidates profile:

Faculty members who are dedicated to high quality teaching at undergraduate and graduate levels and have a strong, demonstrable commitment to research and international publication in the areas of Marketing, Accounting and Finance, Management or International Business. An established track record of publication in international, peer-reviewed journals in the field and/or extensive corporate experience in multinational companies related to the domain will be an advantage.

A PhD in the related fields mentioned above is a requirement for Postgraduate positions. Postgraduate degree holders at the PhD level (or nearing completion), from reputable universities are encouraged to apply.

Candidates would ideally be able to start by the end of 2013.

We offer:

The possibility to be part of a growing business school and help us to achieve an international recognition through higher quality standards. A string culture of innovation is being encouraged via several initiatives. This includes the Innovation Centre, which supports innovation within Binus, collaborates with some of the global leaders in the field, and with its Asian contextual sensitivity aims to be the reference for innovation in Indonesia and the region.

BI is located in the heart of Jakarta, the financial capital of Indonesia, one of the fastest growing countries in South East Asia. Jakarta offers a cosmopolitan living environment with very modern living facilities and fast-growing access to the rest of the world.

Your application:

For further information about the positions or direct applications, please contact lecturer_recruitment@binus.edu. For more information about BINUS INTERNATIONAL, please visit our undergraduate website www.international.binus.ac.id  and our graduate website www.bbs.binus.ac.id

Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania, a public four‐year comprehensive institution, invites nominations and applications for an academic leadership position: Dean, College of Business.

Reporting to the Provost and Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs, the Dean will serve as the chief academic officer of the College of Business. The Dean will be responsible for enhancing and invigorating the academic programs, inspiring faculty, staff, and students, and creating synergy among the disciplines. The Dean will also work with faculty to articulate a shared vision of excellence within the college with a focus on innovative program development that supports the University’s overall strategic priorities. The Dean will be expected to further the mission of the University by expanding resources; strengthening regional, national, and global connections; and building collaborations both within the college and across the University. A distinguished record of scholarship, teaching and service, progressive leadership experience, and an earned doctorate from an accredited institution in a discipline with appropriate credentials for tenure is required.

Accredited by AACSB, the College of Business (COB) is housed in Sutliff Hall, a newly renovated state-of-the-art facility featuring high-tech classrooms, the Benner-Hudock Center for Financial Analysis, and the Zeigler Institute for Professional Development. The COB serves close to 2,000 students, offering both graduate and undergraduate programs in four academic departments.

The successful COB dean candidate will demonstrate a commitment to the education and training of future business leaders and an entrepreneurial spirit coupled with experience in the development and leadership of game-changing initiatives. Soon after appointment, the Dean will lead the search for a newly approved Assistant Dean position in the College of Business.

Ranked among the top universities in the northeast, Bloomsburg University has a rich history of academic excellence and an outstanding reputation for its commitment to serving students in a close-knit and supportive environment that promotes learning and discovery. BU currently enrolls over 9,200 undergraduate students and approximately 700 graduate students in the Colleges of Business, Education, Liberal Arts and Science and Technology. Located on an attractive 282 acre campus in the picturesque and vibrant community of Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania, the University maintains an ongoing program of continuous campus renovation and renewal. Additional information about the University is available at: www.bloomu.edu.

Inquiries, nominations and applications are invited. Review of credentials will begin immediately and continue until the position is filled. For fullest consideration, candidates should provide a curriculum vitae, a cover letter which addresses the expectations (qualifications) listed in the advertisement and the names of five references (who will not be contacted without prior approval) by Monday, January 5, 2015. These materials should be sent electronically to Bloomsburg University’s consultants, Jane Courson and Alice Miller at: BloomsburgDeanCOB@wittkieffer.com. The consultants may be reached by telephone via Cara Drew at 781-564-2626. Finalist(s) for this position must communicate well and successfully complete an interview process. Prior to a final offer of employment, the selected candidate will be required to submit to a background check including, but not limited to, employment verification, educational and other credential verification, and criminal background check.

Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania encourages applications from historically under-represented individuals, women, veterans, and persons with disabilities and is an AA/EEO Employer.

School of Management (SOM), BML Munjal University, India

Delhi NCR, India

Applications Invited for the position of

Full/Associate /Assistant / Visiting Professors in

OB, HR, Strategy, International Business and Entrepreneurship

 

BML Munjal University (sponsored by Hero Group*) is being established as a world class research university on the outskirts of New Delhi (Gurgaon) with the aim of creating a talented community of students and faculty who would excel in research, teaching and learning in a creative and stimulating environment.  BMU is being mentored by some of the leading global institutions, including Imperial College London for its School of Management. 

The School of Management will launch its two year MBA program in July 2014 and is inviting open-rank full time faculty in various disciplines of Management i.e. OB, HR, Strategy, International Business and Entrepreneurship to be part of this exciting new university.  Candidates would typically possess a PhD (or equivalent) from a reputed accredited institution with proven research and teaching skills. Successful candidates will have a demonstrated ability to conduct independent research in their domain resulting in high quality publications, as well as the potential to deliver high-quality courses at the graduate level. A demonstrated track record in publishing papers in reputed international journals is necessary for senior roles. SOM will offer competitive (on PPP basis) salaries with reasonable teaching loads. Successful candidates will have the opportunity to work with Imperial College faculty on research projects, faculty exchange and development programmes in London. In addition, we will consider visiting faculty positions for a limited term or annual recurring basis to cover specific courses.   BMU is also setting up an Institute for Inclusive Innovation that is a funded research centre that adopts an interdisciplinary approach to address challenges in India and other emerging economies.

Interested candidates are requested to send their 1) Cover letter 2) CV and 3) sample publications (or working papers).  References will be listed and shortlisted candidates will be asked for references.  Please send documents in electronic form, to: Ritu Bajaj (ritu.bajaj@bml.edu.in). Review of applications will begin on October 30th and will continue until the positions are filled. Short listed candidates will be invited over to the new campus for a visit. 

*About Hero Group

"Hero" has been a household name since the 1950’s in India, synonymous with the words reliability and quality. With over 10,000 retail touch points in India and over 22 million motorcycles and 100 million bicycles sold, Hero continues to touch the lives and hearts of millions in India.

With a track record of over 50 years of successful business operations and revenues of over USD 5 Billion in 2010-11, the Hero Group is amongst the most respected Indian business houses with a world leadership position in several of its businesses.

The Department of Management & Technology at Bocconi University has multiple openings for full time tenure-track faculty positions at the Assistant Professor level starting in September 2019. The department is accepting applications across all its areas of research and instruction, including Entrepreneurship, International Business, Organization and Management Theory, Organizational Behavior, Strategy, Corporate Governance and Family Business, and Technology and Innovation Management.

The Department of Management and Technology has a long tradition of intellectual accomplishment anchored by senior leaders in the fields of technology, strategy, and organization theory. In 2018 the department was ranked 10th worldwide (6th in Europe) for business and management in the QS Worldwide University Ranking. The department is in a sustained period of growth and internationalization with 20 faculty members hired across all levels in the last five years.

Applicants should demonstrate the capacity for exceptional research achievement and the ability to teach effectively in undergraduate, masters, MBA, and PhD programs. Experienced candidates should have an established track record of successful research and teaching.

Information for requesting interviews at the Academy of Management Conference 2018

Applicants who want to be interviewed during the 2018 Academy of Management Conference in Chicago (August 10 – 14, 2018) must send their applications by 23:59 (Italian Time) of July 8, 2018 through the online system. Note: only the CV is mandatory; no other documents are needed.

Complete applications are due through the online system for the Department of Management and Technology by 23:59 CEST September 30, 2018.

Please find additional information on Bocconi University and the Department of Management and Technology.

The Department of Management at Boğaziçi University invites applications for full time faculty positions at the assistant or associate level in Strategy / International Business / Organization Theory starting in September 2012.

Candidates should have a Ph.D. from an accredited university, demonstrate ability to conduct excellent scholarly research as well as teaching competence, and be interested in contributing to the scholarly life of our department. All areas of Strategy / International Business / Organization Theory (IB Theory, FDI, MNC, Internationalization Process, Global Strategies and CSR, Organizational Design, Organizational Environments, Organizational Technology, Strategic Change and Innovation, Strategy and Competitive Advantage) will be considered. Successful candidates will be expected to publish quality research and teach at some or all of the following levels: undergraduate, MBA, PHD, and executive education.

Boğaziçi University is a public university located in Istanbul, Turkey; and is one of the best-known and leading institutions in the country. Students rank in the top percentile of all high school graduates in Turkey. The University is committed to excellence in both research and teaching and the Management Department aspires to raise the future leaders in Turkish and global businesses as well as researchers in all management fields. Instruction at Boğaziçi University is in English.

For general information, please refer to the Boğaziçi University web page (http://www.boun.edu.tr/) and the Department of Management web page (http://www.mgmt.boun.edu.tr/).

Evaluation of applications starts April 15 and continues until the position is filled. Interested applicants should send: 1) A letter of interest, 2) Curriculum vitae, 3) Abstracts of completed or working papers 4) Teaching portfolio including teaching evaluations, and 5) Two recommendation letters to: Prof. Dr. Stefan Koch, Chair Department of Management Boğaziçi University Faculty of Economics and Administrative Sciences Bebek, Istanbul 34342 TURKEY e-mail: stefan.koch@boun.edu.tr Phone:+90 212 359 6503

Faculty Position in Strategy / International Business / Organization Theory BOGAZICI UNIVERSITY, Bebek, Istanbul, Turkey

The Department of Management at Bogazici University invites applications for full time faculty positions at the assistant or associate level in Strategy / International Business / Organization Theory. Candidates should have a Ph.D. from an accredited university, demonstrate ability to conduct excellent scholarly research as well as teaching competence, and be interested in contributing to the scholarly life of our department. All areas of Strategy / International Business / Organization Theory (IB Theory, FDI, MNC, Internationalization Process, Global Strategies and CSR, Organizational Design, Organizational Environments, Organizational Technology, Strategic Change and Innovation, Strategy and Competitive Advantage) will be considered.

Successful candidates will be expected to publish quality research and teach at some or all of the following levels: undergraduate, MBA, PHD, and executive education.



Bogazici University is a public university located in Istanbul, Turkey; and is one of the best-known and leading institutions in the country. Students rank in the top percentile of all high school graduates in Turkey. The University is committed to excellence in both research and teaching and the Management Department aspires to raise the future leaders in Turkish and global businesses as well as researchers in all management fields.
Instruction at Bogazici University is in English. For general information, please refer to the Bogazici University web page (http://www.boun.edu.tr/) and the Department of Management web page (http://www.mgmt.boun.edu.tr/).

Applicants should indicate if they will be attending the 2014 AOM Annual Meeting being held in Philadelphia, as members of our faculty will be interviewing with selected candidates during the conference. Interested applicants should send:
 


1. A letter of interest,
2. Curriculum vitae,

3. Abstracts of completed or working papers

4. Teaching portfolio including teaching evaluations, and

5. Two recommendation letters


Please direct any questions about the position or search to:
 


Dr. Stefan Koch, Department Chair, at stefan.koch@boun.edu.tr


Dr. Burcu Rodopman, Search Committee Member, at burcu.rodopman@boun.edu.tr

Prof. Dr. Stefan Koch

Chair
 Department of Management


Boğaziçi University
 Faculty of Economics and Administrative Sciences


Bebek, Istanbul 34342


TURKEY
 

Phone: +90 212 359 6503

Boise State University announces the search for Dean of the College of Business and Economics.

The successful candidate will lead a college with a state-of-the art facility, outstanding faculty and staff, and a driven student body. Boise State is a metropolitan research university in Idaho’s capital, a hub for technology and science start-ups that ranks among America’s best and most affordable places to live and work. COBE houses several business support centers and promotes teaching, research and collaboration opportunities within the college and the business community with an aim towards the commercialization of technology and agriculture products. (http://cobe.boisestate.edu/businessresources). With more than 3,100 undergraduate and 300 graduate students, COBE offers undergraduate degrees in Accountancy, Economics, Finance, Information Technology, International Business, Management, Marketing, and Supply Chain Management. Graduate degrees include: MBAs in Career Start Master, Professional Master, and Executive Master; the M.S. in Accountancy; M.S. in Accountancy with Taxation Emphasis; and the concurrent J.D. and M.S.A.T in partnership with the University of Idaho College of Law. One of 5% of business schools with AACSB accreditation, COBE is among an elite group worldwide with AACSB accreditation for the business school and the accountancy program. COBE is headquartered in a new $45 million building with cutting-edge classroom design and technology, tech-savvy team rooms, a financial trading room and real-time learning lab.

The Search Committee seeks candidates with a Doctorate in a business (or closely related) discipline, strong research record, or combination of education/business experience.

Other desired attributes include:

• Experience in leading faculty/staff to develop and implement a meaningful strategic plan
• Ability to bridge academic and business cultures and communicate with internal and external stakeholders, as well as having an appreciation for the region
• Proven commitment to diversity and to strategies that incorporate the contributions of students, faculty, and staff from all backgrounds
• Vision to expand COBE’s global impact, including study and internship abroad programs, international faculty exchanges, and to advance a campus environment where students from around the world are welcomed and supported
• Proven ability to raise funds from public and private sources
• Ability to pursue new delivery systems for instruction that are appropriate for a 21st century business school.

For a detailed position profile see: www.academic-search.com/data/files/BoiseStateCOBEDeanProfile.pdf

The Committee will accept confidential applications and nominations until the position is filled. For best consideration, materials should be received by December 10, 2013. Initial interviews will be set in early January. Please include a letter describing relevant experiences and interest in the position, a CV, and five references with contact information. Nominations should include a detailed letter and contact information on the nominee. Submit materials electronically to BoiseCOBEDean@academic-search.com. For confidential conversations regarding nominations or applications, contact John B. Hicks, Senior Consultant Academic Search, Inc. at John.hicks@academic-search.com or 205-345-7221.

Boise State University is an equal opportunity employer. The university is committed to providing equal employment opportunities to all employees and qualified applicants for employment as provided for by federal, state, and local law.

Boren Awards is a federal scholarship program funded by the Defense Language and National Security Education Office that focuses on critical language study abroad in underrepresented study abroad countries that are also critical to national security. The goal is to provide students with knowledge of global issues and have them contribute to U.S. national security. Award amounts given depend on the length of the study.

The Boston University School of Management (SMG) is now accepting applications for a full-time, tenured Associate Professor, Globalization, effective July 1, 2015.  Globalization is key element of the SMG strategy and is mirrored in the University’s ongoing strategic commitment to academic leadership as a global research university.

Successful applicants will have established an exemplary record of scholarship and teaching in the area of globalization and their specific domain of expertise that may include any business discipline; demonstrated teaching abilities at the graduate level; and a PhD degree in business, management, or related areas from a research university.   We anticipate that the position will serve as a faculty leader in the growth of globalization in the curriculum. Salary will be commensurate with experience and teaching load is competitive to that of other major research universities.

Applicants are welcome from all business academic disciplines including: accounting, organizational behavior, finance, information systems, marketing, strategy, and operations management. The position will be housed in a department within the School based upon the successful candidate’s discipline.

If you have any questions, please feel free to email Olga Hawn at olgahawn@bu.edu. Interested candidates should electronically submit a letter of application, curriculum vita, and representative publications and teaching materials by December 15, 2014 via smgfacac@bu.edu addressed to:

Professor Karen Golden-Biddle, Chair
Globalization Search Committee
Boston University School of Management
595 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA  02215

We are an equal opportunity employer and all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, disability status, protected veteran status, or any other characteristic protected by law. We are a VEVRAA Federal Contractor.

The site contains information that helps students choose the right internship or volunteer abroad program. It includes a list of 20 highlighted volunteer and internship programs, a detailed guide on different aspects related to traveling abroad, and a program budgeting calculator.

Brandeis University invites applications for a tenured or tenure-track position in international business. The candidate may specialize in any number of sub-fields, such as economics, marketing, strategy, organizational behavior, operations, entrepreneurship, and social responsibility. The successful candidate will be actively engaged in research and be an innovative scholar who understands practical challenges facing business in the global economy. Creativity in course development and effectiveness in teaching will be valued highly; if appointed at the senior level, leadership experience will be expected. The successful candidate will teach in the new undergraduate Business major at Brandeis University, as well as in the MBA program. The Business major combines liberal arts studies in the School of Arts & Sciences with core subjects in the business school.

The International Business School focuses on the economics, finance and management of global markets and organizations, with more than 400 graduate students from more than 50 countries in MBA, MA, MSF and PhD programs in a state-of-the-art building. Faculty members in economics, finance, and business work closely with each other in a collegial and rigorous academic environment. Brandeis University is located on a beautiful campus in a suburb of Boston. More information is at www.brandeis.edu/global.

Candidates should send a CV and a letter expressing interest. Although applications will be accepted until the position is filled, candidates are requested to apply by November 15, 2009. Applications should be sent to:

Business Faculty Search Committee, c/o Arlene Sherman
Brandeis International Business School, MS 032
Waltham, MA 02454

Brandeis University is an equal opportunity employer committed to building a culturally diverse intellectual community and strongly encourages applications from women and minorities.

Brandeis University invites applications for a tenured or tenure-track position in the area of Strategy and Innovation. We are especially interested in candidates working on topics in entrepreneurship, technology management, social media, sustainability, and emerging markets.

The successful candidate will be actively engaged in research and be an innovative scholar who is knowledgeable about issues of business practice. Creativity in course development and effectiveness in teaching will be valued highly. For applicants at the senior level, some experience in academic leadership will be expected. Although the positions can be filled at any level, candidates with a few years' of academic experience beyond their PhD will receive priority.

The successful candidates will teach in Brandeis International Business School's MBA Program as well as in our undergraduate Business major. The undergraduate program combines liberal-arts studies in Brandeis's College of Arts and Sciences with core business subjects at IBS.

Brandeis IBS focuses on the management, finance, and economics of global markets and organizations and related policy issues. Our 400 graduate students come from over 50 countries and are enrolled in MBA, MA, MSF and PhD programs. Faculty members in business, finance, and economics work closely together in a collegial and rigorous academic environment. There are no functional departments at Brandeis IBS and faculty and students work in one state-of-the-art building complex. Brandeis University is located on a beautiful campus in a suburb of Boston. More information is at www.brandeis.edu/global .

Candidates should submit a CV, a letter expressing interest, and three recommendations. Teaching evaluations and one or more recent research papers are also helpful. Applications will be accepted until the position is filled, but candidates are requested to apply by November 1, 2013. Finalists will be invited for campus interviews in early Spring. Procedural questions about this search may be addressed to Echo Bergquist at ebb@brandeis.edu. 

How to apply:  You can apply directly via our on-line application system called Head Hunter: https://editorialexpress.com/hhc .  Create an account, enter the system, and then go to the “Positions” tab and click on the Brandeis Strategy and Innovation position.  Answer questions, upload documents in PDF format, and provide names and email addresses of recommenders. 

Brandeis University is an equal opportunity employer committed to building a culturally diverse intellectual community and strongly encourages applications from women and minorities.

Brandeis University invites applications for a tenured or tenure-track position in ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND MANAGEMENT. We are especially interested in candidates working on topics in international business, emerging markets, entrepreneurship, business and society, and innovation. The successful candidate will be actively engaged in research and be an innovative scholar who is knowledgeable about issues of business practice. Creativity in course development and effectiveness in teaching will be valued highly. For applicants at the senior level, some experience in academic leadership will be expected. Although the position can be filled at any level, candidates with a few years' of academic experience beyond their PhD will receive priority.

The successful candidate will teach in the International Business School's MBA Program as well as in our new undergraduate Business major. The undergraduate program combines liberal-arts studies in Brandeis's College of Arts and Sciences with core business subjects at IBS. The International Business School focuses on the management, finance, and economics of global markets and organizations and related policy issues. Our 400 graduate students come over 50 countries and are enrolled in MBA, MA, MSF and PhD programs. Faculty members in business, finance, and economics work closely together in a collegial and rigorous academic environment. There are no functional departments at IBS and faculty and students work in one state-of-the-art building complex.

Brandeis University is located on a beautiful campus in a suburb of Boston. More information is at www.brandeis.edu/global. Candidates should submit a CV, a letter expressing interest, and three recommendations. Teaching evaluations and one or more recent research papers are also helpful. Applications will be accepted until the position is filled, but candidates are requested to apply by November 1, 2010. Finalists will be invited for campus interviews in the Fall and early Spring. Procedural questions about this search may be addressed to Arlene Sherman at sherman@brandeis.edu.

HOW TO APPLY: A new online application system called Head Hunter will be used. Start by providing contact information and registering at https://editorialexpress.com/hhc. After that, go to the Positions tab and click on the Brandeis OB and Management position. Answer additional questions, upload documents requested above (in PDF format), and provide names and email addresses of recommenders. For more information about the job specifications please see http://www.brandeis.edu/global/facultysearch

Brandeis University is an equal opportunity employer committed to building a culturally diverse intellectual community and strongly encourages applications from women and minorities.

Brandeis University invites applications for a tenured or tenure-track position in MARKETING AND STRATEGY. We are especially interested in candidates working on topics in international business, emerging markets, entrepreneurship, business and society, and innovation. The successful candidate will be actively engaged in research and be an innovative scholar who is knowledgeable about issues of business practice. Creativity in course development and effectiveness in teaching will be valued highly. For applicants at the senior level, some experience in academic leadership will be expected. Although the position can be filled at any level, candidates with a few years' of academic experience beyond their PhD will receive priority.

The successful candidate will teach in the International Business School's MBA Program as well as in our new undergraduate Business major. The undergraduate program combines liberal-arts studies in Brandeis's College of Arts and Sciences with core business subjects at IBS. The International Business School focuses on the management, finance, and economics of global markets and organizations and related policy issues. Our 400 graduate students come over 50 countries and are enrolled in MBA, MA, MSF and PhD programs. Faculty members in business, finance, and economics work closely together in a collegial and rigorous academic environment. There are no functional departments at IBS and faculty and students work in one state-of-the-art building complex.

Brandeis University is located on a beautiful campus in a suburb of Boston. More information is at www.brandeis.edu/global. Candidates should submit a CV, a letter expressing interest, and three recommendations. Teaching evaluations and one or more recent research papers are also helpful. Applications will be accepted until the position is filled, but candidates are requested to apply by November 1, 2010. Finalists will be invited for campus interviews in the Fall and early Spring. Procedural questions about this search may be addressed to Arlene Sherman at sherman@brandeis.edu.

HOW TO APPLY: A new online application system called Head Hunter will be used. Start by providing contact information and registering at https://editorialexpress.com/hhc. After that, go to the Positions tab and click on the Brandeis Marketing and Strategy position. Answer additional questions, upload documents requested above (in PDF format), and provide names and email addresses of recommenders. For more information about the job specifications, please see http://www.brandeis.edu/global/facultysearch

Brandeis University is an equal opportunity employer committed to building a culturally diverse intellectual community and strongly encourages applications from women and minorities.

Brief Encounters is a role-playing game that helps players develop an understanding of how culture impacts the behavior and perception of others. This game will help players learn how to describe and recognize cultural differences through behavior, how culture influences the way we view the behavior of others, and how to communicate with others despite cultural norms.

The Brief Guide to Business Writing provides guidelines on how to write business documents focusing on format, paragraph, and sentence guidelines. Other useful tools include a sample business letter, memo, and email as well as a guide to the writing process, word choice explanations, and a writing checklist.

The Faculty of Business, Brock University invites applications for a probationary tenure track position in International Business. Starting July 1, 2013, the rank is open at the Assistant Professor level, dependent upon qualifications. The availability of this position is subject to final budgetary approval. Brock University seeks a candidate with a strong commitment to excellence in scholarly research and teaching in the field of international business.

The position entails conducting rigorous academic research with relevance to a managerial audience. Position level and salary are commensurate with the applicants’ qualifications. All qualified candidates are encouraged to apply; however, Canadians and permanent residents will be given priority. Brock University is actively committed to diversity and the principles of Employment Equity and invites applications from all qualified candidates. Women, Aboriginal peoples, members of visible minorities, and people with disabilities are especially encouraged to apply and to voluntarily self identify as a member of a designated group as part of their application.

Application Process:
1. Candidates who wish to have their application considered as a member of one or more designated groups should fill out the Self-Identification Form available at http://www.brocku.ca/webfm_send/1095 and include the completed form with their application.
2. To receive full consideration, the candidate must submit her/his application electronically. The application should include a letter of application, current vita, a statement of research interests and teaching philosophy, evidence from teaching evaluation(s) (if available), and sample of scholarly publications. Letters of reference will be requested after the candidate is shortlisted.
3. Successful candidates may be contacted to have interviews in AIB or AOM conferences.
4. Your application should be submitted by September 15, 2012. Brock University is located in the scenic Niagara peninsula minutes from New York State and a one-hour drive from Toronto. A stable manufacturing base in addition to expanding sectors such as wine-making and tourism provides for a dynamic, high growth area with an exceptional range of professional and recreational opportunities.

The Faculty of Business is AACSB accredited and values both research and teaching. It has approximately 80 full-time members, and offers five graduate programs: MBA, MBA International Students program, Master of Accountancy, International Master of Accountancy, plus Master of Science and two undergraduate programs: BBA and BAcc. The Department of Marketing, International Business, and Strategy has 20 full-time faculty and is one of four departments in the Faculty of Business.

More information on Brock University can be found on the University’s website www.brocku.ca. Dr. Narongsak (Tek) Thongpapanl, Chair Department of Marketing, International Business, and Strategy E-mail (preferred): nthongpa@brocku.ca Postal: Department of Marketing, International Business, and Strategy Brock University, Faculty of Business St. Catharines, Ontario, CANADA L2S 3A1 Phone: 905-688-5550, extension 5159

Job Summary

The Goodman School of Business, Brock University invites applications for a probationary tenure-track appointment at the level of Assistant Professor in Marketing, starting July 1st, 2016. The position is open to ALL AREAS OF MARKETING (including Social Media Marketing, Internet Marketing, Service Marketing, Marketing of Financial Services, Marketing Analytics, and Marketing Modeling), but preference will be given to those who have demonstrated potential for conducting high quality research and teaching. The availability of this position is subject to final budgetary approval.

Qualifications

Brock University seeks a candidate with a strong commitment to excellence in scholarly research and teaching in the field of Marketing. The position entails developing and sustaining high-quality teaching and learning environments for students and conducting rigorous academic research with relevance to a managerial audience. It is expected that the applicants have potential to publish in top-tier marketing and related business journals. Position level and salary are commensurate with the applicants’ qualifications. A doctoral degree in Marketing, Management or Business Administration with a marketing concentration is required (completed or near completion).

About Us

The Department of Marketing, International Business and Strategy (MIBS) has 20 full-time faculty members and is in the Goodman School of Business, which has approximately 90 full-time members. We offer a full range of graduate and undergraduate programs (BBA, BAcc, MBA, MAcc, and MSc), both research and professionally oriented. Co-op options are available for students in both undergraduate and graduate programs.

Recent publications by MIBS members have appeared or are forthcoming in such leading journals as Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, Journal of International Marketing, Journal of Product Innovation Management, Academy of Management Review, Academy of Management Journal, Strategic Management Journal, Journal of Management Studies, Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of Business Venturing, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, Industrial Marketing Management, Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice, Long Range Planning, Sloan Management Review, Journal of Business Ethics, and others.

The Goodman School of Business is AACSB accredited, and has an excellent environment for faculty with competitive salaries and benefits, ample research support, access to marketing and related databases, low teaching loads and student-to-faculty ratios, and modern physical facilities. The school is inextricably connected with businesses from a broad spectrum of industries, ranging from small, start-ups through our BioLinc to large, established firms through the various outreach programs. More information on the Goodman School of Business and the MIBS department can be found on the University’s website http://brocku.ca/business/.

Brock University is located in the scenic Niagara peninsula, minutes from New York State and a one-hour drive from Toronto. A manufacturing base, in addition to expanding sectors such as wine-making and tourism, provides for a dynamic environment with an exceptional range of professional and recreational opportunities. The Niagara region offers a family-friendly environment with a modest cost of living.

Application Procedure

Applications should include a cover letter, curriculum vitae, job market paper, a statement of research interests and teaching philosophy, teaching evaluations, sample of scholarly publications, and three reference letters. Letters of reference must be sent directly from the referee to the Committee Chair. Successful candidates may be contacted to have interviews at the Academy of Marketing Science (AMS) Conference or the American Marketing Association (AMA) Conference. 

Applications must be submitted electronically to:

Dr. Narongsak (Tek) Thongpapanl, Chair

Department of Marketing, International Business, and Strategy

E-mail (preferred): nthongpa@brocku.ca

Postal:

Department of Marketing, International Business and Strategy

Brock University, The Goodman School of Business

500 Glenridge Avenue

St. Catharines, Ontario, CANADA L2S 3A1

Phone: 905-688-5550, extension 5159

 

Application deadline will be on August 1st, 2015. Applicants should be aware that only completed applications will receive consideration.

All qualified candidates are encouraged to apply; however, Canadians and permanent residents will be given priority. Brock University is actively committed to diversity and the principles of Employment Equity and invites applications from all qualified candidates. Women, Aboriginal peoples, members of visible minorities, and people with disabilities are especially encouraged to apply and to voluntarily self-identify as a member of a designated group as part of their application. Candidates who wish to have their application considered as a member of one or more designated groups should fill out the Self-Identification Form available at http://www.brocku.ca/webfm_send/18256 and include the completed form with their application.

Assistant Professor – Marketing

The Goodman School of Business, Brock University invites applications for a probationary tenure-track appointment at the level of Assistant Professor in Marketing, starting July 1st, 2014.  The position is open to all areas of marketing, but preference will be given to those who have demonstrated potential for conducting high quality research and teaching.  The availability of this position is subject to final budgetary approval.

Brock University seeks a candidate with a strong commitment to excellence in scholarly research and teaching in the field of Marketing.  The position entails developing and sustaining high-quality teaching and learning environments for students and conducting rigorous academic research with relevance to a managerial audience.  It is expected that the applicants have potential to publish in top-tier marketing and related business journals.  Position level and salary are commensurate with the applicants’ qualifications.  A doctoral degree in Marketing, Management or Business Administration with a marketing concentration is required (completed or near completion).

The Department of Marketing, International Business & Strategy (MIBS) has 20 full-time faculty members and is in the Goodman School of Business, which has approximately 90 full-time members. We offer a full range of graduate and undergraduate programs (BBA, BAcc, MBA, MAcc, and MSc), both research and professionally oriented.  Co-op options are available for students in both undergraduate and graduate programs.

The Goodman School of Business is AACSB accredited, and has an excellent environment for faculty with competitive salaries and benefits, ample research support, access to marketing and related databases, low teaching loads and student-to-faculty ratios, and modern physical facilities.  More information on the School and the MIBS department can be found on the University’s website http://brocku.ca/business/.

Brock University is located in the scenic Niagara peninsula minutes from New York State and a one-hour drive from Toronto.  A manufacturing base, in addition to expanding sectors such as wine-making and tourism, provides for a dynamic environment with an exceptional range of professional and recreational opportunities.  The Niagara region offers a family-friendly environment with a modest cost of living.

Applications should include a cover letter, curriculum vitae, job market paper, a statement of research interests and teaching philosophy, teaching evaluations, sample of scholarly publications, and three reference letters.  Letters of reference must be sent directly from the referee to the Committee Chair.  Successful candidates may be contacted to have interviews at the Academy of Marketing Science (AMS) Conference and/or the American Marketing Association (AMA) Conference.  Applications must be submitted electronically to:

 

Dr. Narongsak (Tek) Thongpapanl, Chair

Department of Marketing, International Business, and Strategy

E-mail (preferred): nthongpa@brocku.ca

Postal:

Department of Marketing, International Business and Strategy

Brock University, The Goodman School of Business

500 Glenridge Avenue

St. Catharines, Ontario, CANADA L2S 3A1

Phone: 905-688-5550, extension 5159

 

Application deadline will be on August 1st, 2013.  Applicants should be aware that only completed applications will receive consideration.

All qualified candidates are encouraged to apply; however, Canadians and permanent residents will be given priority. Brock University is actively committed to diversity and the principles of Employment Equity and invites applications from all qualified candidates. Women, Aboriginal peoples, members of visible minorities, and people with disabilities are especially encouraged to apply and to voluntarily self identify as a member of a designated group as part of their application. Candidates who wish to have their application considered as a member of one or more designated groups should fill out the Self-Identification Form available at http://www.brocku.ca/webfm_send/1095 and include the completed form with their application.

Job Summary

The Goodman School of Business, Brock University invites applications for a probationary tenure-track appointment at the level of Assistant Professor in Marketing, starting July 1st, 2015. The position is open to ALL AREAS OF MARKETING (including Social Media Marketing, Internet Marketing, Service Marketing, and Marketing of Financial Services), but preference will be given to those who have demonstrated potential for conducting high quality research and teaching. The availability of this position is subject to final budgetary approval.

Qualifications

Brock University seeks a candidate with a strong commitment to excellence in scholarly research and teaching in the field of Marketing. The position entails developing and sustaining high-quality teaching and learning environments for students and conducting rigorous academic research with relevance to a managerial audience. It is expected that the applicants have potential to publish in top-tier marketing and related business journals. Position level and salary are commensurate with the applicants’ qualifications. A doctoral degree in Marketing, Management or Business Administration with a marketing concentration is required (completed or near completion).

Notes / To Apply

The Department of Marketing, International Business and Strategy (MIBS) has 20 full-time faculty members and is in the Goodman School of Business, which has approximately 90 full-time members. We offer a full range of graduate and undergraduate programs (BBA, BAcc, MBA, MAcc, and MSc), both research and professionally oriented. Co-op options are available for students in both undergraduate and graduate programs.

The Goodman School of Business is AACSB accredited, and has an excellent environment for faculty with competitive salaries and benefits, ample research support, access to marketing and related databases, low teaching loads and student-to-faculty ratios, and modern physical facilities. More information on the Goodman School of Business and the MIBS department can be found on the University’s website http://brocku.ca/business/.

Brock University is located in the scenic Niagara peninsula, minutes from New York State and a one-hour drive from Toronto. A manufacturing base, in addition to expanding sectors such as wine-making and tourism, provides for a dynamic environment with an exceptional range of professional and recreational opportunities. The Niagara region offers a family-friendly environment with a modest cost of living.

Application Procedure

Applications should include a cover letter, curriculum vitae, job market paper, a statement of research interests and teaching philosophy, teaching evaluations, sample of scholarly publications, and three reference letters. Letters of reference must be sent directly from the referee to the Committee Chair. Successful candidates may be contacted to have interviews at the Academy of Marketing Science (AMS) Conference or the American Marketing Association (AMA) Conference. Applications must be submitted electronically to:

 

Dr. Narongsak (Tek) Thongpapanl, Chair

Department of Marketing, International Business, and Strategy

E-mail (preferred): nthongpa@brocku.ca

Postal:

Department of Marketing, International Business and Strategy

Brock University, The Goodman School of Business

500 Glenridge Avenue

St. Catharines, Ontario, CANADA L2S 3A1

Phone: 905-688-5550, extension 5159

 

Application deadline will be on August 15th, 2014. Applicants should be aware that only completed applications will receive consideration.

 

All qualified candidates are encouraged to apply; however, Canadians and permanent residents will be given priority. Brock University is actively committed to diversity and the principles of Employment Equity and invites applications from all qualified candidates. Women, Aboriginal peoples, members of visible minorities, and people with disabilities are especially encouraged to apply and to voluntarily self identify as a member of a designated group as part of their application. Candidates who wish to have their application considered as a member of one or more designated groups should fill out the Self-Identification Form available at http://www.brocku.ca/webfm_send/18256 and include the completed form with their application.

The Goodman School of Business, Brock University invites applications for a probationary tenure-track appointment at the level of Assistant Professor in Strategy, starting July 1st, 2019. The position is open to ALL AREAS OF STRATEGY, but with particular preference given to those whose research interests include social innovation and the human side of strategy. Demonstration of the potential for conducting high quality research publishable in top journal s in business and management and for teaching excellence is also required. The availability of this position is subject to final budgetary approval.

About the Department of Marketing, International Business and Strategy (MIBS)

The MIBS Department has 20 full-time faculty members and is one of four departments in the Goodman School of Business, which has approximately 100 full-time members. We offer graduate and undergraduate programs, both research and professionally oriented including: Master of Science in Organization Studies (a research based master's degree), MBA, MACC, BBA, and BACC

Recent publications by MIBS members have appeared or are forthcoming in such leading journals as Academy of Management Review, Academy of Management Journal, Strategic Management Journal, Journal of Management Studies, Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of Business Venturing, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, Long Range Planning, Sloan Management Review Journal of Business Ethics, Journal of Marketing Research, Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, Journal of International Marketing, Journal of Product Innovation Management, Industrial Marketing Management, and  others.

About the Goodman School of Business

The Goodman School of Business, named for respected business leader Ned Goodman, is AACSB accredited and offers graduate and undergraduate programs in business and accounting. Goodman is a collaborative environment and home to many celebrated faculty members who are both innovative researchers and exemplary teachers, two of whom were recently identified (alongside two other Canadian researchers in business and management education) as among the 99 most productive worldwide.

Under renewed leadership at both the presidential and decanal levels, Brock and the Goodman School of Business are committed to building the scope and reach of the School with the expansion of existing university and business relationships at the local, national and global levels. Already a national leader in experiential learning, Goodman facilitates service-learning programs and international co-op placements, preparing our students for successful careers around the world. With expected completion in 2018 of an expanded and re-vitalized building, Goodman School will soon offer a new state-of-the-art learning environment.

More information on the Goodman School of Business and the MIBS department can be found on the University's website https://brocku.ca/business/.

About Brock University

Located in scenic Niagara region, Brock is a progressive, welcoming university set in a safe and pleasant community that is within an hour from the Greater Toronto Area. Brock's main campus sits atop the Niagara Escarpment - a UNESCO World Biosphere Reserve - overlooking the city of St. Catharines. With 18,000 students engaged in more than 100 undergraduate and graduate programs in seven diverse Faculties, Brock's strong academic heart is greatly enriched by renowned experiential learning opportunities and a highly rated student experience.

Our Geography

Often referred to as "Napa North", Niagara is at the heart of Ontario's grape and wine industry, with a striking landscape of rolling vineyards and scores of award-winning wineries. Niagara is also a popular tourism destination characterized by natural beauty, famous attractions and historic landmarks recalling significant chapters of Canada's past. St. Catharines, which is home to an emerging arts and entertainment scene, is a short drive from Toronto, Niagara Falls and Buffalo, N.Y., including less than a 90-minute drive from two international airports. With one of Canada's mildest climate zones, safe communities and affordable real estate, Niagara is an exceptional location to call home.

Qualifications

Brock University seeks a candidate with a strong commitment to excellence in scholarly research and teaching in the field of Strategy. The position entails developing and sustaining high-quality teaching and learning environments for students and conducting rigorous academic research with relevance to a managerial audience. It is expected that the applicants have potential to publish in top-tier strategy and related business journals. Position level and salary are commensurate with the applicants' qualifications. A doctoral degree in Strategy, Management or Business Administration is required (completed or near completion). A concentration or research expertise in Organization Theory is beneficial.

Notes

Application Procedure

Applications should include a cover letter, curriculum vitae, job market paper, a statement of research interests and teaching philosophy, teaching evaluations, sample of scholarly publications, and three reference letters. Letters of reference must be sent directly from the referee to the Committee Chair.

Applications must be submitted electronically to:

 

Dr. Wesley Helms, Chair of the Search Committee

Department of Marketing, International Business, and Strategy E-mail (preferred):

whelms@brocku.ca

Department of Marketing, International Business and Strategy Brock University,

The Goodman School of Business

1812 Sir Isaac Brock Way

St. Catharines, Ontario, CANADA L2S 3A1

Phone: 905-688-5550, extension 5191

 

Review of applications will commence August 15, 2018 and continue until the position is filled. Preliminary interviews will be done at the Academy of Management Conference, and therefore applicants are strongly encouraged to apply before August, 2018.Applicants should be aware that only completed applications will receive consideration.

All qualified candidates are encouraged to apply. However, Canadians and permanent residents will be given priority. Brock University is actively committed to diversity and the principles of employment equity and invites applications from all qualified candidates. Women, Aboriginal peoples, members of visible minorities, people with disabilities, and lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) are encouraged to apply and to voluntarily self-identify as a member of a designated group as part of their application. Candidates who wish to be considered as a member of one or more designated groups should fill out the Self-Identification Form and include the completed form with their application. The Self-Identification Form available online at: https://brocku.ca/human-resources/wp­ content/uploads/sites/81/SelfldentificationForm.doc

Brock University is an equal opportunity employer committed to inclusive, barrier-free recruitment and selection processes and work environment. We will accommodate the needs of the applicants under the Ontario Human Rights Code and the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act (AODA) throughout all stages of the recruitment and selection process, per the University's Accommodation for Employees with Disabilities Policy (https://brocku.ca/webfm_send/6557). Please advise the Human Resources Department to ensure your accessibility needs are accommodated throughout this process. Information received relating to accommodation measures will be addressed confidentially.

Brock University is actively committed to diversity and the principles of Employment Equity and invites applications from all qualified candidates. Women, Indigenous peoples, members of visible minorities, and people with disabilities are encouraged to apply. We will accommodate the needs of the applicants and the Ontario Human Rights Code and the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act (AODA) throughout all stages of the selection process, as outlined in the Employee Accommodation Policy https://brocku.ca/webfm_send/39939.

Please advise: Wesley Helms-Associate Professor-whelms@BrockU.CA to ensure your accessibility needs are accommodated through this process. Information received relating to accommodation measures will be addressed confidentially.

All qualified candidates are encouraged to apply. Brock University is actively committed to diversity and the principles of Employment Equity and invites applications from all qualified candidates. Women, Aboriginal peoples, members of visible minorities, people with disabilities and lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) persons are encouraged to apply and to voluntarily self-identify as a member of a designated group as part of their application. Candidates who wish to be considered as a member of one or more designated groups can fill out the Self-Idenfication questions included in the questionnaire at the time of application. 

It is Brock University’s policy to give consideration to qualified internal applicants.

We appreciate all applications received; however, only candidates selected for an interview with be contacted.  

Learn more about Brock University by visiting http://www.brocku.ca

International Business Management

International Business Management

Bryant University seeks to fill a tenure-track position in the Department of Management (rank is Assistant). Bryant seeks a candidate with a strong commitment to excellence in scholarly research and teaching in the field of international business. A secondary interest in strategic management is highly desirable. The position entails conducting rigorous academic research with relevance to a managerial audience.

Faculty members at Bryant have the opportunity to draw upon data sources available through our Chafee Center for International Business and U.S.-China Institute for use in international business research. A new faculty member may teach in our undergraduate (BSBA and BSIB) as well as graduate (MBA) programs. They also may have the opportunity to travel internationally with colleagues and students as part of our Sophomore International Experience. Additional course assignments will depend on the candidates’ interests and experience.

Qualifications Candidates must have a Ph.D. or D.B.A. in Management from an AACSB-International accredited school. ABD in management with completion expected by August 1, 2012 from an AACSB accredited school will be considered. Candidates should be committed to teaching excellence, establishing a scholarly publication record consistent with AACSB standards, and serving as active members of the Bryant community. The demonstrated capacity to conduct research that speaks to both academic and managerial audiences is highly desirable. The successful candidate must be able to teach courses at both the undergraduate (BSBA and BSIB) and graduate (MBA) level.

Successful candidates also will demonstrate the potential, as their career progresses, to conduct a variety of scholarly activities that support research and teaching, e.g., building new programs, writing research grants, establishing connections with the business community, and developing new courses.

Application Process To receive full consideration, interested persons must apply electronically. Applications should include a letter of application, current vita, and evidence to support the following expectations:
○ teaching undergraduate and graduate (graduate not mandatory) management courses
○ conducting and publishing research in international business, strategic management and related areas
○ contributing to student growth and development through active involvement in student related activities (e.g., advising, working with student organizations)
○ providing service to the university and community Complete information regarding the required application process is available on-line at http://employment.bryant.edu/applicants/Central?quickFind=50783

Bryant University will begin reviewing applications and conducting interviews immediately. Should you wish to discuss this opening or for more information please contact:

Dr. Madan Annavarjula – mannavar@bryant.edu
Dr. Michael Roberto – mroberto@bryant.edu
Co-Chairs, Search Committee, Department of Management

Appointment Begins August 1, 2012. Rank is Assistant. Salary is commensurate with preparation, experience, and demonstrated performance. EEOC Statement Bryant University is an equal employment opportunity employer.

About Bryant Bryant University is a 149 year old private secular institution and is accredited by AACSB-International and the New England Association of Schools and Colleges. Bryant is a student-centered institution, focused on academic excellence that prepares our students to achieve their personal best in life and in their chosen professions. We have approximately 3300 undergraduate students who hail from 27 states and 54 countries. We also have approximately 244 full and part-time graduate students. The Bryant Management Department consists of twelve tenure-track faculty and six additional non-tenure track faculty members who bring extensive business experience to the classroom. Students interested in Management can earn an undergraduate (BSBA) degree with a concentration in Management or Human Resource Management, an undergraduate degree in International Business (BSIB), or an MBA.

Position Description

Bryant University seeks to fill a tenure-track position in the Department of Management (rank is Assistant).  Bryant seeks a candidate with a strong commitment to excellence in scholarly research and teaching in the field of organizational behavior. A secondary interest in international business is highly desirable. Preference will be given to candidates whose research deal with issues of Leadership, Team Management, Negotiations and/or Decision-Making in global/cross-cultural context. The position entails conducting rigorous academic research with relevance to a managerial audience.  Faculty members at Bryant have the opportunity to draw upon data sources available through our Chafee Center for International Business and U.S.-China Institute for use in international business research.

The appointment for this position begins August 1, 2018.  Rank is Assistant.  Salary is commensurate with preparation, experience, and demonstrated performance. 

Principal Accountabilities

The successful candidate will be expected to teach in our undergraduate (BSBA and BSIB) as well as graduate (MBA) programs related to Organizational Behavior and International Business.    

Successful candidates should be committed to teaching excellence, establishing a scholarly publication record consistent with AACSB standards, and serving as an active member of the Bryant community. The successful candidates will also demonstrate the potential, as their career progresses, to conduct a variety of scholarly activities that support research and teaching, e.g., building new programs, writing research grants, establishing connections with the business community, and developing new courses, along with service activities that include designing, participating in and leading new initiatives, mentoring students, and being an active participant in departmental and institutional activities.

Qualifications

Candidates must have a Ph.D. or D.B.A. in Management from an AACSB-International accredited school.  ABD in management with completion expected by August 1, 2018 from an AACSB accredited school will be considered.  Candidates should be committed to teaching excellence, establishing a scholarly publication record consistent with AACSB standards, and serving as active members of the Bryant community.   The demonstrated capacity to conduct research that speaks to both academic and managerial audiences is highly desirable.  The successful candidate must be able to teach courses at both the undergraduate (BSBA and BSIB) and graduate (MBA) level.   

Application Process

To receive full consideration, interested persons must apply electronically.  Applications should include a letter of application, current vita, and evidence to support the following expectations:

• teaching undergraduate and graduate (graduate not mandatory) management courses
• conducting and publishing research in organizational behavior, international business, and related areas
• contributing to student growth and development through active involvement in student related activities (e.g., advising, working with student organizations)
• providing service to the university and community

Bryant University will begin reviewing applications and conducting interviews at the Academy of Management (Atlanta) and the Academy of International Business (Dubai) meetings in Summer 2017. We will continue to review applications till the position is filled.

Please email all your materials in a zip folder to Dr. Chris Roethlein – croethle@bryant.edu.

Please indicate in your cover letter if you are planning to attend the Academy of Management or Academy of International Business meetings this summer.

Should you wish to discuss this opening or for more information please contact:

Dr. Chris Roethlein – croethle@bryant.edu (Chair, Search Committee 2017, Department of Management) or

Dr. Diya Das – ddas@bryant.edu (Chair, Department of Management)

EEOC Statement

Bryant University is an equal employment opportunity employer. We strongly encourage women and minority candidates to apply.

About Bryant

Bryant University is a 153 year old private secular institution in Smithfield RI, USA and is accredited by AACSB-International and the New England Association of Schools and Colleges.  Bryant is a student-centered institution, focused on academic excellence that prepares our students to achieve their personal best in life and in their chosen professions.  We have 3459 undergraduate students who hail from 36 states and 59 countries. We also have 211 full- and part-time graduate students.

The Bryant Management Department consists of fifteen tenure-track faculty and seven additional non-tenure track faculty members who bring extensive business experience to the classroom.  Students interested in Management can earn an undergraduate degree in Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA) or International Business (BSIB) with a concentration in Leadership and Innovation Management, Team and Project Management or Human Resource Management, or an MBA. The faculty in the Department also work closely with the interdisciplinary majors in International Business and concentrations of Global Supply Chain Management and Entrepreneurship. Our faculty members are very active in research and publish in several leading journals such as Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of Management, Journal of Organizational Behavior, Human Relations, International Journal of Human Resource Management, Technovation, Strategic Management Journal, to name a few.

This position is subject to final budgetary approval.

The year 2025 could be a year in which humanity, many eco-systems and biological species, and business sectors could hit the point of no return. This book aims to address the intersection between business, society, biodiversity and technology by the year 2025. This book seeks to analyze the challenges and transformations required to be able to have sustainable businesses with a future orientation. This volume targets contributions to provide elements on current and potential social, demographic, technological, and managerial trends; the implications of the digital revolution in society and business; as well as the challenges of surviving, being sustainable and profitable. Furthermore, we seek to provide an understanding on business reasons to incorporate a future orientation in business strategy, and to facilitate understanding of the need for profound changes in individual behavior, culture of the organizations, public policy and business environments to adapt to the accelerated changes, and to manage business with orientation to the future.

Therefore, with this book, we seek to (i) present a collection of evidence and analysis of the implications of the digital revolution in society and business, and the challenges of surviving, being sustainable and profitable; (ii) identify potential social, demographic, technological, and managerial trends by 2025; (iii) understanding of the need for profound transformations in individuals, the culture of organizations and the environment to adapt to accelerated changes, and managing organizations with a focus on the future.

Topics for this volume include, but not limited to:

• Connection between sustainability and digital transformation.
• After the 2030 sustainable development agenda.
• What has been said about the future in the past. The past history of the future.
• Industry 5.0: What does really mean the human touch revolution?
• Challenges for humanity after 2025.
• Challenges for business after 2025.
• Challenges for governments after 2025.
• Ethical challenges in the year 2025.
• The geopolitical evolution and demographic characteristics by the second half of the 21st century.
• The future of the world economy.
• Models of development after the digital revolution.
• Uncertainty and sustainability for international business. 
• Disruptive innovations and the challenges to sustainable and inclusive development.
• New conceptions of development.
• The future of production and consumption.
• Survival, sustainability and profitability.
• Business challenges for agile and exponential organizations.
• The challenges of inclusion: How to deal with the excluded.
• Diversity with diversity by 2025: the new different ones.
• Speed ​​as a competitive advantage.
• Leadership of the future.
• Emerging organizational forms (such as B Corporations and others).
• Extra-planetary business.
• Challenges on renewable energy.
• Considerations of human development and happiness by 2025.
• Utopian views of the future.
• Positive impacts for humanity and business of automation and robotics
• Positive impacts for humanity and the planet of climate change.
• Techno-humanitarianism.
• Opportunity-exploration paradigm.
• More human humans: sensitivity, compassion and connection.
• Political forces shaping the future.
• Climate related forces shaping the future.
• What will happen to the sustainable development goals that are not met?

Important dates:

• Submission deadline for chapter proposals, emailed to mgonza40@eafit.edu.co by May 10th 2019
• Notification of acceptance/rejection of chapter proposals: May 21st, 2019.
• Deadline for full chapter: October 10th2019
• Notification of acceptance/rejection of chapter: November 30th, 2019.
• Deadline for submission of revised chapters: January 30th, 2020.
• Estimated date of publication: End of first semester 2020.

Guidelines:

• Chapter Proposals: 250-500 words
• It should contain provisional title
• Author(s) information (name, affiliation, contact details)
• Summary of chapter including main idea, preliminary conclusions, and list of reference.

Peer Reviewer Commitments:

• Each accepted author must be willing to review several rounds of peer reviewed chapters by set deadlines during the October-November timeline.

Chapter:

Up to 10,000 words.

APA 6th manuscript formatting.

• Accepted chapters will be compiled in a book, which will be published by Palgrave Macmillan.

Book Editors:

Seung Ho "Sam" Park

Dr. Park is Professor and President’s Chair in Strategy and International Business and Executive Director of the Center for Emerging Market Studies at Nanyang Technological University in Singapore. He was the Parkland Chair Professor of strategy and Director of the Center for Emerging Market Studies at CEIBS and the founding president of the Skolkovo-EY Institute for Emerging Market Studies and the Samsung Economic Research Institute China.

Maria Alejandra Gonzalez-Perez

Dr. Gonzalez-Perez (PhD, MBS, Psy) is Full Professor of Management at Universidad EAFIT (Colombia). She is the Chapter Chair for Latin America and the Caribbean at the Academy of International Business (AIB) (2018-2021). She is Member of the global council of the Sustainable Development Goal  number 1 (SDG 1: End Poverty) of the World Government Summit (WGS). Furthermore, Alejandra is a Research Partner at the Center for Emerging Market Studies at Nanyang Technological University in Singapore. 

Dinorà Floriani

Dinorá Eliete Floriani is the Director for Professional master’s in science (MsC) in Management and International Business, and coordinates the Master of Business Administration (MBA).  Dinorá is Full Professor of Internationalization Strategy at University of Vale do Itajaí (UNIVALI)–Brazil. Visiting Professor at University of Florence in Italy and Halmstad University in Sweden.  She has been served as Board Member of the Academy of International Business – Latin America and Caribbean Chapter 2018-2021 (AIB-LAT). 

Corresponding editor:

• Maria Alejandra Gonzalez-Perez, Universidad EAFIT, Colombia. Email: mgonza40@eafit.edu.co

International Journal of Business and Management (IJBM) (ISSN Online: 2815-9330) cordially invites scholars, academicians, and researchers from all over the world to submit their unpublished original work for inclusion in our special issue “Business after pandemic” (Vol 2, No 1, 2023).

Acceptable themes include, but are not limited to, the following: Accounting and Finance, International Business, Management Corporate Governance, Marketing, Supply Chain, Business Ethics, Corporate Governance, and Corporate Social Responsibility after pandemic.

The International Journal of Business and Management (IJBM) (ISSN Online: 2815-9330) is a fully open access, peer-reviewed academic journal. We adhere to the highest scientific standards and follow a rigorous peer-review process. We welcome submissions from across the social sciences, economics, and humanities disciplines. IJBM aims to publish rigorous theoretical, methodological, or empirical research associated with the areas of business and management including strategy, accounting, economics, finance, management, marketing, tourism, organisation, human resources, operations, supply chain, corporate social responsibility, and corporate governance. The journal aims to attract original knowledge based on academic rigour and of relevance for academics, researchers, professionals, and/or public decision-makers. IJBM is published by OJS system and supported by International Emerging Scholars Society (IESS).

There is no submission fee.

Why publish in IJBM: Fully open access Rigorous peer-review process

Fast publication: average peer review time within 8 weeks

Impact: affiliated with International Emerging Scholars Society (IESS) Support for early career researchers and underrepresented populations Commitment to diversity and inclusion

Editor in Chief: Prof. Zhongqian Liu Editor-in-chief@iessociety.org

Associate Editor: Dr. Scott Johnson editor@iessociety.com

International Journal of Business and Management (IJBM) (ISSN Online: 2815-9330) cordially invites scholars, academicians, and researchers from all over the world to submit their unpublished original work for inclusion in our special issue “Business after pandemic” (Vol 2, No 1, 2023). Acceptable themes include, but are not limited to, the following: Accounting and Finance, International Business, Management Corporate Governance, Marketing, Supply Chain, Business Ethics, Corporate Governance, and Corporate Social Responsibility after pandemic. The International Journal of Business and Management (IJBM) (EISSN: 2815-9330) is a fully open access, peer-reviewed academic journal, published from New Zealand. We adhere to the highest scientific standards and follow a rigorous peer-review process. We welcome submissions from across the social sciences, economics and humanities disciplines. IJBM aims to publish rigorous theoretical, methodological, or empirical research associated with the areas of business and management including strategy, accounting, economics, finance, management, marketing, tourism, organisation, human resources, operations, supply chain, corporate social responsibility, and corporate governance. The journal aims to attract original knowledge based on academic rigour and of relevance for academics, researchers, professionals, and/or public decision-makers. As an open access journal, all articles will be immediately and permanently available for authors and readers to read, download, cite and share. You decide how readers distribute and copy your work through a choice of Creative Commons licenses. IJBM is published by OJS on behalf of International Emerging Scholars Society (IESS).The journal is owned by IESS and is published under a gold open access arrangement. There is no submission fee. Why publish in IJBM: Fully open access Rigorous peer-review process Fast publication: average peer review time within 8 weeks We are member of CrossRef. All papers get DOIs. Indexed in Google Scholar, BASE (Germany), ORCID, WorldCat, DORA Impact: affiliated with International Emerging Scholars Society (IESS) Research support for early career researchers and underrepresented populations 50% discount in joining the IESS Commitment to diversity and inclusion We are looking forward to receiving your unpublished manuscript at IJBM. Manuscripts are accepted on a continuous basis and there is no deadline for submission. If you are interested in submitting a manuscript, please submit your paper here https://iessociety.org/index.php/IJBM/about/submissions

INTRODUCTION TO THE THEME:

Multinational entreprises (MNEs) experienced ‘golden days’ during the 1990s and 2000s, they expanded globally and were major players in globalization. Today they have become powerful actors in the global economy. CEOs of international businesses are welcomed by heads of state as their counterparts, they are invited by governments to help solve global issues such as climate change and poverty, and they are facing dilemmas comparable to those of other international actors.

However, MNEs are facing global legitimacy challenges. They are suspected of tax avoidance, using low wage countries for corporate benefits only, disrespecting privacy regulations, abusing consumer data, violating local community rights, exploiting natural resources, ignoring basic human rights, and employing too many lobbyists targeting national and international political decision-making processes for their own corporate interests.

Although many of these challenges are not new, they have resurfaced and become more apparent during the past couple of years, partly due to the economic recession that many developed economies have faced and to the broader awareness of increasing global inequality and the importance of sustainability.

BUSINESS DIPLOMACY

Business diplomacy seems to be more relevant than ever to deal with these challenges. Business diplomacy involves developing strategies for long-term, positive relationship building with governments, local communities, and interest groups, aiming to establish and sustain legitimacy and to mitigate the risks arising from all non-commercial or exogenous factors in the global business environment.

Business diplomacy is different from lobbying or strategic political activity; it implies an (strategic / holistic) approach of an international business to look at itself as an actor in the international diplomatic arena. Representation, communication and negotiation are key in such an approach.

One of the consequences is that MNEs are able to operate in and show respect for an international business environment that consists of multiple stakeholders. This demands a strategic perspective and vision on the sector and the business environments in which the company wants to operate, and requires a specific set of instruments, skills and competences.

Doing business internationally means facing a complex international business environment; global companies, large, medium or small, need to manage and ‘survive’ in a rapidly changing political and economic business environment that requires them to interact with multiple stakeholders such as host governments and NGOs. To operate successfully among all these complexities, international business will need to develop business diplomacy competences and knowhow more than before.

Yet not many international companies recognize the importance of business diplomacy. Instead of training their managers in business diplomacy, most multinational corporations (MNCs) hire political diplomats and rely on their experience in managing complex relationships with host governments. MNCs need to anticipate stakeholder conflicts, communicate with non-business pressure and interest associations, influence host-government decision-making and maintain constructive relations with external constituencies. Therefore, they cannot rely on advisors only, but should develop their own business diplomacy competences.

It is argued that by engaging in business diplomacy, corporations can increase their power and legitimacy. Firms that are involved in business diplomacy have chosen to satisfy a social public demand rather than only a market demand. Scholars emphasize that it is important for modern corporations to respond to the expectations of various stakeholders in order to obtain a “license to operate”, and therefore the importance of enacting business diplomacy in today’s business environment is stressed.

In the international management literature the term business diplomacy is not widely recognized and has received (too) little scholarly attention.

AIM OF THE BOOK

This book aims at shaping the debate on business diplomacy in multinational corporations (MNCs). It will deal with questions such as:

What exactly is business diplomacy?

How is business diplomacy in MNCs related to (political) corporate diplomacy?

To what extent do MNCs engage in business diplomacy and how?

How can business diplomacy help to deal with the global legitimacy challenges that MNCs face?

What strategies, tactics and instruments in enacting business diplomacy?

Which existing theories can be applied to understand the international business-as-an-diplomatic actor perspective?

New theory development to understand business diplomacy, and what are directions for research on business diplomacy?

Specific topics that chapters can address:

International Business and global legitimacy challenges

International Business, Business diplomacy and the OECD guidelines

International Business, Business diplomacy and mitigating risks

International Business, Business diplomacy and sustainable development

International Business, Business diplomacy and the impact and potential of digitalization

International Business, Business diplomacy and fragile states

International Business as international political actors

MNEs, business diplomacy and tax avoidance schemes

International Business, business diplomacy and ethical dilemmas

EDITOR: Huub Ruël, Phd – Professor of International Business – Windesheim University of Applied Sciences (The Netherlands).

EDITORIAL TEAM: Raymond Saner (CSEND, Diplomacydialogue, University of Basl, Science Po (Paris)), Jan Melissen (Netherlands Institute for International Relations Clingendael, University of Antwerp), Shaun Riordan (Netherlands Institute for International Relations Clingendael), Donna Lee (University of Bradford), Doudou Sidibe (Novancia Business School, Paris), Jennifer Kestelyn (Ghent University).

SUBMISSIONS:

Submissions to this new book in the Emerald Advanced Series in Management are welcomed.

Submission deadline of draft chapters/extended chapter proposals: November 15th 2015

Acceptance notification: December 15th 2015

Full chapter submission: January 31th 2016

Authors must follow the author guidelines of the Emerald Advanced Series in Management.

Send submissions to: hjm.ruel@windesheim.nl or h.j.m.ruel@utwente.nl

Business groups are prevalent in both developed and emerging markets (Ghemawat & Khanna, 1998) and constitute the dominant organizational form in many emerging markets (Chung & Luo, 2008; Khanna & Rivkin, 2001). Scholars have utilized multiple theoretical perspectives, including institutional economics, sociology and resource-based view to define, characterize and comprehend business groups. Business groups play an important role in emerging markets by filling institutional voids and creating their own internal capital, labor and product markets (Khanna & Palepu, 2000a). There are important differences between group affiliated and unaffiliated firms in emerging economies, in terms of their underlying resource base and embeddedness in the institutional and social fabric of the local market. To add to this complexity, institutional environments in emerging economies are constantly evolving and thereby impacting strategy, particularly of organizations such as business groups that are highly embedded in the domestic context (Hoskisson, Eden, Lau, & Wright, 2000; Hoskisson, Wright, Filatotchev, & Peng, 2013). Internationalization of business group firms under such tumultuous conditions presents a rich context for advancing internationalization theory and, in particular, contributing to a better understanding of the strategic adaptation of emerging market firms.

The extant literature on business group has primarily focused on how groups as a whole and/or firms affiliated to groups perform in their home countries (e.g. Chacar & Vissa, 2005; Chang, Chung, & Mahmood, 2006; Douma, George, & Kabir, 2006; Khanna & Palepu, 2000a; 2000b; Khanna & Rivkin, 2001). There are only a few studies that have explored the impact that affiliation to a business group has on the degree of internationalization of the focal firm, and present inconclusive findings (e.g. Chang, 1995; Kim, Kim, & Hoskisson, 2010). Examining not only institutional differences but also factor market difference between home and host countries also seems to matter with regard to internationalization from emerging economies (Kim, Hoskisson, & Lee, 2014). In the wake of the recent widespread and accelerated internationalization of emerging market firms, including many that are affiliated to larger business groups, the internationalization of business group affiliated firms warrants a deeper and systematic investigation from a variety of theoretical and empirical approaches.

As emerging economies develop and become mid-range economies (Hoskisson, et al., 2013), how does this change the nature of business groups and their internationalization strategies. Do they restructure their portfolios as transaction cost theory would imply (Hoskisson, Johnson, Tihanyi, & White, 2005)? Do they substitute domestic product diversification for more internationalization (Meyer, 2006)? How are they structured and governed differently (Chittoor, Kale, Puranam, 2014) as the country settings change and as they pursue increased innovation and internationalization (Yiu, Hoskisson, Bruton, Lu, 2014)? How does government ownership influence their corporate and internationalization strategies (White, Hoskisson, Yiu, & Bruton, 2008)?

Many studies simply use dummies to distinguish group affiliates from independent firms. This approach assumes all affiliates benefit equally, which is questionable due to differences in value capture.  For example, research shows that affiliate firms differ in their ability to capture benefits from internationalization; in this study more powerful group firms benefit from internationalization compared to less powerful affiliates (Wan, Hoskisson, & Kim, 2004). However, we have limited understanding of differences in power and of value capture among affiliates because few scholars examine heterogeneity among group affiliates.

The special issue solicits scholarly contributions that provide a finer-grained analysis of the internationalization of business group affiliated firms from emerging markets, encapsulating the unique attributes of business groups as well as that of the institutional and cultural contexts where they prosper. The following is an illustrative list of questions:

1. How is the efficacy of business groups affected due to the rapidly changing institutional environment in EEs?
2. Business groups are social structures deeply embedded in the broader institutional environment of EEs. How does this embeddnesses affect the internationalization propensity of their affiliates?
3. What are the similarities and differences between business groups from different emerging economies as well as developed economies and how do these similarities/differences affect their internationalization behavior?
4. How are business groups organized and managed differently in different country institutional and factor market settings? What organizational transformation are business groups undergoing to respond to the changes in the external institutional environment?
5. What are the unique resources and capabilities of business groups? How do these capabilities help group affiliated firms in internationalization?
6. Are the advantages and/or disadvantages of affiliation to business group context-dependent?  How do individual business affiliate firms benefit more or less from group affiliation?
7. Do advantages and/or disadvantages transfer to foreign markets when EE firms internationalize their operations?
8. How do business groups extend their group like structure in foreign markets?
9. How does the presence of a business group in an industry affect the industry-wide innovation and internationalization?
10. How do the foreign market entry modes different between group affiliated and unaffiliated firms?

We encourage potential contributors to examine the internationalization of business groups from different theoretical perspectives and empirical approaches, including multi-level models and case studies.  Authors should not merely be testing the existing theories in the context of business groups, but make use of the novel context to develop new theories and explanations, and thereby enrich our understanding of firm internationalization behavior in general, and of business group internationalization behavior in particular.

Submission Process:

By March 1, 2015 all manuscripts should be submitted using the online submission system.  The link for submitting manuscript is: http://ees.elsevier.com/jwb.

To ensure that all manuscripts are correctly identified for consideration for this Special Issue, it is important that authors select 'SI: Business Groups' when they reach the "Article Type" step in the submission process.

We may organize a workshop designed to facilitate the development of papers.

Authors of manuscripts that have progressed through the revision process will be invited to it. Presentation at the workshop is neither a requirement for nor a promise of final acceptance of the paper in the Special Issue.

Questions about the special issue may be directed to any of the following guest editors:

Ajai Gaur, Rutgers University, USA ajai@business.rutgers.edu

Jane Lu, University of Melbourne, Australia jane.lu@unimelb.edu.au

Vikas Kumar, University of Sydney, Australia vikas.kumar@sydney.edu.au

Robert E. Hoskisson, Rice University robert.hoskisson@rice.edu

References

Chacar, A., & Vissa, B. (2005). Are emerging economies less efficient? Performance persistence and the impact of business group affiliation. Strategic Management Journal, 26(10): 933-946.

Chang, S.J. (1995). International expansion strategy of Japanese firms: capability building through sequential entry.  Academy of Management Journal, 38(2): 383-407.

Chang, S., Chung, C., & Mahmood, I.P. (2006). When and how does business group affiliation promote firm innovation? A tale of two emerging economies. Organization Science, 17(5): 637-656.

Chittoor, R., Kale, P., & Puranam, P. (2014). Business groups in developing capital markets:  Towards a complementarity perspective.  Strategic Management Journal, forthcoming.

Chung, C., & Luo, X. (2008). Human agents, contexts, and institutional change: the decline of family in the leadership of business groups. Organization Science, 19(1): 124-142.

Douma, S., George, R., & Kabir, R. (2006). Foreign and domestic ownership, business groups, and firm performance: evidence from a large emerging market. Strategic Management Journal, 27(7): 637-657.

Ghemawat, P., & Khanna, T. (1998). The nature of diversified business groups: a research design and two case studies.  Journal of Industrial Economics, 46(1): 35-61.

Hoskisson, R.E., Eden, L., Lau, C.-M., & Wright, M. 2000. Strategy in emerging economies. Academy of Management Journal, 43: 249-267.

Hoskisson, R. E., Johnson, R. A., Tihanyi, L. & White, R. E. (2005). Diversified business groups and corporate refocusing in emerging economies. Journal of Management, 31: 941-965.

Hoskisson, R.E., Wright, M., Filatotchev, I., Peng, M. (2013). Emerging multinationals from mid-range economies: The influence of institutions and factor markets. Journal of Management Studies, 50(7): 1295-1321.

Khanna, T., & Palepu, K. (2000a). Is group affiliation profitable in emerging markets? An analysis of diversified Indian business groups. Journal of Finance, 55(2): 867-891.

Khanna, T., & Palepu, K. (2000b). The future of business groups in emerging markets: long-run evidence from Chile. Academy of Management Journal, 43(3): 268-285.

Khanna, T., & Rivkin, J.W. (2001). Estimating the performance effects of business groups in emerging markets. Strategic Management Journal, 22(1): 45-74.

Kim, H., Hoskisson, R.E., & Lee, S.-H. (2014). Why strategic factor markets matter: 'New' multinationals' geographic diversification and firm profitability. Strategic Management Journal, Forthcoming.

Kim, H., Kim, H., & Hoskisson, R.E. (2010). Does market-oriented institutional change in an emerging economy make business-group-affiliated multinationals perform better? An institution based view. Journal of International Business Studies, 41: 1141-1160.

Meyer, K.E. (2006). Globalfocusing: From domestic conglomerate to global specialist. Journal of Management Studies, 43(5): 1109-1144.

Kim, H., Hoskisson, R. E. & Wan, W. P. 2004. Power dependence, diversification strategy and performance in keiretsu member firms, Strategic Management Journal, 25: 613-636.

White, R. E., Hoskisson, R. E., Yiu, D. & Bruton, G. (2008). Employment and market innovation in Chinese business group-affiliated firms: The role of group control systems, Management and Organization Review, 4: 225-256.

Yiu, D. Hoskisson, R. E., Bruton, G. & Lu, Y. (2014). Dueling institutional logics and the effect on strategic entrepreneurship in Chinese business groups. Strategic Entrepreneurship Journal, 8(3): 195-213.

During the past three decades, the world has witnessed China’s rise from an underdeveloped country to the third largest economic power. Business leaders have taken a crucial role in developing the firms during this period, which constitutes the most powerful driving force for the rapid growth of the Chinese economy. While business leaders have made significant contributions to China’s economic and societal development via their unprecedented achievements, scholars have not systematically examined their leadership practices and, thus, have not developed rigorous theories to explain these practices. Among the vast amounts of literature on leadership, very few are on business leadership in the Chinese context. Researchers, educators, and practitioners are all aware that the Western-based leadership theories are not completely sufficient to understand the rich and unique leadership phenomenon in the Chinese context. To fully understand the miracle of the Chinese economy, it is essential to identify the unique issues in business leadership in the Chinese context.

The purpose of this special issue is to examine leadership in organizations at different levels, in different domains, or from different perspectives aimed at offering valuable insights into the organizational leadership phenomenon in Greater China. We intend to advance leadership research in the Chinese context, to improve leadership practices, and to add novel knowledge to global leadership literature.

China’s distinctive political, social and cultural environments have been regarded as the major factors breeding the leadership styles in Chinese business organizations. In addition, the unique characteristics of Chinese firms, which have been evolving in a transitional era, also play a major role in shaping the special leadership patterns in Chinese organizations. In the early state, leaders had to make arduous efforts to build legitimacy and to protect themselves in various ways such as registering a private firm as a collective one or getting a ‘red hat’ by registering a firm as a subsidiary or supplemental unit of a State-Owned Enterprise. Some business leaders skillfully adapted themselves to the changing environments and led their companies successfully.

Starting from the late 1990s and, in particular, after China became a member of the World Trade Organization (WTO), the Chinese government has opened its market to the outside world in almost all business sectors. In the domestic market, Chinese firms have to fiercely compete with strong foreign companies, many of which are multinational giants. Pessimists predicted that Chinese firms were not ready and would be overwhelmed by their international counterparts. However, many Chinese firms have not only survived, but also gained advantages in competing with foreign firms. Some Chinese firms have not only dominated the domestic market, but also started to share the international markets with multinational companies. While we can attribute the success of Chinese firms to different factors, we have no doubt that business leadership plays a crucial role in achieving such performance.

In this special issue, we seek manuscripts investigating leadership practices in Greater China and offering theories to understand these practices, which may present conceptualizations or/and findings that differ from, if not challenge, Western-imported theories. We expect this special issue to enrich our understanding of business leadership in the dynamic Chinese context by producing meaningful and valid knowledge. We highlight a Chinese perspective in examining business leadership in China. Broadly, any study that incorporates the Chinese context and offers conceptual and theoretical explanations on business leadership in the Chinese context is welcome. We invite submissions that either modify or extend the well-accepted leadership theories or develop innovative theories based on grounded/inductive approaches. We invite submissions that conduct rigorous research using either qualitative (case study, interview, grounded theory, or ethnographic methods, etc.) or quantitative approaches (survey, laboratory experiment, analyzing archival data, etc.). Purely conceptual papers are also welcome. You are encouraged to identify and choose meaningful and important problems based on your keen observation, your in-depth knowledge, or your astute analysis of business leadership and related phenomena in the Chinese context.

Submissions could address, but are not limited to, the following topics:

• The evolving pattern of leadership in Chinese business organizations;
• Business leadership in the transitional era in China;
• The characteristics of Chinese business leadership;
• Indigenous models of Chinese business leadership and their functioning mechanisms;
• Cultural and social antecedents of leadership;
• Economic and social consequences of Chinese business leadership;
• Implicit theories of Chinese leadership;
• Leader-member exchange (LMX) in Chinese societies;
• Business leadership and team dynamics;
• The nature of transformational leadership in Chinese organizations;
• Newly emerging leadership styles (e.g., authentic leadership, servant leadership, and ethical leadership, etc.) in the Chinese context;
• Multiple intelligences (e.g., emotional intelligence, cultural intelligence) and business leadership in Chinese societies
• Cross-cultural and comparative studies of business leadership
• The similarity and diversity of business leadership in different Chinese societies (including mainland China, Taiwan, Singapore, and Hong Kong )
• Cross-level business leadership.

Developing countries and emerging markets have one of the fastest growth rates due to the advancement in technology, rise in global investments, and changes in consumer culture. Therefore, the knowledge translations and technology transfers from advanced countries to emerging markets and vice-versa are of essence. The advanced countries need access to the markets of emerging markets, and the emerging markets need the technology and investments, among others, from advanced countries. It is a win-win situation. In this context, the Academy of Business and Emerging Markets (ABEM) Conference in association with World Scientific Publisher invites book chapters that are based on thought-provoking topics yet theoretically sound and empirically testable. Controversial or debatable topics in the context of Business, Government and Community in emerging markets are particularly invited for the edited book entitled Business Practices, Growth and Economic Policies in Emerging Markets. Case studies are not suitable for this book.

Publication Schedule

Chapters due: Sept 30, 2019

Reviewers’ comments: Dec 30, 2019

Revised chapters due: Mar 30, 2020

Camera-ready copy: June 30, 2020

Submissions

Initial submissions should be sent in Word document using Times New Roman Font Size 12, 1″ margin and double-spaced, and must include: (1) Cover page with title of the study, five keywords, author name(s), title, affiliation, full address, contact no and e-mail; and, (2) First page with the title, an abstract between 150-200 words, followed by body of the paper between 5,000 and 6,000 words including Tables (3 max), Figures (2 max) and References (APA style). No appendices. Please avoid footnotes.

Submissions should be sent to Dr. Luis Camacho (luis.camacho@esc.edu) and Dr. Satyendra Singh (s.singh@uwinnipeg.ca)

You may forward any inquiries to Dr. Luis Camacho (luis.camacho@esc.edu )

World Scientific Publisher, Singapore

Editors:

Dr. Luis. Camacho, SUNY Empire State College, New York, USA

Dr. Satyendra Singh, University of Winnipeg, Canada

Deadline: Oct. 15, 2019

Developing countries and emerging markets have one of the fastest growth rates due to the advancement in technology, rise in global investments, and changes in consumer culture. Therefore, the knowledge translations and technology transfers from advanced countries to emerging markets and vice-versa are of essence. The advanced countries need access to the markets of emerging markets, and the emerging markets need the technology and investments, among others, from advanced countries. It is a win-win situation. In this context, the Academy of Business and Emerging Markets (ABEM) Conference in association with the World Scientific Publisherinvites book chapters that are based on thought-provoking topics yet theoretically sound and empirically testable. Controversial or debatable topics in the context of Business, Government and Community in emerging markets are particularly invited for the edited book entitled Business Practices, Growth and Economic Policies in Emerging Markets. Case studies are not suitable for this book.

 

Publication Schedule

Chapters due: Oct. 15, 2019

Reviewers’ comments: Dec 30, 2019

Revised chapters due: Mar 30, 2020

Camera-ready copy: June 30, 2020

 

Submissions

Initial submissions should be sent in Word document using Times New Roman Font Size 12, 1″ margin and double-spaced, and must include: (1) Cover page with title of the study, five keywords, author name(s), title, affiliation, full address, contact no and e-mail; and, (2) First page with the title, an abstract between 150-200 words, followed by body of the paper between 5,000 and 6,000 words including Tables (3 max), Figures (2 max) and References (APA style). No appendices. Please avoid footnotes.

Submissions should be sent to Dr. Luis Camacho (luis.camacho@esc.edu) and Dr. Satyendra Singh (s.singh@uwinnipeg.ca)

You may forward any inquiries to Dr. Luis Camacho (luis.camacho@esc.edu )

Cultural Experiences Abroad's (CEA) study abroad programs allow students to study business and economics in multiple international settings like Italy, France, Czechia, and China. The site offers information on curriculum programs, internships, and business courses.

This special issue of Business and Society aims to contribute to the development of theoretical and empirical insights on the role of business in African countries, in the context of the important environmental, social and governance challenges faced by the Continent. The need for knowledge to help further sustainable development, in an equitable and accountable way, makes a better understanding of business in Africa particularly urgent, especially considering the relative lack of research published on these themes in management and organization journals. To address the specific situation in African countries, existing theories and frameworks may need to be extended, adjusted or replaced by approaches that could have implications beyond the continent. Conversely, current paradigms may be directly applicable to the African context as such, but data limitations may require methodological adaptations.

While environmental and social issues exist across the globe, leading to a thriving literature on a range of topics, Africa seems to accumulate both major environmental problems and social problems. Environmental problems include, among others, the effects of global warming and climate variability, pollution, the loss of biodiversity, deforestation and desertification, which affect the availability of land and food. Compounding environmental issues, social problems are also prevalent throughout the African continent. The World Bank’s ranked 26 African countries among the 30 poorest countries in the world in GDP (PPP) in 2009 and the UN’s Economic Commission for Africa shows at best mixed results in the progress towards achieving the Millennium Development Goals by 2015, sharply contrasting with other continents, such as Asia or Latin America. Poverty, human rights violations, health problems and lack of social security are coupled with often weak governance, corruption and conflict. While the number of wars across the continent has decreased since the 1990s, some countries still face conflict or continue to show worrying signs of political instability. At the same time, African countries exhibit strong and resilient economic growth in spite of the global economic crisis, with a continent-wide forecasted growth of 5.3% for 2011, according to the International Monetary Fund, and huge potential and promising economic developments have been noted.

Yet, in spite of the scale and importance of the environmental and social issues in Africa, and in spite of the sustained economic growth that the continent has experienced for a decade, very few published papers in mainstream management journals use African data. A literature search for published papers on Africa in leading management journals yielded a total of twenty-seven published papers, of which only seven were published in the last decade. Among African countries, South Africa in particular, and to a lesser extent Nigeria, receives attention. This same pattern is found for more specific outlets on corporate social responsibility, sustainability and business ethics, in which South Africa is also a main focus, followed by Nigeria (Kolk & Lenfant, 2010; Visser, 2006). In international business and management, overview articles on the “state of the art” in corporate (social) responsibility and sustainable development showed a serious lack of attention for Africa as well (Egri & Ralston, 2008; Kolk & Van Tulder, 2010). Egri and Ralston (2008, p. 325) noted that “it is particularly troubling that there has been relatively little on-the-ground corporate responsibility research in countries where the need for corporate responsibility is most pressing due to greater poverty, environmental degradation, and institutional governance issues”. Remarkably, even in research on the base/bottom of the pyramid most of the cases and examples stem from India and other emerging economies, leaving the African relatively understudied, as shown in a recent article on a decade of BOP article (Kolk, Rivera-Santos, & Rufín, forthcoming).

We believe that this dearth of studies uncovers two distinct issues. First, while emerging countries such as China or India have recently become relatively common empirical settings in management studies, Africa may simply not always be on the radar as a place to conduct research. Second, conducting research in Africa creates specific challenges, which stem directly from the social, environmental and governance problems mentioned above, coupled with complexities related to linguistic, security, cultural and/or political issues. This particularly affects the possibility to collect empirical data in the absence of large-scale databases. While scholars start to better recognize the implications of conducting research in nontraditional contexts (Kriauciunas et al., 2011), the challenges associated with data collection in contexts characterized by high levels of poverty, conflict and poor governance may seem daunting to many researchers.

With a goal of putting Africa on the scholarly map, this special issue aims to publish papers on business, society and environment in the African context. We welcome innovative papers, both conceptual and empirical, both qualitative and quantitative, with a focus on or data from the African continent. The possible topic list covers the whole range of environmental, social and governance issues mentioned above. The special issue is open to papers from different theoretical backgrounds and academic disciplines as long as it relates to the business and society domain in line with the overall focus of the journal.

Submission guidelines

All paper submissions should conform to Business & Society’s standard guidelines for authors, details of which can be found at the B&S website: http://bas.sagepub.com

Questions about the special issue can be directed at the guest editors via e-mail:

akolk@uva.nl (Ans Kolk) or mrivera@babson.edu (Miguel Rivera-Santos)

Deadline: Manuscripts must be received by 1 December 2013, and should be sent to mrivera@babson.edu.

References

Egri, C. P., & Ralston, D. A. (2008). Corporate responsibility: A review of international management research from 1998 to 2007. Journal of International Management, 14, 319-339.

Kolk, A., & Lenfant, F. (2010). MNC reporting on CSR and conflict in Central Africa. Journal of Business Ethics, 93, 241-255.

Kolk, A., Rivera-Santos, M., & C. Rufín (Forthcoming). Reviewing a decade of research on the “Base/Bottom of the Pyramid” concept. Business & Society.

Kolk, A., & Van Tulder, R. (2010). International business, corporate social responsibility and sustainable development. International Business Review, 19(2), 119-125.

Kriauciunas, A., Parmigiani, A., & Rivera-Santos, M. (2011). Leaving our comfort zone: Integrating established practices with unique adaptations to conduct survey-based strategy research in non-traditional contexts. Strategic Management Journal, 32, 994-1010.

Visser, W. (2006). Research on corporate citizenship in Africa: A ten-year review (1995-2005). In W. Visser, M. McIntosh and C. Middleton (Eds.), Corporate citizenship in Africa: Lessons from the past; paths to the future. Sheffield: Greenleaf Publishing.

Introduction: Increasing importance of India in the global economy

India, considered to be an emerging market, is also a prominent BRIC country (Brazil, Russia, India and China), and fast becoming the hub of global economy today. Matloff (2004) cites a Gartner study according to which, 25 percent of all U.S. IT jobs will be offshored by 2010, from 5 percent today. It is likely that most of these offshored jobs will land up in India. Some industry pundits predict that like the Japanese ziabatsu, and the South Korean chaebols, India too may have its share of successful giants that accelerate her economic growth. Sheth and Sisodia (2006) in their path-breaking book, Tectonic Shift: The Geoeconomic Realignment of Globalizing Markets foresee the world to get fragmented into three main regional trading blocks: the European/African bloc, the Asian Bloc with China and Japan as its center, and the US/North American bloc with US and India as allies.

Learning from innovative Indian business-to-business market management practices

In such a business environment, new and innovative business marketing practices are required. One of the most successful examples of innovative business marketing practices is that of India’s largest private sector steel manufacturer, Tata Steel, which was the first company to go for intermediate branding, and a co-branding with its suppliers. Tata Steel, using such innovative marketing processes, has decommoditized steel in India. Similarly, Tata Steel’s joint venture with India’s largest public sector steel giant, Steel authority of India (SAIL) has launched an e-sourcing initiative called www.metaljunction.com which is the largest B2B e-commerce platform in India. This joint venture also started an e-selling initiative that facilitated dis-intermediation, collecting statutory sales tax documents and receivables from buyers, and on its way to become a full-fledged KPO outfit, providing complete order generation and fulfillment services for the sales chain.

The promise of the India-focused special issue of JBIM

New B2B marketing practices should engender new B2B marketing theories, which while originating from Indian practice and context, are expected to have wider applicability and relevance. Most B2B Marketing literature presents theories and models that are grounded in B2B marketing practices in developed countries, which are characterized by mature markets. Very little research has been carried out on the issues and challenges facing B2B marketers in different sectors in India. Many sectors are growing rapidly, taking up important positions in the global context as well.
This special India-focused issue of JBIM seeks to focus on intriguing practices and resulting theory relating to the B2B Marketing and Sales in some of the key industries in India.

Indicative coverage of the India-focused special issue of JBIM

Contributions to this special issue should fulfill one or more of the following conditions:

* Papers could be from both academics and practitioners in B2B Marketing & Sales
* Papers that take an interdisciplinary perspective in understanding B2B Marketing & Sales in India
* Papers presenting new theories or research about B2B Marketing and Sales practice in the Indian context
* Papers covering any type of research paradigm including case studies, qualitative and quantitative analysis, conceptual and empirical research
* Papers presenting rigorously validated qualitative studies that build new theories or provide a “really fresh perspective” in B2B Marketing and Sales that are relevant for India
* Papers presenting case studies of not so celebrated firms in India, that showcase innovative Marketing & Sales practices

Papers that will not be appropriate for the special issue are:

* Papers that are mere replication studies and/or based on validating extant theories in the Indian context.
* Teaching cases.

Indicative list of topics for developing the papers

An indicative, though not exhaustive, list of suggested topics that would be suitable for this special issue would include:

* Understanding and managing value in the B2B context in India
* Managing Buyer-Seller relationships in the Indian market
* Driving efficiency and effectiveness in B2B selling processes in India
* Customer-centricity in B2B marketing processes in India
* Role of buying centers in Indian B2B firms
* Intermediate branding in India
* Pricing Issues in B2B buyer-seller relationships
* Role of supply-chain and logistics in B2B marketing in India
* Outsourcing/offshoring to India
* Co-creation of value with B2B customers in India
* Innovation and new product development for B2B customers in India
* Segmentation practices in Indian B2B markets
* Sales-Marketing interface issues in industrial firms
* Market orientation of B2B firms in India
* Ethics in B2B marketing and sales
* Green marketing of B2B products and services
* Influence of culture on B2B marketing
* Tendering and purchasing processes in India
* Online B2B marketing practices and innovations

Additional dimensions that the paper should address

All contributions should have the following sections, in addition to the specific
content of the paper:

1. A section highlighting managerial implications, based on results from the application of the theories being presented.

2. For the key ideas presented, a section explaining the relevance/applicability to a broader audience of practitioners/academics in other parts of the world.

Process for the submission of papers:

Papers submitted must not have been published, accepted for publication, or presently be under consideration for publication with any other journal. Submissions should be approximately 6,000-8,000 words in length. Submissions to the Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing must be made using the Scholar One Manuscript Central system. For more details, please visit www.emeraldinsight.com/jbim.htm and consult the author guidelines.

A separate title page must be uploaded containing the title, author/s, and contact information for the author(s). Suitable articles will be subjected to a double-blind review. Hence authors should not identify themselves in the body of the paper.

Deadlines for various stages of processing the papers are:

Submission of first draft of paper: 31 December 2009.
First review results: 31 March 2010.
Submission of revised manuscripts (as applicable): 31 May 2010.
Second review results (as applicable): 31 July 2010.
Submission of accepted manuscripts in final form: 31 August 2010.
Special issue expected: late 2010 or early 2011.

Please address all communication to the special issue Guest Editors:

D.V.R. Seshadri, Visiting Faculty – Marketing Area, Indian Institute of Management
Bangalore, Bannerghatta Road, Bangalore 560076, India
E-mail: dvrs@iimb.ernet.in

Or

Ramendra Singh, Doctoral Candidate (Marketing), Indian Institute of Management
Ahmedabad, IIM Ahmedabad, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad 380015, India
E-mail: ramendras@iimahd.ernet.in

References

Matloff, N. (2004), “Globalization and the American IT Worker,” Communications of the ACM, 47(11), 27-29.

Sheth, Jagdish N., and Rajendra S.Sisodia (2006), Tectonic Shift: The Geoeconomic Realignment of Globalizing Markets, Response Books; Sage Publications, New Delhi.

Instructor Position in Organizational Behavior / International Business College of Business Butler University.

Indianapolis, Indiana BUTLER UNIVERSITY seeks applications for a one year instructor position that largely will be devoted to teaching in the College’s management program. The position starts August 2013 and requires a 12 credit hour teaching load per semester. The primary disciplines for the position are organizational behavior and international or cross-cultural business. Individuals with an ability to teach organizational behavior and international business at the undergraduate and graduate levels, and introduction to business at the undergraduate level are especially encouraged to apply.

The preferred candidate should have a masters degree and be qualified to teach in the undergraduate program Candidates with qualifications over and above the masters degree, may be eligible to teach in the graduate program. Candidates must provide evidence that they will be excellent teachers, committed to working with a diverse population of students. They must also show that they are prepared for potential interaction with the business community.

Fully accredited by AACSB-International, the College of Business enjoys the distinction of having top 50 ranked programs for both the undergraduates program of 800 full-time students, and part-time MBA program of nearly 300 students. It also has a growing Master of Professional Accounting (MPA) program. A vibrant university, Butler is committed to providing personalized liberal and professional education to 4,000 undergraduate and 500 graduate students in its six colleges (Business, Liberal Arts and Sciences, Communication, Pharmacy and Health Sciences, Education, and Arts). Extensive internship and service opportunities are made possible by Butler’s location five miles from downtown Indianapolis, the twelfth largest city in the United States. Learn more about Indianapolis at www.indy.org.

Butler is committed to developing a diverse pool of applicants and encourages the application and nomination of women and people of color. Compensation and support are competitive. Letters of interest should include a curriculum vitae and names of three references. Review will begin immediately and continue until the position is filled. We require all applications to be submitted electronically and addressed to: Craig B. Caldwell, Department Chair – Marketing & Management College of Business Butler University E-mail: ccaldwel@butler.edu

B.S. in Business Administration with a concentration in International Business

California State University-Fullerton is seeking nominations and applications for the position of Associate Vice President for Business and Administrative Services.

The starting date for the position will be late spring or early summer of 2015.

Founded in 1957 by act of the California Legislature, CSU Fullerton is “a comprehensive, regional university with a global outlook.” It is one of five universities cited by the Education Trust as most affordable and accessible with a 56% six year graduation rate. It is located in Fullerton, California, a community of approximately 130,000 people, located 30 miles Southeast of Los Angeles. There were 34,467, including over 1,000 international students from 80 nations, enrolled in spring 2012, the majority of whom live in Orange County. Classes are offered on the main campus, the CSUF Irvine Campus, and online. In addition, University Extended Education offers extension courses throughout the year.

The Associate Vice President for Business and Administrative Services (AVP-BAS) is responsible for providing oversight and guidance to the business and administrative support units within the Division. The major units reporting to the AVP-BAS include: University Controller, Accounting Services and Financial Reporting, Accounts Payable, Contracts & Procurement, Student Financial Services, Tax Compliance, Travel Operations, Financial Systems and Reporting, Parking & Transportation Services, and A&F Information Technology.

The operating budget for the entire unit is $17.6m with a staff of 91 FTE. The AVP-BAS oversees the technology needs of the division and is the primary liaison person to campus technology units. The position serves as a senior advisor and a key member of the Vice President’s Senior Leadership Team. This position may serve as Acting Vice President in the absence of the Vice President.

The successful candidate will possess a Bachelor’s Degree from an accredited institution of higher education with a minimum of eight years progressive experience in a senior level financial and management position in an institution of higher education. They must show demonstrated experience in building and advocating for efficient business processes and systems and have knowledge of federal business and financial regulations. A desired qualification is a Master’s Degree in Business or Public Administration or a CPA from an accredited institution of higher education. The search is being assisted by Academic Search, Inc.

A complete position description, including requirements for the position can be found at http://www.academic-search.com under current searches. Applications should consist of curriculum vitae, a cover letter addressing required and preferred qualifications, and a list of at least five references with contact information. None of the references will be contacted without explicit permission from the applicant. All application materials should be sent by email in Word or .pdf format. Nominations or applications should be sent to CSUFAVPBusiness@academic-search.com.

For best consideration, applicants are encouraged to submit their applications no later than January 12th, 2015. Nominators or prospective candidates may make inquiries to Academic Search, Inc. senior consultant, Ms. Jacqueline Woods, Jacqueline.Woods@academic-search.com or her research associate, Shally Wise, sw@academic-search.com.

California State University, Fullerton celebrates all forms of diversity and is deeply committed to fostering an inclusive environment within which students, staff, administrators and faculty thrive. Individuals interested in advancing the University’s strategic diversity goals are strongly encouraged to apply. Reasonable accommodations will be provided for qualified applicants with disabilities who self-disclose.

Tenure-Track Faculty Opening RECRUITMENT # 2024 POSITION: Assistant/Associate Professor (Strategic Management, Organization Theory, Entrepreneurship, and/or General Management-with emphasis in Strategic Management subjects).

EFFECTIVE DATE: August 18, 2014 (Fall Semester) SALARY: Commensurate with qualifications and experience.

MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS: A Ph.D. in Strategic Management, Organization Theory, Entrepreneurship, and/or General Management (with emphasis in Strategic Management subjects) from a business school with AACSB International Accreditation (or its substantial equivalent). Minimum qualifications include a demonstrated ability and/or potential to teach Strategic Management courses and related management subjects effectively at the undergraduate and graduate levels. Demonstrated potential for scholarship leading to publication, and potential for curriculum development and service contributions to the department, college, university, and community. Applicants also must demonstrate the ability to work and communicate effectively within an ethnically and culturally diverse community.

DESIRED/PREFERRED QUALIFICATIONS: Prior teaching experience at the college level; related business, professional, or managerial experience; potential to develop support relationship within the university's surrounding community; and published research in the field.

DUTIES: Classroom teaching at the undergraduate and graduate levels. Probationary faculty will normally have a reduced teaching load with a limited number of new course preparations in an academic year. Primary teaching assignment will include undergraduate courses in Business Policy and Strategy, Decision Making, Organization Theory, and Entrepreneurship. Faculty are expected to engage in scholarly activity leading to presentation and publication, and participate in department, college, university, and community service activities. California State University, Long Beach welcomes and encourages diversity. We seek applicants and nominations from those who have experience teaching, mentoring, and developing research in ways that effectively address individuals from historically underrepresented backgrounds. The University seeks to recruit and retain a diverse workforce as a reflection of our commitment to serve the people of California, to maintain the excellence of the University, and to offer our students richly varied disciplines, perspectives and ways of knowing and learning. California State University, Long Beach is an affirmative action/equal opportunity employer.

REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION: Letter of application indicating teaching interests, curriculum vitae (including an email address), a list of three to five current references, a copy of an official transcript from the institution awarding the highest degree, student evaluations and other evidence of teaching effectiveness, and evidence of research and publication in the field. Finalists will also be required to submit three recent letters of recommendation, signed SC-1 form, and official transcript.

APPLICATION DEADLINE: Open until filled or recruitment cancelled. Review of applications to begin October 1, 2013. Applications, required documentation, and/or requests for information should be addressed to: Dr. Sabine Reddy, Search Committee Chair California State University, Long Beach Department of Management/Human Resource Management College of Business Administration 1250 Bellflower Boulevard Long Beach, CA 90840- 8502 (562) 985-7967 CBA-Mgmt-Jobs@csulb.edu

RECRUITMENT # 2025

POSITION:          Assistant/Associate Professor (Operations Management, Supply Chain Management, Logistics, Operations Research, and/or General Management-with emphasis in Supply Chain Management subjects)

EFFECTIVE DATE:     August 18, 2014 (Fall Semester)

SALARY:  Commensurate with qualifications and experience.

MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS:  A Ph.D. in Operations Management, Supply Chain Management, Logistics, Operations Research, and/or General Management (with emphasis in Supply Chain Management subjects) from a business school with AACSB International Accreditation (or its substantial equivalent).  Minimum qualifications include a demonstrated ability and/or potential to teach Operations and Supply Chain Management courses and related management subjects effectively at the undergraduate and graduate levels.  Demonstrated potential for scholarship leading to publication, and potential for curriculum development and service contributions to the department, college, university, and community.  Applicants also must demonstrate the ability to work and communicate effectively within an ethnically and culturally diverse community. 

DESIRED/PREFERRED QUALIFICATIONS:  Prior teaching experience at the college level; related business, professional, or managerial experience; potential to develop support relationship within the university's surrounding community; and published research in the field.

DUTIES:  Classroom teaching at the undergraduate and graduate levels.  Probationary faculty will normally have a reduced teaching load with a limited number of new course preparations in an academic year.  Primary teaching assignments will include undergraduate courses in Supply Chain Management, Operations Management, Project Management, Logistics, Business Analytics, and Quality Management.  Faculty are expected to engage in scholarly activity leading to presentation and publication, and participate in department, college, university, and community service activities.

California State University, Long Beach welcomes and encourages diversity.  We seek applicants and nominations from those who have experience teaching, mentoring, and developing research in ways that effectively address individuals from historically underrepresented backgrounds.  The University seeks to recruit and retain a diverse workforce as a reflection of our commitment to serve the people of California, to maintain the excellence of the University, and to offer our students richly varied disciplines, perspectives and ways of knowing and learning.  California State University, Long Beach is an affirmative action/equal opportunity employer.

REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION:  Letter of application indicating teaching interests, curriculum vitae (including an email address), a list of three to five current references, a copy of an official transcript from the institution awarding the highest degree, student evaluations and other evidence of teaching effectiveness, and evidence of research and publication in the field.    Finalists will also be required to submit three recent letters of recommendation, signed SC-1 form, and official transcript.

APPLICATION DEADLINE:  Open until filled or recruitment cancelled. Review of applications to begin November 1, 2013.  Applications, required documentation, and/or requests for information should be addressed to:

Dr. Sabine Reddy, Search Committee Chair
California State University, Long Beach
Department of Management/Human Resource Management
College of Business Administration
1250 Bellflower Boulevard
Long Beach, CA 90840- 8502
(562) 985-7967
CBA-SCM-Jobs@csulb.edu

Anthem Business & Management is a new series from Anthem Press that will publish
research monographs, reference books and upper-level textbooks for professionals, academics and students in these fields. Volumes in the series will be written by subject experts and may cover developments in all areas of business and management practices.

The series will also include authoritative, timely and accurate information on critical
developments in the world’s capital markets in areas such as hedge funds, regulation
and strategy, and practitioners’ guides in the financial services industry. We welcome
the opportunity to pursue co-publishing ventures with institutions and organizations
connected engaged with all areas of business, management and finance.

We welcome submissions of proposals that meet the criteria of this series. Should you
wish to send in a proposal for a research monograph, reference books upper-level textbook or handbook please contact us at: proposal@wpcpress.com. We also welcomeapplications for membership of our editorial board in this series, which should be addressed to the series editor.

Anthem Press is a distinguished independent international publishing house pioneering a
distinctive approach to the publishing of serious works across a wide range of subjects that appeal to academics, area specialists, students and researchers, professionals as well as to general readers.

Please send proposals to Kim Cahill, Managing Editor (kimberly.cahill@villanova.edu)

The Journal of World Business has a long tradition of publishing high impact special issues on emerging or provocative topics within the editorial purview of the journal. The objective of these special issues is to assemble a coherent set of articles that move understanding of a topic forward empirically and theoretically. Therefore, as a rule, Journal of World Business (JWB) will not publish special issues based solely on conferences. Rather, special issues must be motivated by a clear and compelling focus on an issue that is timely, significant and likely to generate interest among the readership of JWB.

PROCESS

Prospective guest editor(s) should submit written proposals that incorporate the rationale for the special issue topic, positions it in the literature, and include some illustrative topics that papers could focus upon. Prospective guest editor(s) should consult JWB's Aims and Scope to ensure the proposal fits within the journal's remit. The proposal should also include a draft of the actual call for papers and outline the credentials of the guest editor(s).

http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-world-business/

After the closing date, the JWB editorial team will review the proposals submitted and select one to three for further assessment. This additional analysis may include communication with prospective guest editors, suggestions as to how to strengthen the proposal and/or recommendations for the addition of other guest editors. Following this consultation, one proposal will generally be selected by the Editor in Chief to progress, although the guest editor(s) may still be asked to develop and refine the proposal further. The Editor-in-Chief will generally assign a JWB Senior Editor to serve on the SI editorial team as the Supervising Editor. The Supervising Editor will be responsible for acting as a liaison between the JWB editorial team and the guest editor(s) and ensuring that JWB editorial standards are maintained through the special issue process. She/he will be actively involved in the entire editorial process, including helping to select which papers are sent for review, identifying and assigning reviewers and in preliminary decisions throughout the review process. However, the ultimate decision to accept or reject papers rests with the Editor in Chief.

GUEST EDITOR(S)’ ROLE

The guest editor(s) will be responsible for publicizing the call for papers and for generating submissions for the special issue. If appropriate, they may host a workshop for papers being considered for the special issue but attendance at the workshop cannot be a prerequisite for the acceptance of papers. They will also be actively involved in all stages of the review process in terms of inviting reviewers and making preliminary decisions on submissions. The review process will be managed online through the EES system. It is also expected that the guest editors will write an introductory article that will position the special issue in the relevant literature and briefly introduce the papers in the issue. This article will be subject to editorial review. In order to prevent any perception of conflicts of interest, it is JWB policy that guest editors cannot submit to the special issue as authors of papers beyond the introductory article.

The Journal of World Business (JWB) invites proposals for special issues with a due date of July 15, 2015.

JWB has a long tradition of publishing high impact special issues on emerging or provocative topics within the editorial purview of the journal. The objective of these special issues is to assemble a coherent set of papers that move understanding of a topic forward empirically and theoretically. Therefore, as a rule, JWB will not publish special issues based solely on papers presented at conferences or workshops. Rather, special issues must be motivated by a clear and compelling focus on an issue that is timely, significant and likely to generate interest among JWB's readership.

PROCESS

Prospective guest editor(s) should submit written proposals that incorporate the rationale for the special issue topic, positions it in the literature, and include some illustrative topics that papers could focus upon. The proposal should also include a draft of the actual call for papers and outline the credentials of the guest editor(s).

After the closing date, the JWB editorial team will review the proposals submitted and select one to three for further assessment. This additional analysis may include communication with prospective guest editors, suggestions as to how to strengthen the proposal and/or recommendations for the addition of other guest editors. Following this consultation, one proposal will generally be selected by the Editor in Chief to progress, although the guest editor(s) may still be asked to develop and refine the proposal further. The Editor-in-Chief will generally assign a JWB Senior Editor to serve on the SI editorial team as the Supervising Editor. The Supervising Editor will be responsible for acting as a liaison between the JWB editorial team and the guest editor(s) and ensuring that JWB editorial standards are maintained through the special issue process. She/he will be actively involved in the entire editorial process, including helping to select which papers are sent for review, identifying and assigning reviewers and in preliminary decisions throughout the review process. However, the ultimate decision to accept or reject papers rests with the Editor in Chief.

GUEST EDITOR(S)’ ROLE

The guest editor(s) will be responsible for publicizing the call for papers and for generating submissions for the special issue. If appropriate, they may host a workshop for papers being considered for the special issue but attendance at the workshop cannot be a prerequisite for the acceptance of papers. They will also be actively involved in all stages of the review process in terms of inviting reviewers and making preliminary decisions on submissions. The review process will be managed online through the EES system. It is also expected that the guest editors will write an introductory article that will position the special issue in the relevant literature and briefly introduce the papers in the issue. This paper will be subject to editorial review. In order to prevent any perception of conflicts of interest, it is JWB policy that Guest Editors cannot submit to the special issue as authors of papers beyond the introductory article.

Please send proposals to : Kim Cahill, Managing Editor (kimberly.cahill@villanova.edu)

The Editorial Board of the Elite Hall Publishing House is calling for papers to be considered for publication in the upcoming issues of the three journals:

1. International Journal of Information, Business and Management (IJIBM)
2. International Journal of Advanced Engineering and Science (IJAES)
3. International Journal of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering Research (JMIER)

We welcome papers and articles of analytic or empirical merit (up to 20 pages in length) in English. All our submitted papers are treated in an anonymous way between author(s) and referees (double blind) and articles are evaluated anonymously by two reviewers. We highly encourage doctoral students to submit excerpts of their dissertations or working papers relevant to entrepreneurship research for consideration. We don't charge any publication fee. So, it is free to publish your papers in the International Journal of Information, Business and Management (IJIBM), International Journal of Advanced Engineering and Science (IJAES) and International Journal of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering Research (JMIER).

For more information, visit the official website of the journals: http://elitehall.elitehall.com/ With thanks, Josephine Roy Publishing Manager, Elite Hall Publishing House, Taiwan International Journal of Information, Business and Management http://ijibm.elitehall.com/ International Journal of Advanced Engineering and Science http://ijaes.elitehall.com/ Journal of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering Research http://jmier.elitehall.com/

Business Administration- International Business 

Capture. Deliver. Excel. Applying the Principles of Business Writing provides guidelines and information to improve business writing. The document outlines seven principles used to develop and execute an effective writing strategy. The document is available for download in PDF.

Carpenter Strategy Toolbox lists instructions for the Global Alliance Game which teaches the importance of international trade and relations between countries. Complete step-by-step instructions for the simulation are provided as well as a downloadable file for all the materials required by the Global Alliance Game. Information on how to debrief the simulation is also given on the site.

Bussiness Administration with International Business Concentration

The Case Program of Harvard's John F. Kennedy School of Government is the world's largest producer and repository of case studies focusing on government operations, public policy creation, and nonprofit organization operations. The site allows the user to search through more than 2,000 cases. Only some of the cases can be viewed without purchase.

This is a list of case studies written and published by faculty at Stanford Graduate School of Business. You can search the database by author, title, case number, date, or keyword. Full access to the text is available for a fee.

Executive Director, Veale Institute for Innovation & Entrepreneurship

Case Western Reserve University invites inquiries, nominations and applications for the position of Executive Director of the Veal Institute for Innovation & Entrepreneurship. The Veale Institute for Innovation & Entrepreneurship serves as Case Western Reserve University’s (CWRU) epicenter for the development, leadership and guidance of a wide range of academic programs, co-curricular programing and events to promote and support entrepreneurship among the university’s faculty, staff, students, alumni as well as members of the local community.

Leading the Veale Institute for Innovation & Entrepreneurship will be an Executive Director reporting to the university’s Provost and Executive Vice President. The Executive Director will assemble and manage cross-disciplinary academic and staff teams to leverage existing and create future programs and services focused on growing entrepreneurship among the university’s constituencies. In addition, the Executive Director will work closely with the Sears think[box] Executive Director and team to advance the Innovation and Entrepreneurship mission of Sears think[box].

The Veale Institute for Innovation & Entrepreneurship will bring together members of the university community, business community, health care industry, applied science fields, among others, and foster partnerships with internal and external stakeholders. These include other universities, regional, national and international innovation and entrepreneurial ecosystems and local and national and industrial design and manufacturing companies. The Executive Director of the Veale Institute for Innovation & Entrepreneurship will be a recognized leader and an entrepreneur with a commitment to excellence and to sharing their expertise and experiences with others, specifically CWRU students in their own start-up aspirations. The Executive Director will have experience building and growing teams, leveraging resources, and successfully impacting the innovation and entrepreneurial ecosystems, both locally and nationally. The successful candidate will be a visionary and strategic thought leader who will have proven experience and broad knowledge of the innovation ecosystem as it relates to idea generation, early and late stage investments, legal matters, business incubation, etc. The ideal candidate will be a serial entrepreneur, possess an innovative spirit, and be able to work with a variety of constituencies within a complex research university environment, as well as external audiences.

Candidates who have an earned doctorate, or terminal degree, with uniquely transferrable experience are preferred. Nominations and expressions of interest will continue to be received until a list of candidates is put forward for final consideration. Applications and nominations may be sent to: Veale-ExecDir@kornferry.com Paul Chou, Co-Managing Director, and Victoria Antolini, Senior Associate Global Education Practice, Korn Ferry, Philadelphia, PA

In employment, as in education, Case Western Reserve University is committed to Equal Opportunity and Diversity. Women, veterans, members of underrepresented minority groups, and individuals with disabilities are encouraged to apply. Case Western Reserve University provides reasonable accommodations to applicants with disabilities. Applicants requiring a reasonable accommodation for any part of the application and hiring process should contact the Office for Inclusion, Diversity and Equal Opportunity at 216.368.8877 to request a reasonable accommodation. Determinations as to granting reasonable accommodations for any applicant will be made on a case-by-case basis.

Catholic University of Eichstaett-Ingolstadt, WFI Ingolstadt School of Management invites applications for a Professorship Position in Business Administration with focus on Services Management (German Salary Class W3). The position is to be filled by October 1st, 2010. The holder of this position is expected to conduct research and teaching in the field of services management. Emphasis should be placed on the management of and marketing for service corporations with a special focus on the sourcing of services on industrial and consumer goods markets. An excellent academic track record is mandatory as evidenced by the quality of research papers published in international journals. The ability of the applicant to acquire research funds will be subject to consideration as well. Teaching duties encompass courses at both the Bachelor’s and Master’s level, doctoral and executive education. The applicant must provide evidence of her/his academic qualification by holding a PhD degree and further academic achievements. Evidence of the latter can be provided through a Habilitation, an assistant or „Junior“ professorship position or through scientific work at universities or other research institutions. Distinct didactic capabilities are a central selection criterion. Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt emphases intensive student supervision and, thus, expects faculty to frequently be present on campus. The school also expects holders of the position to settle in the region. Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt is striving to raise the number of female academics employed. Accordingly, the school sepcifically invites applications of qualified female researchers. Applications from persons with disabilities receive preferred treatment if their academic qualifications are competitive. The applicant must be 51 years or younger at the time of his or her appointment. Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt is warranted by the State of Bavaria and is recognized as a private university sponsored by the Catholic Church. Its mission is manifested in article 3 of the foundation’s constitution; the latter can be obtained from the address below. Applicants fulfilling the requirements are invited to submit their applications to the following address:

Dekanat der Wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fakultät der Katholischen Universität Eichstätt-Ingolstadt, Auf der Schanz 49, 85049 Ingolstadt, Tel. 0841/937-1801, Telefax 0841/937-1950.

Additional Information: WFI is one of the leading business schools in Germany and offers several programs in business administration (two Bachelor’s programs, three specialized Master’s programs, executive MBA, and executive Master). WFI has developed strategic alliances with Tongji University (China) and ESC Toulouse (France) and has developed successful partnerships with more than 60 universities worldwide. WFI is located in Ingolstadt (Bavaria), a city offering a rich intellectual, cultural, recreational and family-friendly environment. The economy of the greater Munich area to which Ingolstadt belongs is strong, and support for the university is increasing steadily as evidenced by WFI’s partnerships with numerous Germany-based multinational companies. More information on WFI is available at www.wfi.edu.

The Faculty of Economics and Business (FEB) of the KU Leuven has a vacancy for a full-time academic position in the field of Entrepreneurship. We look for motivated candidates with an excellent research track record or high research potential and demonstrable teaching skills in Entrepreneurship. The envisioned starting date is October 1, 2020.

DUTIES

Research

You are an ambitious, internationally oriented researcher in the domain of Entrepreneurship. You preferably have affinity with economic perspectives on Entrepreneurship and a secondary interest in the domain of either Innovation, International Business, or Strategic Management. You publish in international top journals within the field, attract external research funding, develop international research projects, and advise doctoral students. You strive for excellence in research and as such contribute to the reputation of the Faculty of Economics and Business. You have an outspoken interest in fundamental scientific research and also perceive opportunities for valorization of research findings and applied research.

Education

You will teach courses in the field of Entrepreneurship at the campus in Leuven, with the specific courses assigned depending on your profile and experience. You also contribute to the continuing development of the educational programs of the department, and you supervise master theses. Tenure track candidates start with limited teaching duties.

You develop teaching methods in line with the KU Leuven approach of research-based education with an emphasis on activating students (see https://www.kuleuven.be/english/education/policy/vision/consideration). You take advantage of the opportunities offered by the faculty and the university to further develop your teaching skills. You contribute to the educational philosophy of the university, and you show commitment to uphold the high standards of its programs.

Service

You show a willingness to take up internal service duties. You put teaching and research activities at the service of society and aim to contribute to the broader social debate.

PROFILE

You have a PhD in Economics or Business with an emphasis on Entrepreneurship.

You have excellent research potential. The quality of your research is demonstrated by the quality of your PhD dissertation, promising research projects and papers, publications in top-tier peer-reviewed journals and/or international research experience. Junior applicants are expected to show research excellence through a pipeline of promising research projects, papers and academic references. Experience in writing grant proposals and a strong international network are recommended.

You can show evidence of strong didactical skills and preferably have teaching experience in the field of Entrepreneurship. Your written and spoken English is excellent. The official administrative language used at KU Leuven is Dutch. If you do not speak Dutch (or do not speak it well) at the start of employment, you can follow language training provided by KU Leuven to enable you to take part in administrative meetings. Before teaching courses in Dutch, you will be given the opportunity to learn Dutch to the required standard.

OFFER

The vacancy is open to both junior and senior researchers. PhD students in the final phase of their studies may also apply. The successful candidate will be hired in the rank of Assistant Professor, Associate Professor, or (Full) Professor depending on your qualifications and academic experience. Junior researchers will be appointed as assistant professor in tenure track for a period of 5 years, which in case of a positive evaluation is followed by an appointment as a tenured associate professor.

You will join a dynamic and internationally oriented research environment. This full-time position initially requires a clear commitment to the study programs offered on the Leuven campus of the FEB. We offer a dynamic and internationally oriented research environment, with frequent collaboration with colleagues on the Leuven and Antwerp campuses of the FEB. For more information, please consult https://feb.kuleuven.be/research/MSI.

The Faculty of Economics and Business has systematically been ranked highly by several independent accreditation committees regarding the quality of its research and teaching programs. The FEB has recently acquired the renowned EQUIS accreditation and benefits from an extensive national and international network, both in academia and in the business world. For more information, please consult http://feb.kuleuven.be/eng/research.

KU Leuven is well set to welcome foreign professors and their family and provides practical support with regard to immigration & administration, housing, childcare, learning Dutch, partner career coaching, …

To facilitate scientific onboarding and accelerate research in the first phase, a starting grant of 100,000 (100k) euros is offered to new professors without substantial other funding and with an appointment of at least 50%.

The KU Leuven pursues a policy of equal opportunity and diversity and explicitly encourages underrepresented groups at the university to apply.

Interested?

For more information on the position, please contact Prof. dr. Bart Leten, chair of the search committee, mail: bart.leten@kuleuven.be, or Prof. dr. Maddy Janssens, dean of the campus Leuven at FEB, mail: maddy.janssens@kuleuven.be.

Candidates should describe their (future) research objectives and how their research contributes to the research program of the department in a Biosketch. Candidates should enclose teaching evaluations, if available, and a teaching statement (max. 1 page) explaining their didactic approach to teaching. External reference letters (required for junior applicants) can be sent directly to evi.fosse@kuleuven.be.

You can apply for this job up to and including September 30, 2019 via the online application tool, which can be found here: https://www.kuleuven.be/personeel/jobsite/jobs/55171979?hl=en&lang=en

When you experience problems applying online, please contact solliciteren@kuleuven.be.

KU Leuven seeks to foster an environment where all talents can flourish, regardless of gender, age, cultural background, nationality or impairments. If you have any questions relating to accessibility or support, please contact us at diversiteit.HR@kuleuven.be.

Guest Editors:

Piotr Trąpczyński (Poznan University of Economics and Business)

Łukasz Puślecki (Poznan University of Economics and Business)

Andreja Jaklič (University of Ljubljana)

 

Since the early 1990s, the region of Central and Eastern Europe (CEE) has attracted the interest of scholars because of its transition from a planned economy to a market economy.Both the different paths, and also the divergent outcomes of institutional reforms and frameworks constituted interesting areas of investigation (Meyer& Peng, 2005; Jaklič et at., 2020a). Attracting FDI, along with new technology and skills,creating indigenous MNEs, and changing business environment was essential for transformation.

One of the main interests of scholars and practitioners alike has been the development of effective market entry strategies for this turbulent and heterogeneous region.Many multinational enterprises (MNEs) entered CEE by acquiring local firms, usually lacking essential resources and management experience in competitive markets (Meyer & Estrin, 2001; Uhlenbruck & De Castro, 2000), and need to develop a comprehensive strategy to improve the competitiveness of these acquired subsidiaries (Uhlenbruck, 2004). The initial focus of foreign direct investment (FDI) on access to cheaper resources and sales markets gradually shifted to other, moreupstream areas of activity (Pavlínek, Domański & Guzik, 2009). This functional upgrading was preceded by spillover effects from cooperation with Western partners (Prokop et al., 2021).The increased integration of foreign subsidiaries and the creation of local entrepreneurial ecosystems simultaneously encouraged domestic companies to engage in more outward internationalization(Jaklič et at., 2020a; Trąpczyński & Banalieva, 2016). Comparatively weak institutional support and inadequate innovation capacity have long been among the barriers to international competitiveness for companies from CEE. Nevertheless, many have achieved leapfrogging internationalization and solid performance in international markets (Mair & Schoen, 2007; Caputo et al., 2016; Ipsmiller & Dikova, 2021). The establishment of domestic multinationals is based on innovative business models in their respective market segments (Suurna, 2011; Stocker, 2016), collaboration with foreign partners, and the use of complex internationalization strategies (Dikova et al. 2016, Jaklič & Burger, 2020). It has been argued that this increased focus on innovation is increasingly important given the challenge of the middleincome trap also facing CEE economies (Myant, 2018).

In the third decade since institutional change began in the region, there has been a new trend toward nearshoring and reshoring of activities from more distant Asian locations, driven by trends such as digitalization (Fel & Griette, 2017; Butollo, 2021), but also risks due to recurring crises.Continuous disruptions intensified value chain reconfiguration and innovation activity, thus forcing a new transition to digital and more sustainable business models. Firms from CEE economies (traditionally strongly affected by local and global shocks and conflicts) keep integration into GVC as development priority. Thestructure of GVC and functional specialization in CEE is heterogeneous and different from Western Europe (Jaklič et al, 2020b), the main business partner of CEE.For instance, Poland and Slovakia tend to focus on lower value-added fabrication processes, theBaltic countries and Slovenia specialize in management services, Hungary and Latvia gain inmarketing services, while the Czech Republic and Slovenia are concentrated on R&D activities (Kordalska & Olczyk, 2021).

Companies operating in a competitive global environment, where the risk and complexity of product development are increasing and the need for even more innovative services and products is growing, are seeking to expand collaboration through partnerships, especially in recent decades (Trąpczyński et al., 2018). As a result, we can observe the development of advanced and complex alliances between companies. The need to collaborate on innovative projects has led companies to use modern partnership models, including those based on the principles of open innovation (Chesbrough & Bogers, 2014). Research on open innovation shows how organizations manage both the inflow and outflow of knowledge and how they seek and select partners, and the innovations they offer (Chesbrough, 2020; West & Bogers, 2014). The propensity for open innovation and, more generally, the development of innovation collaborations are far less documented in CEE than in Western markets (Dziurski & Sopińska, 2020; Gołębiowski & Lewandowska, 2015; Jaklič et al, 2014; Lewandowska, 2015; Lewandowska et al, 2016; Pustovrh et al, 2017; Puślecki et al., 2021 a,b, 2022; Rangus et al, 2017). It is worthwhile (both from an academic and business perspective) to explore this area of research, especially in turbulent times, and to monitor the shift from an efficiency-driven economic model to a knowledge-based economy (CEE) that leverages the local and domestic innovation potential of all partners involved in innovation collaboration.

The changes mentioned above received new dynamics in the context of the rising wave of skepticism towards international business and recurring crises, whereby a smaller number of firm and MNE location and control configurations emerges, and domestic firms become more dominant (Buckley & Hashai, 2020). The COVID-19 pandemic has acted as a catalyst to the already ongoing processes of questioning the existing GVC configurations (Hayakawa & Mukunoki, 2021), while the war in Ukraine further aggravated the challenges to GVC.

In light of the said new wave of transition in the CEE region, a number of research topics emerge, which the following special issue of the Journal of East European Management Studies seeks to address. The range of areas for inquiry includes, but is not limited to, inter alia the following aspects:

• The emerging sectoral and geographic patterns of foreign direct investment (FDI) in CEE, with particular for reshoring and re-configuration of GVCs
• The sectoral and geographic patterns of innovation cooperation in CEE
• The development of new modes of innovation cooperation in CEE taking into account multidisciplinary perspective, R&D innovation ecosystems and open innovation paradigm
• The R&D alliance and alliance portfolio management in CEE – towards increased fragmentation and complexity
• Open innovation in CEE
• The role of location, experience, knowledgeand partner selection in innovation cooperation in CEE
• The development of organizational modes of R&D alliances in CEE – a shift to contractual and non-equity agreements
• The determinants of innovation cooperation in CEE; business-academia innovation cooperation (performance)in CEE • Business model innovations of CEE firms and their role on firm internationalization
• The strategic logic behind diverse patterns the international expansion of CEE firms
• The competitive strategy of CEE firms in different locations and sources of competitive advantage
• Strategies of CEE firms in coping with ongoing economic crises and the effects thereof on their international competitiveness

With the special issue we seek to reflect upon the most recent changes in CEE with regard to its role for international business, take stock of extant developments and provide an outlook for an emerging research agenda.

Submission process and important dates:

• Deadline for full paper submissions: 28/02/2023
• 1 st Double-blind review round completed: 31/05/2023 
• Deadline for submission of revised versions: 31/08/2023
• 2 nd Double-blind review round completed: 15/10/2023
• Final decision: 31/10/2023
• Publication of the SI: until 15/12/2023

To be considered for this Special Issue, full papers must be submitted no later than, 28/02/2023 to Piotr Trąpczyński (piotr.trapczynski@ue.poznan.pl).

Submitted papers will undergo a double-blind peer review process and will be evaluated by at least two anonymous reviewers. Final acceptance is dependent on the reviewers’ judgment regarding:

1. Topic fit: does the submission contribute to the special issue topic?
2. Theoretical contribution: Does the submission offer novel insights or extend existing considerations?
3. When applicable: Empirical contribution: Are the study design, data analysis, and results rigorous and suit the research questions? Do empirical findings offer innovative insights?

All submissions should be prepared for blind review according to the JEEMS author guidelines (https://www.jeems.nomos.de/fileadmin/jeems/doc/Authors_Guidelines.pdf). Informal enquiries regarding the Special Issue (topics, potential fit etc.) are welcome and can be directed to guest editors:

Piotr Trąpczyński (piotr.trapczynski@ue.poznan.pl)

Łukasz Puślecki (lukasz.puslecki@ue.poznan.pl)

Andreja Jaklič (andreja.jaklic@fdv.uni-lj.si)

Cengage provides innovative learning materials in fourteen disciplines for the higher and secondary education markets as well as the professional, corporate, and retail business education environments. Cengage has a strong publishing presence in accounting, taxation, business law, and keyboarding. It also publishes in business communications, career readiness, decision sciences, economics, finance, management, marketing, office technology, and real estate.

The American Council on Education's Center for Internationalization and Global Engagement (CIGE) analyzes international education issues and works with college campuses in the internationalization of their studies. The website includes information on campus internationalization, CIGE's research and resources, and networking and collaboration.

 

Central European University Business School in Budapest, Hungary is seeking a full-time entry-level researcher at the Assistant Professor rank. This individual will work in the Center for Integrity in Business and Government at CEU Business School. Research fields associated with this search include business ethics, corporate governance and corporate responsibility management.

A critical aspect of CEU Business School’s mission is to serve emerging economies by delivering best practices, by encouraging high standards of integrity, social responsibility and ethics, and by emphasizing global entrepreneurship and innovation management. The candidate should demonstrate explicitly how s/he would contribute intellectually and educationally to these specific features of this overall mission.

Central European University is a unique graduate institution and a vibrant academic community. Located in Budapest, and accredited in both the United States and Hungary, CEU is dedicated to building open societies globally. It hosts over 140 resident faculty members, numerous prominent visiting scholars and a total student enrollment exceeding 1500. CEU students are drawn from more than 100 countries for Master’s, doctoral, and executive education programs in management, the social sciences, humanities, law, environment studies, government and public policy. The language of instruction is English.

Duties and responsibilities:
The primary focus of this position is to contribute to the Integrity Education Initiative of the CEU by active research and curriculum development. There may also be an opportunity to teach at both the MBA and Executive MBA levels.

Qualifications:
The candidate should possess a global orientation and strong intellectual potential that is supported by research achievement. Evidence of effective and creative teaching and curriculum development skills at both the MBA and Executive Education levels is also desirable. Candidates must possess a PhD or equivalent degree.

Compensation and contract terms:
Remuneration will be in accordance with CEU’s internationally competitive salary scale and will be commensurate with experience.  It is expected that an initial fixed term contract of two years with the possibility of renewal for another two years will be offered.

Application details:Starting date:  Flexible from April 01, 2011
Application deadline:  February 28, 2011
Full Or Part Time: Full-Time

 

Applicants should submit:

• A complete academic CV
• Statement of purpose
• Samples of academic or professional publications
• Contact information for two referees

 

Please send the above material to: Katalin Nagy: nagykat@ceubusiness.org - including job code 2011/003 in email subject line

CEU is an equal opportunity employer.

 

Central European University Business School in Budapest, Hungary is seeking a full-time senior researcher at the Associate Professor rank. This individual will work in the Center for Integrity in Business and Government at CEU Business School. Research fields associated with this search include business ethics, corporate governance and corporate responsibility management.

A critical aspect of CEU Business School’s mission is to serve emerging economies by delivering best practices, by encouraging high standards of integrity, social responsibility and ethics, and by emphasizing global entrepreneurship and innovation management. The candidate should demonstrate explicitly how s/he would contribute intellectually and educationally to these specific features of this overall mission.

Central European University is a unique graduate institution and a vibrant academic community. Located in Budapest, and accredited in both the United States and Hungary, CEU is dedicated to building open societies globally. It hosts over 140 resident faculty members, numerous prominent visiting scholars and a total student enrollment exceeding 1500. CEU students are drawn from more than 100 countries for Master’s, doctoral, and executive education programs in management, the social sciences, humanities, law, environment studies, government and public policy. The language of instruction is English.

Duties and responsibilities:
The primary focus of this position is to contribute to the Integrity Education Initiative of the CEU by active research and curriculum development. There will also be an opportunity to teach at both the MBA and Executive MBA levels.

Qualifications:
The candidate should possess a global orientation and proven strong intellectual and research achievement. A record of effective and creative teaching and curriculum development skills at both the MBA and Executive Education levels is also desirable. The candidate must possess a PhD or equivalent degree; a track record of high quality research publications; and a demonstrable ability to write case studies.

Compensation and contract terms:
Remuneration will be in accordance with CEU’s internationally competitive salary scale and will be commensurate with experience.  It is expected that an initial fixed term contract of two years with the possibility of renewal for another two years will be offered.

Application details:
Starting date:  Flexible from April 01, 2011
Application deadline:  February 28, 2011
Full Or Part Time: Full-Time

Applicants should submit:

• A complete academic CV
• Statement of purpose,
• Samples of academic or professional publications,
• Contact information for two referees

Please send the above material to: Katalin Nagy: nagykat@ceubusiness.org - including job code 2011/002 in email subject line.

CEU is an equal opportunity employer.
 

 

The Central European University Business School, in Budapest, Hungary, is seeking full-time faculty candidates at the Assistant Professor level. Academic disciplines included in this search are marketing, finance, strategy, operations management, entrepreneurship, and innovation management.

Candidates should possess a global orientation, strong intellectual potential, research achievement and effective and creative teaching and curriculum development skills at both the MBA and Executive Education levels.

A critical aspect of CEU Business School’s mission is to serve emerging economies by delivering best practices, by encouraging high standards of integrity, social responsibility and ethics, and by emphasizing global entrepreneurship and innovation management. Candidates should demonstrate explicitly how they would contribute intellectually and educationally to these specific features of this overall mission. Candidates must possess a PhD or equivalent degree.

Central European University is a unique graduate institution and a vibrant academic community. Located in Budapest, and accredited in both the United States and Hungary, CEU is dedicated to building open societies globally. It hosts over 140 resident faculty members, numerous prominent visiting scholars and a total student enrollment exceeding 1500. CEU students are drawn from more than 100 countries for Master’s, doctoral, and executive education programs in management, the social sciences, humanities, law, environment studies, government and public policy. The language of instruction is English.

Duties and responsibilities
To be active in research and to teach at both the MBA and Executive MBA levels.

Qualifications
Candidates should possess a global orientation, strong intellectual potential, research achievement and effective and creative teaching and curriculum development skills at both the MBA and Executive Education levels. A critical aspect of CEU Business School’s mission is to serve emerging economies by delivering best practices, by encouraging high standards of integrity, social responsibility and ethics and by emphasizing global entrepreneurship and innovation management. Candidates should demonstrate explicitly how they would contribute intellectually and educationally to these specific features of this overall mission. Candidates must possess a PhD or equivalent degree.

Compensation and Contract Terms 
Remuneration will be in accordance with CEU’s internationally competitive salary scale and will be commensurate with experience. It is expected that an initial fixed term contract of 4 years will be offered. Subsequent promotion will be based on CEU's academic review procedures, standards and criteria.

Application Details
Applicants should submit:

• A full résumé
• Statement of purpose
• Samples of academic or professional publications
• Details of two referees

Please send the above material to: Nora Toth: tothn@ceubusiness.org - including job code ‘2010/033’ in email subject line. CEU is an equal opportunity employer.

Non-Tenure Track Professor of Management (Management Lecturer)

The Department of Management at Central Michigan University is seeking candidates for the appointment of one or two fixed-term faculty members, to begin Fall/2018 (for one or two semesters, depending on candidates’ qualifications and preferences).

Principle responsibilities include teaching two or three management courses per semester – e.g., International Business, Management Principles). The position includes employee benefits. Preferred consideration will be given to candidates with a PhD in Management or related field – PhD Student candidates with dissertation proposal defended also qualify as preferred. Relevant industry experience is also desirable. MS in a business discipline or an MBA are the minimum academic qualifications.

Applicants must be able to demonstrate the competencies and expertise required to teach undergraduate courses in Management (e.g., management principles, international business, strategic management, org. behavior, etc.), and meet and maintain the appropriate faculty qualifications status within the AACSB framework. To be considered an applicant for this position, please submit a cover letter, CV, teaching statement, and the names of three references to our system via: www.jobs.cmich.edu.

Review of materials will begin immediately and until the position is filled.

CMU is an AA/EO institution, providing equal opportunity to all persons, including minorities, females, veterans and individuals with disabilities (see https://www.cmich.edu/ocrie).

About CMU: https://www.cmich.edu/about/Pages/default.aspx

Should you have questions, please contact Luis Luis A. Perez-Batres, PhD Professor of Management & Department Chair, Jerry and Felicia Campbell Endowed Professor, Smith Hall 200A / Mount Pleasant MI 48859, Central Michigan University, perez1LA@cmich.edu 989-774-2841

International Business

International Business

Global Challenge is an online business simulation game where teams representing mobile telecommunication companies compete by making international business strategy decisions in different areas of international business management. Free registration is required for first-time users.

International Business Program, A.S. Degree.

China has experienced an incredible rate of growth in GDP in recent decades. Looking forward whether China’s economy will continue to remain stable and grow is of significant interest not only to China but also to the rest of the world. One significant challenge to the economic growth is China’s nascent financial markets. Recognizing the importance of a better financial system for more broad economic growth, the Chinese government has implemented a number of reforms in the financial markets. Moreover, the financial system itself constituents the major risks that the Chinese economy faces.

This special issue aims to invite scholarly writings that touch on any aspect of the challenges that relate to the reforms and risks in the financial markets and offer solutions as well as discuss the opportunities that could arise from such solutions. Papers in all areas of finance related to China are welcome, especially those on current issues such as shadow banking, internet finance, exchange rate reform, and local government debt, among others. The special issue will be guest-edited by Xiaoya Ding (University of San Francisco, USA), Chen Liu (Trinity Western University, Canada), and Ligang Zhong (University of Windsor, Canada).

PAPER SUBMISSION INSTRUCTIONS:

1. All submissions will be handled electronically. Those interested in submitting their work to this special issue should e-mail their papers to Ligang Zhong (lzhong@uwindsor.ca).
2. Papers should be written in English and should contain original material that have not been previously published or currently submitted elsewhere.
3. Papers should be double-spaced and limited to between 7000-10,000 words including references. All submitted papers will go through the standard double-blind reviewing process so be sure to include an additional page with the title and abstract but without the names of the authors.
4. Final editorial decisions shall be sent to authors within two months and authors of accepted papers will be required to follow the formatting instructions and complete a “Consent to Publish” form.
5. Please e-mail all queries to Ligang Zhong (lzhong@uwindsor.ca).

The bimonthly journal, Chinese Economy, published by Taylor and Francis Group, offers an objective and analytical account of economic issues concerning China. The journal publishes original works written by scholars from all over the world on recent changes to the Chinese economy. The Chinese Economy focuses on China’s current economic development as well as issues pertaining to the country’s trade, banking, and finances. Policy and research papers addressing macroeconomic and firm-level analysis are particularly welcome. Scholars and policy-makers will find The Chinese Economy informative as it provides relevant and rigorous analysis by experts on China.

The articles in this journal are listed in the Contents of Recent Economic Journals (COREJ) and the Journal of Economic Literature, and indexed in the Bibliography of Asian Studies Online, Econlit, e-JEL, and JEL on CD, International Bibliography of the Social Sciences, International Bibliography of Periodical Literature on the Humanities and Social Sciences (IBZ), Emerging Sources Citation Index(ESCI), PAIS International, ProQuest Database, RePEc, and Scopus. Chinese Economy is ranked as B in the Australian Business Deans Council (ABDC) Journal Quality List.

Guest Editors:

Prof. Tamar Almor

College of Management, Academic Studies, Israel, talmor@colman.ac.il

Dr. Shlomo Y. Tarba

The University of Sheffield, UK, s.tarba@sheffield.ac.uk

 

 Background and Rationale for the Special Issue

Rapidly internationalizing, entrepreneurial companies seem to emerge more frequently in small countries with advanced economies, such as Israel, than in larger economies such as the U.S. (Efrat and Shoham, 2012; Freeman and Cavusgil, 2007; Gabrielsson and Kirpalani, 2004), and are often referred to in literature as “born-global” companies (Hashai 2011; Hewerdine and Welch, 2013; Melen and Rovira Nordman, 2009; Vasilchenko and Morrish, 2011). Born-global companies are characterized as having the ability to create innovative, self-developed, technology-based products that are sold internationally from the start of their existence (Rovira Nordman and Melen, 2008). Born-global companies are defined as business organizations that from the time of their founding or shortly thereafter seek superior international business performance, by creating knowledge-based resources and capabilities in which form the basis for sales in various countries (Almor, 2013; Gabrielsson and Kirpalani, 2004). While most research on this topic has focused on developed economies (Almor, 2011; Almor and Hashai, 2004; Efrat and Shoham, 2011; Hewerdine and Welch, 2013; Uner, Kocak, Cavusgil, and Cavusgil, 2013), case studies and incidental reporting seems to indicate that such companies can be found, with increasing frequency, in developing economies as well. However, to date, few empirical studies have been published on this topic.

Most empirical studies on born-global companies examine firms that exist for less than a decade. Moreover, the afore-mentioned studies deal primarily with issues of the initial survival and growth of these companies (Hashai and Almor 2004). Incidental case studies published in newspapers, however, have suggested that at least part of these entrepreneurial knowledge-intensive companies have now been in existence for about two decades, are maturing, and have been facing issues that differ from those encountered by the young firms. Furthermore, the maturing process of born-global companies seems to be a relatively new phenomenon that has not yet been researched to date, and therefore few questions have been raised regarding their maturation process (Glaister, Liu, Sahadev, and Gomes, 2014; Trudgen and Freeman, 2014). As a result, relatively little data exist about maturing born-global companies, whether or not they have survived as independent companies, and what international strategies they use to remain competitive (Almor, 2013; Almor, Tarba, Margalit, 2014) . Although there are many examples of born-global, technology-based companies that have been acquired by larger technology-based firms and have been merged into the larger businesses (e.g., Gomes, Weber, Brown, and Tarba, 2011; Weber and Tarba, 2011; Weber, Tarba, and Oberg, 2014), there are relatively few that have survived as independent entities and so far little research has addressed the topic of independent survival, the strategies employed to do so and the effect of culture, the management team as well as other factors, on the independent survival.

Despite the fact that about two decades of research exists regarding high-tech, born-global companies and international new ventures (INVs), many research gaps remain. The purpose of this special issue is to examine these gaps by addressing issues such as born global companies originating from developing countries, the relationships between collaborative agreements and survival of such companies, the effect of senior management and culture on survival and more, as explained below.

Topics for the special issue:

The goal of this special issue is to stimulate scholars to focus (i) on the challenges and strategies of small, international high-tech companies in the global environment at individual, group, and firm level as well as (ii) on the role of location (eg. quality of business location, impact of presence of clusters, etc.) of the home and/or of the host countries on the international high-tech companies competitiveness.

We encourage review, conceptual, and empirical contributions that may address, but are not limited to, the following topics:

The contributions may address, but are not limited to, the following topics:

1. What are the antecedents, moderators/mediators, and outcomes of competitive and/or growth strategies pursued by small, international high-tech companies in developed and/or emerging economies?
2. How does the macro-environmental and micro-environmental (industry) context in developed and/or emerging economies influence success/failure of collaborative partnerships (alliances, joint ventures, and M&A) established by small, international high-tech companies?
3. How do clusters impact on the ability of born-global firms to emerge, to invest in specific location abroad and to perform in international markets?
4. What is the impact of senior management on success/failure of collaborative partnerships (alliances, joint ventures, and M&A) established by small, international high-tech companies in developed and/or emerging economies?
5. What skills, competencies, and behaviours the incumbent managers and employees need to learn and practice in order to enable small, international high-tech companies' success in developed and/or emerging economies?
6. What is the impact of strategic agility and organizational ambidexterity on success/failure of small, international high-tech companies in developed and/or emerging economies?
7. What are the social, economic and environmental implications of innovation management (product vs. process innovation) in small, international high-tech companies' success in developed and/or emerging economies?
8. What are the value-creating and value-capturing factors in small, international high-tech companies in developed and/or emerging economies?
9. What is the impact of emotions and resilience on success/failure of small, international high-tech companies in developed and/or emerging economies?
10. What is the influence of national cultural distance and corporate (organizational) differences on success/failure of small, international high-tech companies in developed and/or emerging economies?
11. What is the impact of venture capital funds on success/failure of small, international high-tech companies in developed and/or emerging economies?
12. What is the effect of collaborative agreements between governmental and industry bodies and academics institutions on success/failure of small, international high-tech companies in developed and/or emerging economies?

References:

Almor, T. (2011). Dancing as fast as they can: Israeli high-tech firms and the great recession of 2008. Thunderbird International Business Review, 53, 109-276.

Almor, T. (2013). Conceptualizing paths of growth for the technology-based, born-global firm originating in a small population, advanced economy. International Studies of Management & Organization, 43(2), 56-78.

Almor, T., & Hashai, N. (2004). Competitive advantage and strategic configuration of knowledge-intensive small and medium sized multinationals: A modified resource based view. Journal of International Management, 10, 479-500.

Almor, T., Tarba, S. Y., & Margalit, A. (2014). Maturing, technology-based, born-global companies: Surviving through mergers and acquisitions. Management International Review, (Forthcoming, doi: 10.1007/s11575-014-0212-9). 

Efrat, K., & Shoham, A. (2011). Environmental characteristics and technological capabilities' interaction in high-technology born global firms. European Journal of International Management, 5(3), 271-284. 

Efrat, K., & Shoham, A. (2012). Born-global firms: The differences between their short-and long-term performance drivers. Journal of World Business, 47, 675-685.

Gomes, E., Weber, Y., Brown, C., and Tarba, S.Y. (2011). Mergers, Acquisitions and Strategic Alliances: Understanding The Process. Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan.

Freeman, S., & Cavusgil, T. (2007). Towards a typology of commitment states among managers of born-global firms: A study of accelerated internationalization. Journal of International Marketing, 15(4), 1-40.

Gabrielsson, M., & Kirpalani, V.H.M. (2004). Born globals: How to reach new business space rapidly. International Business Review, 13, 555-571.

Glaister, A. J., Liu, Y., Sahadev, S., & Gomes, E. (2014). Externalizing, internalizing and fostering commitment: The case of born-global firms in emerging economies. Management International Review, (Forthcoming, doi: 10.1007/s11575-014-0215-6)

Hashai N., & Almor T. (2004). Gradually internationalization 'born-global' firms: An oxymoron? International Business Review,13, 465-483

Hashai, N. (2011). Sequencing the expansion of geographic scope and foreign operations by “born-global” firms”. Journal of International Business Studies, 42(8), 995-1015.

Hewerdine, L., & Welch, C. (2013). Are international new ventures really new? A process study of organizational emergence and internationalization. Journal of World Business, 48(4), 466-477.

Melen, S., & Rovira Nordman, E. (2009). The internationalisation modes of born globals: A longitudinal study. European Management Journal, 27, 243-254.

Rovira Nordman, E., & Melen, S. (2008). The impact of different kinds of knowledge for the internationalization process of born globals in the biotech business. Journal of World Business, 43, 171-185.

Trudgen, R., & Freeman, S. (2014). Measuring the performance of born-global firms throughout their development process: The roles of initial market selection and internationalisation speed. Management International Review, (Forthcoming, doi: 10.1007/s11575-014-0210-y). 

Uner, M. M., Kocak, A., Cavusgil, E., & Cavusgil, S. T. (2013). Do barriers to export vary for born globals and across stages of internationalization? An empirical inquiry in the emerging market of Turkey. International Business Review, 22(5), 800-813. 

Vasilchenko, E., & Morrish, S. (2011). The role of entrepreneurial networks in the exploration and exploitation of internationalization opportunities by information and communication technology firms. Journal of International Marketing, 19(4), 88-105.

Weber, Y., & Tarba, S. Y. (2011). Exploring integration approach in related mergers: Post-merger integration in the high-tech industry. International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 19, 202–221.

Weber, Y., Tarba, S.Y., and Oberg, C. (2013). A Comprehensive Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions: Managing the Critical Success Factors Across Every Stage of the M&A Process. USA & UK: Financial Times Press.

Submissions:

All papers will be subject to double-blind peer review, according to author guidelines available at : http://www.emeraldgrouppublishing.com/products/journals/journals.htm?id=cr

 Submissions to Competitiveness Review are made using ScholarOne Manuscripts: http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/comprev (please select the correct special issue from the drop-down menu)

Submission deadline: March 31, 2015. However, earlier submissions are encouraged.

The review process will take approximately up to 6 months.

About the special issue editors

Tamar Almor (talmor@colman.ac.il) is a professor of Strategic Management and International Entrepreneurship at School of Business Administration, College of Management, Israel. She received her PhD from Tel-Aviv University, Israel. Her research interests include new entrepreneurial ventures, born global firms, innovation strategies, and mergers and acquisitions. Her work has been published in journals such as Journal of International Business Studies, Management International Review, Human Relations, Research Policy, International Business Review, International Studies of Management & Organization, Journal of International Management, Thunderbird International Business Review, and others.

Shlomo Y. Tarba (s.tarba@sheffield.ac.uk) is a Lecturer in Strategic Management at the Management School, University of Sheffield, UK. He received his PhD in Strategic Management from Ben-Gurion University and Master's in Biotechnology degree at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel. His research interests include strategic agility, born global firms, organizational ambidexterity and innovation, and mergers and acquisitions.

His research papers are published/forthcoming in journals such as Journal of Management, Academy of Management Perspectives, Management International Review, California Management Review, International Business Review, International Journal of Human Resource Management, Thunderbird International Business Review, International Studies of Management & Organization, Human Resource Management Review, and others.

The Japanese economy faced numerous challenges in the past decades. Among them are severe shocks caused by natural disasters and by domestic and international financial crises, but also long-term fundamental transformations like demographic change, globalization and digitalization as well as economic reforms addressing the labor market, corporate governance and employment practices. In this special issue, we want to take stock of how the changes in the economic, regulatory, technological and international environment affected the Japanese employment system (system level), and the recruitment, management and development of human resources (management level) since the year 2000. Papers may either address the system or management level. We aim at an overall balance between system and management level analyses.

Guiding questions are:

• To what extent did adjustments occur?
• To what extent did they differ across industries and firms?
• To what extent do we see continuity?

Multi-disciplinary perspectives and a wide range of research methodologies (such as literature reviews, qualitative or quantitative studies) are welcome. All papers (max 6000 words each) will go through a double-blind peer-review process.

Keywords: Japanese Employment System, Japanese Labor Markets, Japanese Management, Japanese Human Resource Management, Lifetime Employment.

Deadline for manuscript transmissions: July 31, 2019

Please send your manuscript to parissa@haghirian.com

Editor: Dr. Parissa HaghirianProfessor of International ManagementSophia University, Japan www.haghirian.com

50th Anniversary Special Issue of the Journal of International Business Studies

Tentative publication date:   late 2019

The Academy of International Business (AIB) is a social community of scholars dedicated to creating and disseminating knowledge on international business (IB) challenges, with JIBS as its main, global conduit for publishing leading research.

In 2019, JIBS will be celebrating its 50th anniversary. The 50th year anniversary issue of the journal will address the broad issue of ‘Changing the World: How IB Research Makes a Difference.’ The anniversary issue will include scholarly pieces that can be theoretical in nature, empirical, or managerially oriented. Each paper will showcase how the research presented has made a difference to changing the world in a tangible fashion (retrospective work) or could do so in the foreseeable future (prospective work). The ‘world’ can refer to an entire subfield of IB research and teaching, or to mainstream managerial practice, or both. A few examples of past IB research that clearly meets the ‘changing the world’ criterion, include C. Bartlett and S. Ghoshal’s work on the transnational solution; G. Hofstede’s work on culture’s consequences; W.C. Kim and R. Mauborgne’s work on procedural justice in multinational enterprises; and S. Zaheer’s work on overcoming the liability of foreignness.

However, IB research making a difference should be interpreted generously, especially for prospective work aimed at transforming contemporary academic discourse or managerial practice. The work of IB researchers provides insight on IB phenomena, but whether an entire subfield of IB research and teaching, or mainstream managerial practice will be significantly altered by this insight, is never guaranteed. For example, in the face of well-researched, unambiguous conclusions on linkages between specific managerial actions and performance (or the absence thereof), mistaken views from the past might still reign for long periods of time, whether in research and teaching, or in managerial practice.

The JIBS Editors will consider work that includes how IB research is affecting – or is constructively interacting with – functional fields in management and other social sciences, so as to address more effectively critical IB subject matter. The subject matter studied can range from micro-foundational challenges to society’s grand questions. The reference to ‘critical’ subject matter means that the work should have major implications for our understanding of the governance, the strategy or the performance of internationally operating firms. Of special interest is work on internationally operating firms that goes against common perceptions, and that provides balanced analysis of the costs and benefits of particular managerial choices or courses of action. One example is analysis of the vulnerability of MNE networks and value chains, rather than the supposed market power thereof. A second example is integrative analysis of entry strategy (including mode mixes and in-depth study of firms’ entire foreign-operations portfolios) and the effects of compounded distance, seldom found in past research. A third example includes fact-based analysis of the outcomes of firm-level, industry-level and macro-level decisions and actions fostering globalization or de-globalization. Of particular interest is also how IB research can make a tangible difference in the practice of management, whether by increasing economic efficiency, creating better outcomes for a variety of stakeholders, or even improving the welfare of mankind broadly construed.

As regards theoretical papers, the JIBS Editors have a preference for path-breaking work, rather than incremental contributions, though radical new ideas should be solidly grounded in extant research. For empirical work, the JIBS Editors would like to see submissions that build mainly on primary data, rather than secondary data, in order to maximize the likelihood of truly path-breaking work, and with the authors having an unambiguously strong command of their data. Finally, papers with a distinct managerial flavor have been a hallmark of JIBS since 1970. In keeping with this tradition, the anniversary issue aims to include pieces that combine ‘state-of-the-art’ scholarly insight with important, evidence-based recommendations for management. As noted above, retrospective work, credibly documenting achievements of IB research in truly ‘making a difference’, will also receive full consideration.

The JIBS Editors are inviting submissions aligned with the ‘changing the world’ theme, and subject to the above qualifications, in three tracks.

Track 1: Theory papers making distinct contributions to the ‘changing the world’ theme, by recombining elements of IB theory with state-of-the-art findings from functional fields in management and from other social sciences.

Track 2: Empirical papers making distinct contributions to the ‘changing the world’ theme, by building mainly on primary data, and providing truly novel insight into the critical subject matter covered.

Track 3: Managerial-practice oriented papers making distinct contributions to the ‘changing the world’ theme, through evidence-based guidance on how to improve the governance, strategy or performance of internationally operating firms.

Submission Process and Deadlines

All manuscripts for the JIBS 50th Anniversary Issue will be reviewed as a cohort. Manuscripts must be submitted during the period July 9–20, 2018, to: http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/jibs. 

All submissions will go through a first, fast-track evaluation round, conducted by the JIBS Reviewing Editor and Editor-in-Chief, to assess the suitability for the Anniversary Issue. Papers viewed as being sufficiently aligned with the ‘changing the world’ goals will be assigned to a member of the JIBS Editors team for further evaluation and subjected to double-blind review. High-quality submissions insufficiently aligned with the anniversary issue’s goals will be reassigned to the standard evaluation process for regular JIBS issues.

It is anticipated that a formal workshop will be organized for the papers that have passed the first round of double-blind reviews, in order to provide editorial guidance for additional revisions. This workshop will likely be organized in late 2018.

For more information about this Call for Papers, please contact the JIBS Managing Editor (managing-editor@jibs.net).

Chapman University invites nominations, expressions of interest, and applications for the position of dean of the Argyros School of Business and Economics (The Argyros School).

Chapman University is a mid-sized, private university with a total undergraduate and graduate enrollment of over 8,000 students. As a nationally-ranked business school, The Argyros School provides students and alumni with unmatched access to exceptional teachers and scholars, a network of top executives, and opportunities for practice-based business education in one of the nation's most dynamic business communities. The Argyros School is centrally located in Orange County, California, a diverse economic hub home to over 90,000 businesses. Setting it apart from its peers is its strong corporate partnerships, experiential learning opportunities, and distinguished faculty. With a student-centered focus, The Argyros School of Business and Economics has positioned itself as an industry expert and trusted partner to the business community. Integral to these relationships and to the identity of The Argyros School is The Economic Science Institute, an academic center dedicated to understanding economics through hands-on experimental research and collaborative study.

Reporting directly to the provost, the dean of The Argyros School is responsible for developing a clear and strategic vision for the school as it advances in rank, reputation, and student quality. By leveraging its existing competitive programs, developing new programs to meet the evolving needs of students, and engaging in state-of-the-art research, The Argyros School will continue to differentiate itself as a distinctive brand and grow as a local, national, and international presence.

The dean will be a visible, externally-facing champion of the Argyros School focused on building and maintaining lasting partnerships with the business community. These partnerships will provide opportunities for student internships and job placement, but will also serve as building blocks for student recruitment and resource generation, two key priorities moving forward. The successful candidate will have a clear understanding of the global business and academic environment, and an ability to anticipate market trends, and apply market data to innovate future programming. Also of critical importance is a demonstrated commitment to successful student outcomes. The next dean should have a student-centric focus and identify, develop, and implement career-readiness strategies and programming to ensure job placement and career advancement for students upon graduation. She or he will be an academic leader, dedicated to nurturing the faculty’s scholarly activities and the academic reputation of the School. Key to the incoming dean’s success will be the ability to inspire and motivate faculty, staff, and students through collaborative, team-oriented leadership. She or he should demonstrate significant administrative management experience. A thorough understanding of the academic environment is preferred.

Inquiries, nominations and applications are invited. Review of applications will begin immediately and will continue until the position is filled. For fullest consideration, applicant materials should be received by January 27, 2017.

Candidates should provide a curriculum vitae, a letter of application that addresses the responsibilities and requirements described in the leadership profile, and the names and contact information of five references. References will not be contacted without prior knowledge and approval of candidates. These materials should be sent electronically via e-mail to Chapman University’s consultants Zachary A. Smith, Ph.D. and Sophie Stava at ChapmanBusinessDean@wittkieffer.com. Questions may also be directed to the consultants through the office of Eden Stroud at 630-575-6154. Chapman University is an equal opportunity employer committed to fostering a diverse and inclusive academic global community.

The University is dedicated to enhancing diversity and inclusion in all aspects of recruitment and employment. All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, national origin, ancestry, citizenship status, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, military and veteran status, marital status, pregnancy, genetic information or any other characteristic protected by state or federal law. The University is committed to achieving a diverse faculty and staff and encourages members of underrepresented groups to apply.

The China Europe International Business School (CEIBS) invites applications for associate/full professor positions in strategy. We are also open to applications in the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) area with at least three years of post-PhD experience. The successful applicants are expected to teach related courses for MBA and EMBA students, and executive education program participants, and to be active in scholarly activities.

The applicants must meet the following qualifications: (1) hold doctorates in related fields, (2) have published in top-tier academic journals, and (3) have a strong commitment to teaching excellence.

Compensation is internationally competitive and commensurate with qualifications. To apply, please forward your cover letter, curriculum vitae, and samples of published or working papers to Ms. Daisy Li of the Dean's Office at ldaisy@ceibs.edu. Chronicles and HigherEd Jobs Applications are accepted throughout the year until the positions are filled.

CEIBS (www.ceibs.edu), a non-profit joint venture established in 1994 by the Chinese Government and the European Union, is the leading China-based international business school with MBA (ranked No. 11 worldwide by Financial Times in Jan. 2015), EMBA (ranked No. 10 worldwide by Financial Times in Nov. 2014) as well as Executive Education programs. CEIBS has its main campus in Shanghai, a second campus in Beijing as well as operations in Shenzhen, Zurich, and Accra, Ghana. CEIBS is committed to teaching and research excellence to educate responsible leaders versed in "China Depth, Global Breadth".

The Academy of Chinese Energy Strategy (ACES) is a newly established school within the China University of Petroleum at Beijing that conducts basic social sciences research on energy, educates graduate students and professionals, and offers consulting services in the areas of energy strategy and policy. The former minster of National Energy Administration, Mr. ZHANG Guobao has been invited to be the first dean.

In 2013, the school plans to hire four established or young scholars with overseas experiences or with an interdisciplinary background.
A. Economics or Related Disciplines
     Requires a Ph.D. from a top-tier Chinese or overseas university and strong research ability.  Preferences will be given to   those with a background in energy economics or international economics.

B.  Management
     Requires a Ph.D. from a top-tier Chinese or overseas university in the fields of strategic management, management science, or Industrial engineering, or engineering economics as well as strong capability in research and project management.

C.  International Relations
    Requires a Ph.D. from a top-tier Chinese or overseas university in the areas of international politics or international relations and academic publications in the fields of political sciences or international relations.  Candidates must have a background in economics or international political economy.

To apply, candidates must submit: (1) a CV, (2) a brief summary of main research achievements and publications in the past five years.  Candidates who pass an initial screen will be invited for a campus visit. The application deadline will be on the end of March, 2013.

Management and Organization Review
Research Frontiers Conference and Paper Development Workshop on ‘China’s Outward Foreign Direct Investment to Africa’

September 9–12, 2021 *NEW DATES*
Local Host: Gordon Institute of Business Science, University of Pretoria

Conference Organizers and Program Committee

Helena Barnard,1 Arie Y. Lewin,2 Elizabeth L. Rose,3 and Hinrich Voss4
1University of Pretoria, 2Duke University, 3Leeds University, and 4HEC Montreal

Co-Sponsors

Asia Pacific Studies Institute, Duke University
Centre for International Business at the University of Leeds (CIBUL), University of Leeds
China Business Studies Initiative, University of San Francisco
China Europe International Business School (CEIBS), Africa (Ghana Campus)
Technology and Management Centre for Development (TMCD), Oxford University

Submission Deadline (full paper): May 5, 2021 *NEW DEADLINE*

Conference Format The conference will follow a hybrid format. ·         There will be 4-hour sessions online on each of the four days of the conference during the American morning, African/European afternoon, and Asian evening. That is when paper presentations and panels will take place. ·         For delegates who attend in person, there will be three experiential ‘learning journeys’ in the South African morning. For example, the ties between South Africa and China go back to the discovery of gold. Chinese laborers worked on the gold mines – and a small group stayed. One learning journey will explore that history. ·         Paper development sessions will be done in person or online as per the need. Delegates will receive notification that papers are accepted by June 9. Deadline for confirming participation is June 30. However, delegates have until July 20 to decide whether to attend in person or online. The conference registration fee is US$ 100 whether delegates attend in person or online. Delegates will need to pay for travel, accommodation, and meals if they decide to attend in person.

 

CALL FOR PAPERS

Chinese investment is transforming the African landscape. Pot-holed roads are being replaced by double-lane highways. In urban areas, Chinese-built office complexes, hotels, and shopping malls are an increasingly common sight and in even remote rural areas, Chinese traders are selling Chinese-made essentials to locals. Africa is the last frontier to offer abundant investment opportunities to an economy with national capabilities in executing large-scale infrastructure projects.

FDI projects in Africa are an integral aspect of the Bridge and Belt globalization national initiative. It contributes to maintaining employment of Chinese workers in strategically important infrastructure industries, an important national consideration as China balances the transition to a service economy, increased domestic consumption, spiralling domestic debt and an ageing population. China, being the largest foreign investor in Africa, has attracted mixed views from inside and outside Africa for its investment on this continent and has been criticized by Western Countries for neo- colonialization behavior.

China OFDI into Africa helps create new opportunities given current environment in China and is taking place in an era during which global economic activity is transforming. A range of pressures suggest increasing de-globalization that will transform global trade, give rise to more regional trade compacts, and redefine global value chains. This highlights the huge opportunities for the development of technologically less advanced economies – markets.

European and American multinationals have been slow to take advantage of investment opportunities in Africa. Large-scale infrastructure development requires huge capital investment financing. The Western developed economies are either not willing or not able to match China OFDI policies for such projects. Even when financing can be arranged, there has been a lack of interest and the quite recent colonial history complicates the relationship between Africa and especially European countries.

This does not mean that reported concerns of neo-colonialism and power dependencies are absent from the China/Africa relationship. Facing the pressures of economic development and projected population growth, many African countries are attracted to the top-down state capitalism approach exemplified by the history of China since opening up in 1978 and by President Xi’s aspirations for China to challenge the dominance of the US. Chinese FDI into Africa also reinforces an affinity between countries that question the efficacy of liberal democratic institutional configurations in how they govern. In an era of increasing populism, rising forces of de-globalization and the ratcheting economic competition between the US and China, such an affinity has far-reaching implications.

The MOR Research Frontiers Conference on China OFDI to Africa is therefore seeking papers that provide insight into why and how Chinese FDI into Africa is playing out. Especially welcome are scholars whose research can contribute to elucidate how Africans understand Chinese FDI on their continent, as well as exploration of the Chinese perspective. The conference seeks to feature rigorous scholarly contributions, including micro perspectives of how individuals experience Africa/China interactions, large-scale macro perspectives on the phenomenon, conceptual contributions, and qualitative case studies. But beyond that, we do not wish to impose specific themes or research questions.

SPECIAL ISSUE

Guest Editors

Helena Barnard,1 Abdoulkadre Ado,2 Peter Ping Li,3 Stephan Manning,4 and Michael A. Witt5
1University of Pretoria, 2University of Ottawa, 3Nottingham University Ningbo China 4University of Sussex, and 5INSEAD

A special issue of MOR focused on exploring the history, experience, and implications of Chinese FDI into Africa is already in process. This Management and Organization Review research frontiers conference and paper development workshop will also feed into that special issue. Given the wide range of topics, disciplinary perspectives, empirical approaches, and the nature of the questions raised by Chinese FDI into Africa, the hope is to attract scholars from a range of disciplines such as international business, political science, corporate strategy, organization theory, cross cultural research, social movements, and others. 

Exemplary contributions from the conference will be considered for the special issue.

Submission Information

Please submit full papers by May 5, 2021 via the MOR submission website by selecting the ‘China Outward FDI in Africa’ special issue designation: https://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/mor

It is important that all papers conform to MOR’s submission requirements.

China has firmly installed itself as a key player in the world trade and investment arena. Not even four decades since its opening up, it has surpassed Germany and the United States to become the world’s largest exporter. Adding to this, it has recently become the world’s largest recipient of foreign direct investment (FDI) as well as the largest source of outward FDI (if Hong Kong is included). Originally, the key driver of China’s growing clout in international economy has been its export-led growth strategy. From the onset of its open-door policy in the early eighties, China has made attraction of export-oriented FDI a key element of its development path. Abundant supplies of low-cost labor and artificially cheap inputs to production, as well as an undervalued currency, contributed to China’s attraction of FDI and its comparative advantage in low-skilled exports. Decades of rapid economic growth, however, are now threatening to undermine China’s export-led growth. Rising labor costs (especially in the coastal area), tightening regulations and currency appreciation have gradually eroded China’s comparative advantage in low-skilled exports. As a consequence, China has spent significant resources trying to rebalance its economy by moving from an export-led growth strategy to a consumption-led growth model and by pushing the companies to upgrade their activities up a global value chain.

The new trends beg a serious question how China’s Great Rebalancing Act affects the country’s integration in the world economy. Is China’s growing middle class changing the type of FDI that it is able to attract? Is China’s export sector moving up the value chain and specializing in higher-skilled activities such as innovation? What explains the massive rise of Chinese outward FDI? And how does all this matter for China’s economic performance?

This special issue aims to provide insights into these questions by exploring and explaining new trends in China’s exports, FDI inflows and outflows. We welcome both theoretical and empirical contributions adopting different perspectives, and focusing on different levels of analysis and research methodologies. Particularly, we welcome empirical papers that make use of original data and that can explain their findings non-technically and for wider audiences. Possible research questions that would suit to this special issue include but are not limited to the following: What is the impact of inward FDI on investment, innovation and industrial sophistication in China? What is the impact of outward FDI on China’s economic integration and development? How do China’s shift towards services and the emergency of the middle class affect FDI flows and global economy?

The submission deadline for this special issue is 31 August 2016. Potential author(s) are encouraged to send us a proposal or abstract for pre-review by 31 May 2016 to the Managing (Guest) Editor(s) at tncr.special@gmail.com with an email subject “China CER Special”.

When China's leaders surveyed their development prospects at the onset of the twenty-first century, they reached an increasingly obvious conclusion, namely that their current economic development strategy, heavily dependent on natural resources, fossil fuel, exports based on cheap labour, and extensive capital investment, was no longer viable or attractive. For a range of pressing competitiveness, national security, and sustainability reasons, they decided to shift gears and as a result have embarked on an effort to move their country in the direction of building a so-called “knowledge-based economy”; in this new model, innovation and high-end talent are positioned as the new primary drivers of enhanced economic performance. Underlying this transition also seems to be a rather pervasive sense of urgency about the need for China to catch up more quickly with the rest of the world, especially in terms of science and technology (S&T) capabilities. In fact, the top echelon of Chinese leaders, foremost among them both President Hu Jintao and Premier Wen Jiabao, has recognized that enhancing innovation performance and harnessing the country's huge talent resources are crucial to China's ability to cope with an increasingly competitive international environment, build a comprehensively well-off and harmonious society and, more importantly, consolidate and fortify the ruling base of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP).

At the core of China's efforts to enhance its R&D capabilities and performance lies the steadily evolving Chinese national innovation system (NIS). Since the 1980s, there has emerged a growing literature in the West regarding the concept of the NIS; this literature has formed the focal point for Chinese efforts at both the national and local level to develop and enhance their own indigenous capabilities, science and technology. China's NIS differs from those in other developed countries, not only in organizational terms (Yifei, 2002), but also in terms of the strategic role of the innovation system in China's efforts to advance its national S&T capabilities. In 2006, the State Council announced the launch of the 15-year “Medium-to-Long-term Plan Outline for the Development of National Science and Technology (2006-2020)” (MLP) to promote more rapidly China's scientific and technological progress (Ministry of Science and Technology of the PRC, 2006). A key goal of the MLP is to “push forward the comprehensive establishment of a national innovation system with Chinese characteristics.” Understanding precisely what is meant by “Chinese characteristics” reveals much about the nature of innovation in China. It also will promote greater understanding of the steadily more pivotal role of the enterprise in driving the overall performance and productivity of China's NIS.

As of 2009, this new, very strong emphasis on innovation, talent and high-end knowledge seems to have begun to pay off, as China has built an indigenous innovation system that is very different from the Soviet-inspired one that existed for most of the Maoist era and well into the era of Deng Xiaoping. In fact, it is increasingly clear that China is now not only better positioned for, but also steadily more confident about, becoming a true technological power on both regional and global levels. In fact, one can now identify several new, emerging pockets of excellence across the spectrum of Chinese industries and technologies. Moreover, it is also obvious to Chinese scientific leaders that the country's recent progress and future potential can be explicitly attributed to the increasing role of the nation's talent assets. It is quite clear that China already has begun to move away from being the so- called “factory to the world.” Increasingly, China is relying more on brainpower than brawn to drive and shape its economic future. In this regard, the rise of China as a global technological power, even taking into account many of the PRC's prevailing shortcomings, is have important consequences for the country internally as well as externally. In this context, we might ask, is China really poised to become a substantial force in global innovation? In which fields is China likely to make its impact felt most? What might be the specific implications for China of having a more dynamic, proactive science and engineering talent pool? And what broad potential impact will China's innovation on global technological competition and international technological advance during the first part of the twenty-first century?

This special issue calls for papers that review and highlight the workings and performance of China's national innovation system at both the macro and micro levels. We are looking precisely for papers that can highlight the strengths and weaknesses of the Chinese innovation system in terms of organizational structure and performance; management of R&D in specific sectors; handling of S&T budgets and financial resources; supply, demand and utilization of scientific and engineering talent; and China's evolving role and positioning in the global innovation system. Both industry and enterprise case studies and technology-oriented research are welcome. Contributions by scholars from Mainland China are particularly encouraged. An internal Chinese perspective on the structure, operation and management of R&D in China from a so-called “insider point of view” will greatly enhance our knowledge about the operation and performance of the innovation system, including both its limits and its potential.

The primary criterion for consideration of publication is that manuscripts should be on research and application, and must be grounded in organizations operating in China. Contributed manuscripts may deal with, but are not restricted to, the following:

* The “culture of creativity” and its limits in the Chinese research environment.
* Innovation and the challenges of technological entrepreneurship.
* Innovative performance of small versus large firms in China.
* Case studies regarding the operation and performance of foreign R&D centres in China.
* The supply, demand and utilization of high end talent, including the role of returnees in altering the innovation environment.
* Case studies of indigenous innovation across one to two technology fields.
* Analysis and assessment of the enterprise R&D environment.


Submission guidelines
All manuscripts should be prepared according to the Chinese Management Studies author guidelines located at: www.emeraldinsight.com/cms.htm. All papers will be double blind reviewed following the journal's normal review procedure.

The deadline for submission of manuscripts is: 1 April 2010.

Submissions must be made using the ScholarOne Manuscript Central system: http://mc.manuscriptcentral.com/cms

Please direct enquiries to: Professor Denis Fred Simon, Penn State University: dfs12@psu.edu



References
Ministry of Science and Technology of the People's Republic of China (2006), ``Medium-to-Long-term Plan Outline for the Development of National Science and Technology (2006-2020) (MLP)'', China Science and Technology Newsletter, No. 456, February 9.
Yifei, S. (2002), ``China's national innovation system in transition'' Eurasian Geography and Economics, Vol. 43, pp. 476-93.

Bibliography
Cao, C., Suttmeier, R.P., and Simon, D. (2006), ``China's 15-year science and technology plan'', Physics Today, December.
Rowen, H.S. (Ed.) (2008), Greater China's Quest for Innovation, Shorenstein Asia-Pacific Center, Stanford University, Stanford, CA.
Simon, D.F. and Cao, C., China's Emerging Technological Edge: Assessing the Role of High-End Talent, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Suttmeier, R.P., Cao, C. and Simon, D. (2006a), ``China's Super Science Center: knowledge innovation and the remaking of the Chinese Academy of Sciences'', Science, April.
Suttmeier, R.P., Cao, C. and Simon, D. (2006b), ``China's innovation challenge and the re-making of the Chinese Academy of Sciences'', Innovations, December.
Thomson, R.E. and Sigurdson, J. (Eds) (2008), China's Science and Technology Sector, World Scientific Publishing, Singapore.

The Department of Management at the Chinese University of Hong Kong invites applications for tenure-track positions at the ALL levels. We welcome applications from candidates engaged in high-quality scholarship in areas of corporate social responsibility, entrepreneurship, international management, organizational behaviour/human resources management, and strategic management.

Applicants should have a Ph.D. in International Business, Management or a closely related discipline. Candidates should be strongly committed to excellence in scholarly research, teaching and service. Appointment at associate professor level or above requires an academically qualified scholarship of national and international stature. Responsibilities include publishing high-quality scholarly research, teaching management courses at undergraduate and graduate levels (e.g. MBA, EMBA), Ph.D. student supervision, and participation in academic and professional activities. The appointee is also encouraged to apply for external funding to support research endeavors. Salary will be highly competitive, commensurate with qualifications and experience. The University offers a comprehensive fringe benefit package including housing allowance and medical insurance, and a 15% contract-end gratuity for an appointment of two years or longer.

About the Chinese University of Hong Kong

CUHK Business School is one of the first two business schools in Asia accredited by The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB). CUHK is also the only university of Hong Kong that is an invited member of the Worldwide Universities Network. The CUHK EMBA program was ranked the 24th in the Financial Times Global Executive MBA Rankings 2014, and the Full-time MBA program was ranked the 30th in Financial Times Global Rankings 2015. In QS World University Rankings 2014, CUHK was ranked the 46th in the world and the 6th in Asia.

About the Department

The Department’s major research strengths center on the areas of international and organizational management with a special focus on the Asia-Pacific region, in particular China and Hong Kong. It comprises a team of academics with diverse ethnicity and extensive international experience who engage in a wide range of management research in entrepreneurship, human resources management, international management, organizational behaviour, and strategic management. We have a proven record of excellence in international business and general management research (See http://www.bschool.cuhk.edu.hk/school-department/management-research-achievements-international-business.shtml). In the UTD Ranking 2015, our department is ranked No. 1 worldwide based on publication counts in Journal of International Business Studies, a top international business journal, for the period of 1995-2015. Besides, the Department is a founding member of the Asia Academy of Management, an academic organization that fosters management education and research in the region. The Center for International Business Studies (CIBS) was established in 2009 to further enhance international business research of the Department. Further information about the Department and CIBS is available at http://www.bschool.cuhk.edu.hk/school-department/management.shtml).

The proposed position is pending on subject approval, but review of applications will begin immediately until 30 November, 2015. Please submit letter of application and curriculum vitae (plus evidence of teaching ability and sample of publications, if any) to the department chairman, Professor Gongming Qian, at qian@baf.msmail.cuhk.edu.hk.  Our department will hold a reception at the 75th Academy of Management Annual Meeting with details below:

Date:              August 10, 2015 (Monday)

Time:             6:00 – 8:00 p.m.

Venue:           Waterfront Ballroom C, Fairmont Waterfront Hotel, Vancouver

Interested applicants are welcome to come to the reception and talk to our department representatives (Prof. Gordon Cheung, Prof. Ping-Ping Fu, Prof. Sophia Jeong, Dr. Joyce Iun, Prof. Dora Lau, Prof. Kenneth Law, Prof. Xufei Ma, Prof. Hang-Yue Ngo, and Prof. Daphne Yiu).